Archive of Our Own ^beta

Chapter Text

Kakashi’s head was spinning.

His body was heavy and he felt sick as he tried to open his eyes. Something that should be easy but was proving to be a sufficient struggle. He could feel he was on some kind of bed, his arms and legs getting tangled in the sheets as he attempted to pull himself free. What happened? The last thing he remembered was jumping in between Naruto and the old seal trap he had mistakenly triggered. One of these days, he’ll listen when I say don’t touch. He had felt a sharp pain in his chest, there was a bright light that made him dizzy… Nothing. He can’t remember what happened after. He’d assume he was in a hospital but he couldn’t smell the suffocating scent of sterilizer and blood. It was also very quiet, something hospitals never were.

He finally managed to blink away the blurry haze from his vision as he took a proper look at the room. It was a plain ceiling, no blinding overhead lights, thus further confirming he wasn’t in hospital. He slowly sat up freeing himself from his blanket prison and couldn’t help but notice the action didn’t grant him the height it should have. Was I drugged? It would certainly explain the nausea and confusion, but if that was the case why leave him free and not restrained? He may not be his students but he was still plenty known enough for anyone with a brain to know not to make that mistake. Plus he distinctly remembers being in Land Of Fire territory, supposedly there shouldn’t have been any enemies anywhere near them. Definitely not any that could handle Team 7 anyway. And he had had the full of Team 7 with him, even if he had been incapacitated they should’ve been fine.

So where am I? He spared a look around the room and nearly froze at its familiarity. It was a perfect replica of his childhood bedroom.

Ooookkk we’ve officially trespassed into creepy territory. The Hatake estate shouldn’t even be standing, having been destroyed during the Pein attack. Yet someone has perfectly re-created it, his old school bag was even lying carefully by the door where he always left it. Whatever trick this was he needed to approach it with caution. He moved to slowly get out of bed when he caught sight of his hands.

His very small hands.

What the h*ll? He flexed his pudgy fingers in total confusion. They looked like the hands of a small child. He brought them closer and saw three straight scars on each hand. The same scars were on his adult hands though they were much more faded. Scars from a little boy pulling a tanto out by the blade because the handle had been too slick with blood. The scars in front of him looked fresh, barely a year old, if that. A genjutsu? He quickly brought his small hands together in a proper sign. 

“Kai!” Kakashi called loudly into the empty room but nothing changed. He flared his chakra and tried a few more times but got the same result. If it was genjutsu it couldn’t be broken easily. It was times like these he missed having Obito’s Sharingan. This kind of thing would almost never happened to him. Perhaps a pain stimulus? He got out of the bed on short unsteady legs and stumbled over to the bag he saw earlier. If this is supposed to be my bag then…Ah! Sure enough a spare kunai set was neatly tucked inside just as he remembered. He carefully took one of the blades and examined the tip. It looked normal enough. He then promptly stabbed the end into his left hand causing blood to spurt out of the wound and drip onto the floor and his pants. Still the room and his appearance remained unchanged. Not a genjutsu then. At least not a normal one. 

He didn’t panic, at least not yet. He’s had enough bizarre and impossible things happen to him over the years with people coming back from the dead to fight him and bunny gods from the moon he was confident he could keep his cool in just about any scenario. Still waking up in his old house as a child is definitely a new one. He didn’t bother properly wrapping his hand and just clenched his fist as he packed up the kunai and moved back over to his dresser.

I need more information. He quickly found a plain black long sleeve and some dark pants and changed into them. He strapped the kunai pouch to his leg and threw the paw print pajamas he had been wearing to the side. I remember owning those. They were a gift from Kushina. I only had them about a year before I outgrew them. If this was an enemy plot they would’ve had to know a lot about his past in great detail.

There weren't many like that left alive at this point. He walked back across the room and paused at the door as he tried to sense for any foreign chakra around the area. Nothing. With a kunai in his right hand he very slowly opened the door with a loud creak. The hall was completely barron with no life in sight. an accurate enough depiction of his childhood home. Still guarded, Kakashi cautiously made his way down the hall on unsteady legs to where he knew the bathroom should be. It, much like the rest of the house, looked exactly as he remembered down to the small step stool he used to leave by the sink. Seeing as how he was still lacking in height, he used the stool to step up to see the mirror.

He never kept many mirrors around the house for obvious reasons so he hadn’t had a chance to actually see himself since he woke up. He was almost unnerved by the image staring back at him. He looked no older than six-years-old, there was no trace of a scar across his eye or any sign of the Sharingan. He had suspected as much but to see it right in front of him…it was odd to say the least. What could someone have to gain by turning me into a child? No one has tried to attack him yet though the days still young so he’s not sure a battle advantage was the goal. Besides if it had been why not kill him while he was unconscious? Could that seal have…? no that’s not possible. The whole thing made his spinning headache worse. He felt himself losing strength in his legs as he stumbled off the step stool and onto the cool tile floor.

He didn’t even feel his head connect with the floor as he lost consciousness.

“Kakashi?” 

Kakashi groaned loudly as he pushed himself from the ground. A quick glance at his hands showed he was the same and it was unfortunately not some bizarre dream. Which he supposed made sense. Life never made things that easy.

“Kakashi, are you in there?” A voice called from far away and Kakashi braced a hand against his aching head as he shakily got to his feet. Who’s here? He somehow felt even more confused and disoriented than before. “Kakashi I’m coming in, ok?” The voice called again and something about it told Kakashi this person wasn’t a threat. It sounds so familiar…how do I know it? He tried to walk out of the bathroom to go to the door and see who was there but his shaking threw him off balance and he easily fell back onto the floor. He then suddenly heard the sound of pattering feet rushing towards him before a gasp came from above him.

“Kakashi!” No. Kakashi remembered where he knew that voice. Why are you here? Strong arms wrapped around him and hoisted him up, forcing him to look into gentle concerned eyes. “Kakashi what’s wrong? Are you hurt? Hey, what happened to your hand?” The frantic words were accompanied by a gentle hand prodding around his middle. He shook his head and tried to push himself away but the grip only seemed to tighten. “Talk to me Kakashi, what’s happening?” I don’t know what’s happening. All I know is you shouldn’t be here. “Why shouldn’t I be here?” Oh I said that out loud. “Kakashi, buddy, you’re freaking me out here. I need you to talk to me.” The tone was stricter, more commanding. Kakashi obeyed it on pure instinct.

“This is wrong.” He choked out and it was only then he realized he was crying. How long have I been doing that? 

“What’s wrong, Kashi? Help me understand.” He wanted to listen. Wanted to do what was being asked of him but he found he couldn’t force the words from his mouth. Not when he was looking into the face of a dead man, face completely free of any revealing cracks or dark chakra. He let out a sob and hands immediately moved to rub comfortingly down his back and he felt himself being lifted into the air. “Ok, alright, it’s gonna be ok.” The ghost soothed and Kakashi shook his head once more futilely pushing against the broad chest holding him captive. 

“No” he whined as he was moved out of the bathroom and back towards the front door. 

“I know, I’m gonna make it better ok?” You can’t make it better. You’re gone. “I’m not gone, I’m right here and I’m not gonna leave.” You already have. As he was brought into the brighter light of the outside he was granted a full unrestricted view of the figure holding him. He was overwhelmed by the sight of bright yellow hair and compassionate ocean blue eyes.

“Sensei.” Kakashi whispered and he was claimed by darkness once more.

Chapter Text

Minato had no idea how this happened.

One day all his students are perfectly healthy little shinobi, then suddenly his strictest rule following student doesn’t show up to training and he finds him barely conscious on the floor of his bathroom. Minato had been frantic when he Hiraishined into the front foyer of Konoha’s general hospital. Now he was alone anxiously pacing the hall while he waited for a verdict.

“Minato!” Kushina called, running up to meet him and he didn’t hesitate to return her embrace as he turned to catch her.

“Kushina, what are you doing here?” He asked, confused looking at the serious expression on his girlfriend's face.

“You call me, asking me to cancel training for your team because of an emergency with Kakashi,” she started evenly and Minato felt a sense of danger from her tone. “And didn’t expect me to come help?” She asked in challenge and Minato quickly shook his head.

“N-no of course not, I just didn’t expect you so soon.” He excused and she accepted it with a small sigh. Honestly he hadn’t expected her at all considering her and Kakashi didn’t really get along. Her brows pinched together in what he knew was worry as she stepped away from him to cross her arms over her chest.

“I just don’t get it, you said you just found him delirious in his house?” She questioned disbelieving and he gave a grim nod. He found it hard to believe himself. Kakashi had shown absolutely no signs of illness or anything of the like when he had last seen him not 12 hours earlier. She pursed her lips in thought but didn’t get a chance to question him more as a doctor finally walked up to talk with him.

“Are you Namikaze Minato?” The thin middle aged woman asked, moving a white folder to rest under her arm. He felt Kushina reach a hand to grasp his sleeve in silent support as he gave a nod. The brunette just bobbed her head as she pulled a single paper from the folder before returning it to its place. “My name is Amano Sara, I just finished examining Hatake-San. I understand you’re his teacher?” She clarified and Minato gave another quick nod in confirmation. 

“Yes, I’m also his emergency guardian. Do you know what’s wrong with him?” He asked and he couldn’t keep the nervous note from his tone. He didn’t like the grim expression on her face. He liked it even less when she shook her head.

“It’s the strangest thing,” She began and she sounded genuinely puzzled. Never a good sign in a medical capacity. “It’s as if his chakra reserve has nearly tripled in size overnight.” What? His chakra reserve? 

“That’s not possible.” Kushina protested from beside him instantly, breaking him from his shock. Amano bent her head in agreement as she passed the paper she had been holding over to Minato.

“It shouldn’t be, yes. Nonetheless that seems to be the case.” Minato just stared in a combination of horror and confusion as he examined the chart. It was a scan of what was supposedly Kakashi’s chakra network. The points were all stressed and more than a few had been blown out as if Kakashi had pushed himself to chakra exhaustion and then some. “I believe this to be the cause of the confused state you found him in as well as the loss of consciousness.” She reported and Minato nodded absently, only half listening at this point. If this was really the state of his system Minato’s surprised confusion was all he suffered. “It’s like he experienced a sudden spike in his flow of chakra and it put too much stress on his network. He suddenly had too much chakra with no place to go.” 

“Will…will he be alright?” Minato dared to ask after a moment of silently staring at the scan as if it held the answer to his students' ailment. 

“We think so. While he’s injured now, his network has already begun healing. Children heal much faster than you think.” Minato nearly sagged in relief at her words and he heard Kushina release a breath of her own. Regardless of the way she and Kakashi tend to but heads, she still clearly cared about him. “But I have to ask, Namikaze-San.” She interrupted their brief moment of peace and Minato snapped his gaze back up to her expectantly. “Was there any kind of training or conditioning Hatake-San was doing that could have caused this?” Now that was a question he knew the answer to.

“No. Nothing I was showing him anyway.” He added as more of an afterthought as Kakashi has been known to experiment behind his back despite being warned against it. Multiple times. Amano nodded, giving a sigh of her own.

“I suspected as much.” She huffed and re-opened the file to jot a quick note down. “Well seeing as how we don’t yet know the cause there’s little preventive measures we can take other than holding him for observation. Maybe even have someone monitor him after discharge.” Observation…he’s not going to like that. Minato thought already dreading having to coerce Kakashi to listen to doctors orders. He listened to orders better than all of them when it came to anything other than the hospital. The first time Minato had to force the little Hatake to see a doctor had been absolute h*ll and it had only been for a broken finger. He was not going to make this easy for him. “We estimate he should regain consciousness within a few hours. You're welcome to wait in his room if you would like.” Kushina was quick to agree, already trying to pull him down the hall despite not yet knowing her destination. Amano seemed to know this and reached a hand out to stop them before they made it far. “There’s one more thing Namikaze-San.” Kushina stopped pulling on his arm as he looked back at the serious eyes of the medical ninja. 

“Yes?” He prompted anxiously and Amano seemed almost hesitant to break the news, whatever it may be. Another thing that’s never a good sign.

“The wound on his hand,” She started and Minato’s eyes lit up in recognition as he remembered the fresh, deep, cut he had seen on Kakashi’s left hand. “It was self-inflicted.” She said evenly and Minato felt his stomach drop at the words.

“Are you sure?” There had to have been some kind’ve mistake. Kakashi would never…would he? No, he wouldn’t. Not without a reason. He’s too logical for that. 

“We’re sure. It wasn’t anywhere close to any important veins so that’s a good sign. Still we felt you should be informed.” He hadn’t been worried about that but it was still nice to have the reassurance. 

“Yes, thank you.” He gave a small bow and Amano gave him a tiny kind smile. 

“He’s in room 125.” And with that dismissing statement she gave them both a polite bow and walked away. Kushina didn’t even wait for her to be out of view before she began dragging him back down the hall to the directed room.

Ah…where am I? Kakashi thought in a confused haze as he slowly came back to consciousness. This time he could say with absolute certainty that he was definitely in the hospital. Great. Real nice work Hatake. He mentally berated as he struggled to open his eyes. He thankfully still remembered yesterday's events to add to the list of things he doesn’t understand. Minato-Sensei was there. Not just there but behaving exactly as he remembered down to the way his eyebrows would pinch together and his forehead would wrinkle when he was stressed. Mannerisms perfect, with nothing out of the ordinary. Well other than the fact he was alive that is. 

“Kakashi? Hey, are you awake?” Someone spoke softly from beside him and Kakashi finally forced his eyes open only to be nearly blinded by the bright overhead lights. When spots cleared from his vision he was able to clearly see the concerned eyes of the current bane of his existence.

Sensei.

The thing wearing his teacher's face gave him a bright smile when he saw him blink back at him and quickly helped him to sit up. “How are you feeling? Do you remember what happened?” He asked and Kakashi reached a-yup still tiny-hand up to scrub at his eyes as he readjusted to prop himself against the pillows.

His body still ached and his head was spinning but he was distinctly more coherent than the last time he woke up in this strange place. He then remembered he had been asked a question and decided it was best to play along for now as he still had next to no information. “I feel fine, Sensei.” He spoke carefully and had to restrain a wince at the high voice that came out of him. Minato didn’t look at all eased. “I don’t know what happened. I just woke up feeling sick.” That was essentially the truth too. He just left out the part where he’s pretty sure he’s somehow either in the wrong time or the greatest Genjutsu to ever exist.

Actually…no. We stopped the Infinite Tsukuyomi. It’s impossible now. He dismissed the thought before it could even fully form and nearly jumped when he felt the warm weight of a hand fall onto his shoulder. He looked up to find his face now inches from Minato’s.

“Are you sure? You weren’t trying any seals or jutsu I didn’t approve or anything right? I need you to be honest here. We don’t want a repeat of last time.” He said sternly and Kakashi nearly choked on air. Next to no one knew about his habit of jutsu experiments. Definitely not about any specific events, such as the one Kakashi feared Minato was currently referring to. He had buried that unfortunate reputation years ago. The only living person who knew anything about it was Gai. The only genjutsu that could replicate this perfectly is the Tsukuyomi and since that’s not a possibility….

Could this really be the past?

He supposes it’s not the strangest thing he’s heard of. In fact he remembers Naruto mentioning experiencing what he thought to be time travel but later realized was only a vivid dream. He glanced back down at where the wound on his hand had been, already healed by the medical nin of Konoha’s General hospital.  

This is no dream. 

“Kakashi.” Minato called again louder than he had before and Kakashi realized he still hadn’t answered.

“I didn’t- I mean I haven’t been. I don’t know what happened, Sensei.” He struggled out suddenly finding himself swallowing his emotions. If this is the past then this is really Sensei. He realized and could feel as well as hear, thanks to the heart monitor he was hooked to, as his heartbeat picked up. Not just him, that means Obito and Rin are-

“Hey what’s wrong? I’m not mad at you, I promise.” Minato attempted to reassure, running a soothing hand down Kakashi’s back. He barely even felt it.

Nothings happened yet. Everyone’s still here. He could feel his breaths coming in shorter now as Minato’s rubbing became more frantic. “Hey. You need to calm down.” He ordered but Kakashi couldn’t obey not when- when he might-

I have a second chance.  

“Kakashi! Hey, I need some help in here!” Kakashi didn’t hear the rest of what his Sensei said as he promptly passed back out.

Chapter Text

Minato was going to have a heart attack. 

He was certain he was and no Kushina he was not exaggerating. These were the thoughts running through his head as his youngest student passed out on him for the second time in under 24 hours. He bit at his nails as he watched Dr. Amano carefully check Kakashi over, his student never stirring through the whole process. After what felt like hours but was only actually a few minutes, she straightened back up and gave him a reassuring smile.

“He’s perfectly fine. He seems to have just gotten overwhelmed.” She reported and Minato was only somewhat relieved. Overwhelmed? By what? Did I say something that distressing? He hadn’t thought so but maybe in his want to help he had been moving things too fast. Amano must have sensed his distress and attempted to offer him some comfort. “Hatake-San’s body has just been through a traumatic experience. I’m confident his state will improve given a little time.” Her words succeed in their intended purpose at least to an extent and Minato gave a slight nod in acknowledgement. He really did appreciate her effort. “I have other patients to see too but don’t hesitate to call if there’s a problem.” She called as she quietly left the room leaving Minato alone with the sleeping Hatake.

He sighed loudly and dragged a hand over his face as he flopped down into the chair by the bedside. “What am I gonna do with you?” He mumbled to his most difficult student and found himself wishing Kushina hadn’t already gone home. It was getting late and she had just got back from a mission that day so she had been exhausted. At least then if she were here they could worry together. Alas he was stuck to his stress alone.

At least for another hour and a half until the door was rudely thrown open.

“Obito! We’re in a hospital, you need to be quiet.” Rin hissed as she rushed into the room after Obito. Apparently neither of them thought to so much as knock. Minato stood from his seat to watch as Obito didn’t even pause as he attempted to march up to Kakashi’s bed. 

“Hey, what are you two doing here?” He demanded placing a hand on Obito’s shoulder to stop him in place before he could disturb Kakashi’s rest. “I told you training was canceled today.” He reminded and both kids stopped to give him an incredulous look.

“We heard from Shizune that Kakashi was here.” Rin explained and Minato mentally berated himself for forgetting about the young girl currently studying under Tsunade. Her and Rin are good friends so of course she would tell her if she had seen one of her teammates in the hospital.

“Yea! You’re always telling us to work together and show better teamwork but you don’t let us know when somethings wrong with one of our comrades? We’re his teammates too.” Obito huffed purposefully using words and terms Minato has used in the past to back up his arguement and while Rin didn’t speak he could see she was in agreement. He didn’t want to admit it but they kinda had a point. He hated when his own philosophies were used against him. Usually that was only Kakashi’s method. He sighed again and brought his hands up to rub at his temples to try and ward off his oncoming headache.

“Alright, I understand you’re worried for Kakashi but-”

“What happened anyway? He was fine when we were training yesterday.” Obito interrupted immediately and Minato fought to keep himself from getting annoyed. They were scared for their teammate, he couldn’t fault them for that. It wouldn’t be fair to snap at them just because he was also tired and stressed. Before Obito could bombard him with questions, Rin laid a gentle hand on his elbow. 

“We’re sorry for coming without asking, Sensei.” Rin started and she sounded legitimately sincere. “But we’re just really worried about him. He’s never missed training before.” She emphasized as Obito nodded alongside her and Minato sighed again. Another very reasonable concern as Kakashi once still showed up to trained with a 103 fever. The kid didn’t understand the meaning of rest.

“I know.” He breathed out sympathetic and tried to give them a comforting smile. “He’s gonna be ok. There was just a- uh.” He abruptly struggled with an explanation. He didn’t really wanna tell them that they actually had no idea what happened, only that it largely affected his chakra network, one of the main essential functions for both shinobi and civilian life. The two 9-year-olds continued to look at him with concerned vulnerability and he knew what to say. “He just got a bit sick is all. It made him lose consciousness for a little but he’ll be fine soon.” They didn’t look like they completely bought his words but that was fine. They didn’t need to, at least not yet. They just needed to stay calm long enough for Minato to figure things out. He would tell them the full story when he knew exactly what was wrong and how to fix it.

Because he was going to fix it.

“It’s late.” He broke after a moment of tense silence. “Visiting hours ended a while ago. Actually I’m surprised you even made it past the front desk.” He mused suddenly realizing the two genin shouldn’t have even been able to get into Kakashi’s room. As Kakashi’s guardian he is allowed to stay after hours in case any medical decisions need his approval or opinion since Kakashi, while a legal adult by shinobi standard, can’t make those kinds of calls until he’s 16. He saw the moment the guilty expressions took over their faces and he gave them a stern look. “You didn’t go by the front desk.” It was a statement not a question.

“We did!” Obito protested immediately and Rin nodded vigorously.

“Yes! We had to talk to them to know what room to go to.” Rin backed up and Minato raised a skeptical brow. “We just…didn’t tell them we were going to see him is all.” She mumbled fiddling with her hands and Obito looked down at the floor to avoid his gaze. They are so not telling me everything. Seeing as how their intentions were good he decided to let it slide for now and didn’t question their methods further. It had nothing to do with him not wanting to have to deal with whatever consequences their actions caused. None whatsoever.

“Look, visiting hours start at 8 tomorrow.” He started and they both tried to protest what they knew to be a dismissal. “Both of you should be home. Rin, I’m sure your family’s waiting for you. Your grandma too, Obito.” He pointed out and Obito scuffed his foot against the floor and Rin looked down at her feet. They clearly didn’t want to leave their youngest teammate. “If you come by tomorrow Kakashi will probably actually be awake.” They both still looked unhappy but Rin gave a gentle nod and began to tug on Obito’s arm anyway.

“We’ll be back tomorrow then.” She promised, guiding Obito towards the door and out of the room. He allowed it but not without one last call towards their teacher.

“Yeah and you better actually tell us what’s going on!” He demanded and Minato didn’t get a chance to respond as Rin roughly pulled him out of the room, scolding him for his rudeness and volume once again. Minato huffed a small laugh as he listened to them bicker down the hall, as he retook his seat by Kakashi’s bed.

How did this even happen? He wondered completely at a loss. Was this the cause of something Kakashi had been doing? He said he wasn’t practicing any jutsu but that didn’t mean this wasn’t the result of some training accident he was doing. Could he have been attacked?  

He's never heard of any jutsu that could rapidly expand a person's chakra reserve but there are plenty of unknown jutsu as well as kekkei genkai out there that he can’t discount the possibility. The bottom line is he can’t know what happened to Kakashi because he wasn’t there. He turned to look at his oh so small student’s chest rise and fall with slow , thankfully even, breaths and wondered how anyone could ever forget he was only a child. Minato couldn’t even act like he wasn’t guilty of it himself. When you see a person rapidly excel past their peers, performing jutsu and techniques that some adults find too difficult, it’s easy to forget he’s only 6-years-old. Looking at the small form surrounded by equipment and swarmed in blankets, Kakashi looked every bit his age. His mask was still in place per Minato’s request but still.

I can’t afford to let this happen again. He would not allow for Kakashi to be hurt like this again. Whether by an unseen illness or attacker. He would not leave him to fend for himself a second time.

Chapter Text

Minato had a plan.

It wasn’t foolproof and he still had quite a few details to work out but it was a plan nonetheless.

The first stage of his plan involved the two genin currently in front of him. Rin and Obito had showed back up at 8:12 with flowers (Rin) and what looked like one of the stuffed animals from the hospital gift shop (Obito). Kakashi was still sleeping, Amano said he’d probably be doing a lot of that while his chakra network worked on healing, so they were just sitting on the small sofa at the end of the room talking quietly to each other. Well as quiet as two 9-year-olds were capable of talking. Minato had already sent in a request to see Lord Third so now all he needed was someone trustworthy to take over Kakashi.

So now it’s just a matter of asking. He then abruptly stood from his seat and made a point of clearing his throat so that he would get the two’s attention. “There’s something I need to go take care of.” He started when both kids were looking over at him. They looked understandably confused by his sudden need to leave but it was all part of the plan. He would explain everything to them when things were more certain. “It shouldn’t take me more than a few hours. Can I count on you two to stay here and watch over Kakashi?” He asked seriously and he watched as they both straightened up at his tone. 

“Hai, Sensei.” They answered in unison and he smiled at them approvingly. While an outside attack was definitely the least likely of all the possible scenarios, he wasn’t ready to completely dismiss it just yet. It was better to have Kakashi guarded for the time being. That and if he woke up while he was gone, Minato wasn’t confident he wouldn’t just try to leave.

“Good. Kushina will probably come by later, if she comes while I’m not here tell her I stepped out to run an errand.” He ordered and Rin nodded firmly, already moving to take his place next to Kakashi's bedside. Obito however seemed far less willing to let him go as he eyed him skeptically.

“What kinda errand is it?” He asked and Minato dropped a bit of the serious tension in his face to give him a reassuring smile. 

“Nothing you need to worry about right now.” He dismissed and Obito opened his mouth to protest but Minato merely moved over to him to lay a gentle hand on his shoulder. “I promise we’ll talk more later but for now I just need you to trust me.” Obito slowly closed his mouth with a dissatisfied pout but obediently answered nevertheless.

“Hai, Sensei.” 

He gave them one last smile and promptly hirashin away. 

“You…wish to be granted full guardianship over Kakashi-Kun?” Hiruzen repeated the request incredulously and Minato didn’t hesitate to nod from where he was kneeling in front of the large oak desk. He had expected this reaction and had come prepared to deliver his arguement.

“Yes, Hokage-Sama. I think I’d be able to provide better support to Kakashi this way.” He explained and he watched as Lord Third gave a hum and stroked his beard. He had actually wanted to propose this for awhile since he found out Kakashi had been living in the same house his father died in alone. He doesn’t care how smart he is, that kind’ve thing can not be good for a person's mental state. He had held off out of fear of pushing Kakashi before he was ready but it’s clear to him now that he can’t keep waiting for a ‘right time’ that may never come. 

“Yes, I heard about the interesting incident that occurred yesterday.” Hiruzen mused and Minato felt ‘interesting’ didn’t really cover it. ‘Terrifying’ sure, maybe even ‘traumatic’, but interesting didn’t even make his top ten. “I’m having a few people look into it now on the off chance it could have been intentional.” He reassured and Minato bowed his head further gratefully in respect. He had already known all that though and Hiruzen was well aware of that. “Still, are you really sure this is the best course of action? What you’re proposing would drastically change the relationship between a teacher and pupil.” He cautioned and Minato set his face into one of determination. He’d already considered all of this. His mind was already made up. “While I can see the advantages, both in Kakashi’s safety and his training,  you're still quite young yourself. Do you really think you’re equipped to handle the care of a young boy of Kakashi’s…unique challenges?” He asked, finally getting to the root of the question. He had a feeling ‘unique’ was not truly what he meant.

“Yes.” Minato stated with all the confidence he had. He would make sure Kakashi was looked after. He wouldn’t leave him alone again. Kakashi was precious to him and he wouldn’t give him up without a fight. Hiruzen analyzed him a moment more before breaking out into a small kind smile.

“Then I will grant your request.” He conceded and Minato nearly sagged in relief. He wasn’t too worried about being denied but still, Kakashi was a clan head and the last of his clan to boot. His care and living arrangements were protected under the clan council, if he didn’t have full guardianship there was little he could do to make Kakashi move if he didn’t wish to. While he didn’t want to actually have to force Kakashi to move, he would if he refused. It was clear Kakashi couldn’t stay on his own any longer. “I wish you the best of luck in your endeavors.” and with that the Hokage signed his official approval onto the papers. Kakashi was now his full responsibility, both in shinobi and civilian life.

“Thank you, Hokage-Sama.” Now all I have to do is convince Kakashi. 

Kakashi’s head hurt. All of him hurt actually, but his head was the most annoying. 

“Hey, I think he’s waking up.” A young, very familiar voice spoke from over him and Kakashi slowly forced his eyes to open.

Obito. 

The last time he had seen his Uchiha teammate he had had horrible scarring all across the right side of his body and face and had been trying to destroy the world. Though he would find that hard to believe right now looking into the childlike, seemingly untouched, face of the boy next to him. Said boy was squinting down at him as he leaned heavily into his personal space. 

“Obito, not so close!” A different voice that was distinctly more feminine hissed pulling Obito back by the arm and Kakashi had to remind himself to stay calm.

Rin.

She looked exactly as he remembered. No gapping hole in her chest, or blood spilling from her lips. She looked perfectly normal. Well other than the fact she was about ten years younger than the last time he saw her. Not that he was going to complain. Who cared how she looked so long as she was alive?

Blood on her lips...

All over his hands...

Ka-Kashi…

“Kakashi, how are you feeling?” Rin asked him gently and Kakashi used his elbows to prop himself into a sitting position as he pushed the broken call from his memory. Having a panic attack right now would be incredibly inconvenient so it would be best not to dwell on such things. Her voice sounded the same as well, kind and full of love he didn’t deserve.

“Fine.” He answered bluntly and Obito eyed him doubtfully. He forgot how easy he used to be to read. He always used to have his emotions clearly on display. This was one of the many attributes that had always made Kakashi think he and Naruto were so similar.

“You sure? Cause you kinda look like you’re gonna puke.” That’s still a distinct possibility. Kakashi thought as he wrapped an arm around his suddenly queasy stomach. It would take some getting used to before he could normally look at his past-now-present teammates. For now he would just have to hide his discomfort and try and act how he would’ve in the past. However that was.

“I’m fine, just a little sore.” he admitted and Rin looked at him in anxious concern.

“Do you want me to call a doctor?” she asked and there was quite possibly nothing he wanted less. That being said he was quick to shake his head as he fully straightened up on the bed. It was then he noticed there was something missing. Or more specifically someone.

“Where’s Sensei?” Kakashi asked and he saw as Rin and Obito made quick, nervous eye contact before both turning back to him. Well that was suspicious. He thought dryly. They were more obvious than Naruto. A truly impressive feat. 

“Oh, he just had to run an errand.” Rin excused lamely and Kakashi narrowed his eyes at her. She continued to smile nervously and avoid looking him directly in the eyes as she spoke. “He promised he’d be back later though!” She assured and Kakashi was far from comforted. He needed to get a proper grasp on where exactly in time they were so he could know if something changed. He couldn’t have them already trying to hide things from him. 

“He also promised he’d tell us more later.” Obito tacked on and Rin sent him a warning look that he completely ignored. That doesn’t mean he’ll actually tell us the full thing. He knew when it came to Minato-Sensei ‘tell us more’ could mean anything from a detailed explanation to a lame ‘Oh it was just some Jonin stuff, don’t worry about it.’ It used to drive him crazy when he was younger. When he got older he realized Minato had only been trying to protect him from unnecessary stress but it didn’t make it any less annoying. His thoughts were stopped when he caught sight of a tiny brown stuffed dog by Obito’s chair. A stuffed animal? 

Obito followed his line of sight and promptly broke into a bright red blush as he reached down to pick the toy up. “This is for you.” He mumbled out as he thrust the soft plush into Kakashi’s lap. He took it if only to stop it from tumbling back to the ground. “I tried to tell the lady at the shop you weren’t the kind of 6-year-old to want it but she insisted so that’s what you get.” He huffed in mock annoyance, clearly attempting to disguise his embarrassment and Kakashi couldn’t help the small smile beneath his mask. He really is just a kid. This Obito had no malicious intent anywhere on him. It was actually kinda endearing in a way. Obito shifted uncomfortably as he avoided looking at the dog as Kakashi carefully set it down beside him with a small bow of his head.

“I’ll name him Tobi. After you.” Kakashi told him seriously and Obito scrunched his face up in a very clear ‘how is that after me’ look before Rin wisely ended the discussion.

“Are you hungry?” Rin changed the subject, saving Obito from further embarrassment, already moving across the room to grab something he couldn't see from the back counter. When she turned back around she was holding a small plate with a carefully peeled and sliced orange. “One of your nurses brought this in a little while ago.” She explained, walking the dish back over to him. “You haven’t eaten in a long time so you should go ahead and have it now.” She declared and shoved the plated fruit towards him. The citrusy smell made his stomach turn and suddenly the possibility of vomit was back. Unfortunately downright refusing may make Rin call the doctor despite what he said, so he took the plate and set it on his lap but made no move to eat. 

“Oi, Bakashi, don’t just stare at it.” Obito pressed reaching forward to nudge at his hand, ruining his plans. He smacked it away on instinct. Obito retaliated by sticking his tongue out obnoxiously and Rin elbowed him lightly in warning though she too was eyeing his plate expectantly. I don’t remember them being this pushy. Kakashi thought in irritation. His friends had always had a bit of a protective nature, it was to be expected with the large age gap between them but he didn’t remember having that problem with Obito. Obito had more or less treated him as a rival on equal footing, well what he thought was equal footing anyway. Yet here he was being just as much a mother hen as Rin.

He sighed but reluctantly picked up one of the slices and quickly pulled his mask down to shove it in his mouth before righting it back in place. He thought it was a fairly normal action that is until he looked to see both Rin and Obito gapping at him openly. “…What?” He asked genuinely confused after a few minutes of their blatant stares. Rin was the first to snap out of the haze as she nervously looked away with a blush tucking a piece of hair behind her ear.

“N-nothing!” She squeaked out and Obito leaned forward until he was almost inches from his face forcing him to lean back. Has personal space not been invented yet? 

“You mean to tell me after all this time you have a totally normal face?! No jacked up teeth or nothing?” Obito exclaimed much to Rin’s horror as she turned to give him a shocked wide eyed look. 

“ Obito!” She hissed at him as she gave him a sharp elbow in the stomach causing him to fall back while clutching his middle in pain. Oh d*mn, have I not shown them my face yet? Kakashi thought with a small amount of panic. His goal was not to change anything, so far he wasn’t doing great. As Obito was still moaning on the floor, Rin turned back to Kakashi with a wavering smile. “Don’t mind him Kakashi-Kun! He was just surprised, I think you look very nice.” She tried to placate but Kakashi just sighed looking down at Obito’s dramatics with a deadpan stare.

I really need to figure out a timetable before I change things beyond repair. After all, if things changed too fast he would stop knowing what to expect and it could ruin everything. He needed to keep things relatively the same, at least until Kannabi bridge. Saving Obito is my first priority. If he saved Obito, that would solve like 75% of all future problems.

“Anyways, please finish eating. I’ll make sure Obito doesn’t stare.” Rin promised as she finally took pity and got up to help Obito back up. If I can save him, I can stop the war. Well the Forth war anyways. No helping the Third. Determination fueling him, Kakashi quickly finished his orange and began making a plan. He would not fail again. He wasn’t going to waste the second chance given to him. 

Chapter Text

Kakashi wasn’t entirely sure what events led up to this.

After about an hour of Rin and Obito catching him up to speed about what’s been happening the last few days (it wasn’t all that helpful as all they talked about was training and lunch with Gai’s team)they somehow ended up all crowded on the top of his bed playing Uno. A game Kakashi personally swore never to play after the one and only time he allowed his own team to play it and it ended with Naruto covered in burns and Sasuke with a broken finger and a black eye. Sakura of course, while not directly contributing to the chaos, was on stand by encouraging it all the way(no matter what she claims he knows she finds it endlessly entertaining). Never. Again.

Yet here he was.

“Blue.” Kakashi said as he placed his Wild draw 4 onto the top of the stack. Obito predictably was outraged as he threw his large hand of cards onto the bed to point at Kakashi accusingly.

“There’s no way you have 3 draw 4s in a row!” He shouted and Kakashi gave an innocent shrug.

“You’re the one who shuffled the cards.” He pointed out calmly and Obito went red in the face. Rin, always the peace maker, placed a hand on his shoulder to stop him from very likely throwing himself at the Hatake.

“It’s just a game, Obito-Kun. Let’s just play.” She placated and Obito grumbled loudly but still reached forward to pick up the appropriate number of cards, which at this point was nearly half the deck. Rin gave him an approving smile as he finished and she gently put down her blue 7.

The thing was Obito was right. Kakashi had been cheating for the past ten minutes. One might say as the technical adult he shouldn’t be doing such things but the way he saw it is if they’re not observant enough to see him tucking cards into his sleeves then really they need more training and he’s just helping them along. He’s also kicking ass at Uno. Maybe I should lay off Obito a bit though. He was kind of (absolutely) targeting him. Ehhhhh what’s the worst that could happen?

“Uno.” Kakashi declared as he placed down his blue draw 2 and that was apparently Obito’s final straw as he lunged across the bed. Their scuffle didn’t last more than a minute until the door opened.
 

“Hey!”

Minato, because of course it was, shouted over at them as he walked over to the bed and forcibly pulled Obito off. “I asked you to watch him so he wouldn’t get hurt.” He hissed and Obito looked down sheepishly. Kakashi however was more focused on the fact they were supposedly watching him. As if he needed watching. And here I thought they were keeping me company. He knew Rin had been acting to suspicious. He frowned as Minato released Obito with a sigh before giving him a bright smile. “At least you’re clearly feeling better.” He joked clearly going for lighthearted but Kakashi didn’t find the same humor.

“Where were you?” He demanded and he saw as Minato’s smile fell to a guilty wince. 

“Ah, I’m sorry I couldn’t be here sooner.” He apologized and Kakashi felt a little bad about taking such a harsh tone. He wasn’t trying to make him feel guilty. “I was busy getting things ready for when you’re discharged.” He explained but there was something in his face that put Kakashi on edge. He seems…nervous? There’s not many things that could make a powerful Jonin and future Kage nervous so it was more than enough to raise a few red flags. 

“So I can go home?” Kakashi asked instead as Rin began picking up the scattered cards from the bed. And the floor. He blamed the mess entirely on Obito. The sooner Kakashi could leave the hospital, the sooner he could start researching on the seal that brought him here. Clearly there may be some side effects from it since he already nearly wrecked his younger selfs chakra network, so finding out anything would be helpful. He also still needed to look into everything that’s happened with the past few weeks so he can figure out an exact timeline. He can’t risk accidentally referencing something that hasn’t happened yet or equally concerning, not remembering some minor event that happened ’recently’.

“Soon, I promise.” Minato assured but he still didn’t seem relaxed as they all moved around to make room for him to sit on the edge of the bed. A bed that was definitely not designed to comfortably hold four people. “First there’s something I need to discuss with you.” Well that can’t be good. Kakashi found discussions that start like that rarely go in his favor. Last time Tsunade made me Hokage against my will. He remembered only half bitter.

“What is it?” He asked suspiciously and he saw as Rin and Obito exchanged equally confused looks. So they don’t know what it’s about either then. He wasn’t sure if should take that as a good or bad sign.

“Well the thing is the doctors still don’t know what caused this.” He admitted carefully and Kakashi already didn’t like this conversation. “We’re fairly sure it wasn’t an outside attack but still you could’ve been permanently damaged by this, Kakashi.” Minato emphasized that last half and his voice was completely serious in a way that made all three of them straighten up on pure muscle memory. “They’ve suggested you be placed somewhere where it’s easier to keep tabs on your condition, at least for the first six months or so.”

“I don’t have a condition.” He interrupted immediately, more defensive than he intended. He couldn’t have them thinking there was something wrong with him. He couldn’t save anyone if they didn’t trust him to be able to perform as a shinobi. Minato seemed to realize the implication and was quick to correct himself.

“No, I know. I- I didn’t mean it like that.” Minato broke off with a sigh and ran a stressed hand through his hair before continuing. “I meant your general physical condition.” He amended and Kakashi didn’t feel much better.

“What are you getting at Sensei?” Kakashi asked point blank and he saw Minato’s expression change into calm determination, nerves forgotten. 

“I want you to come live with me once you get out of the hospital.” He tore the bandage off and Kakashi found that he could no longer form a coherent thought.

What.

“What?” He choked out and Minato attempted to smile reassuringly. An attempt that brutally failed.

“I should’ve done it sooner, then maybe this wouldn’t have happened.” He said the last part quieter, remorse in his tone. Unfortunately Kakashi was still reeling to much to feel sympathy. What. “But I promise I’m gonna do better from now on.” The words were supposed to comfort. They did not.

“No, no you shouldn’t have.” Kakashi corrected rapidly, desperately racking his brain for what he possibly could have done to change something so drastic. For kami’s sake I haven’t even been here a week. “You shouldn’t even be doing this now.” From Minato’s frown it was clear he disagreed.

“Kakashi, I need you to listen to me.” He ordered but Kakashi just shook his head. This is so wrong. Did one hospital visit really cause this? He’d been in the hospital hundreds of times as a kid and Minato had never reacted this…drastically. “I was wrong for not pushing you harder the first time around with Sakumo. Regardless of all this-“ he paused to make a general gesture of the room. “You never should’ve been allowed to live in that house alone.” Kakashi actually remembered that conversation. It was the first of many times Minato had offered Kakashi a place to stay with him. Kakashi being who he was had refused instantly but he never forgot the kindness of the act. Still didn’t explain why Minato was suddenly so adamant about him doing it now.

“Sensei, I’ve been on my own for ye- a year now. I don’t need a babysitter.” He prayed no one caught the slip. He also didn’t actually know if he’d been on his own a year yet as he hasn’t been able to get his hands on a calendar but he took an educated guess. 

“This isn’t up for debate, Kakashi. This is an order.” Minato said firmly, carefree demeanor gone, something he only lost when he was serious about something. He softened when he caught sight of Kakashi’s truly devastated look. “I’m not going to fail you again.” There was so much conviction in the short sentence, too bad it was for all the wrong things. Before Kakashi could try and make Minato see what a horrible mistake he was making he was already standing up and heading towards the door. “I’ve got to go and get my place ready for when you’re discharged later today.” He’s leaving. Kakashi noted with a small panic as he desperately gave one last try at an arguement.

”Sensei-“

”I’ll be back soon, promise.” And with those quick parting words he left, leaving Kakashi to try and pick up the pieces of his sanity. 

Kakashi stayed completely still, just gapping at the door where Minato had disappeared before Rin finally dared to break the silence. “Well, I think it’s good you won’t be by yourself anymore!” She had the audacity to say with a smile and Kakashi stared at her as though she had grown a second head.

This was a mess. If he lived with Minato that could change the order of events, he might not become Jonin on time, or maybe he’ll be promoted earlier. Or worst of all, Minato might not become Hokage due to prejudice against the Hatake. There’s too many unknown variables. He had to fix this. Preferably before something is changed irreparably.

“Yeah, plus now Sensei won’t be worried about you all the time.” Obito tacked on with a huff in faux nonchalantness to cover up his own relief. Sensei isn’t worried about me all the time. Kakashi mentally corrected absently as he very maturely threw one of the draw 4s still tucked in his sleeve at the Uchiha in balant frustration.

“I KNEW IT!”

Chapter Text

He wants me to move in with him.

Kakashi repeated the thought that had been playing in his mind on a loop since his Sensei had left and shattered his world view.

Kakashi didn’t know where to go from here. Minato was forcibly moving him into his home, something he most certainly did not do before, where it would get infinitely more difficult for him to operate on his own. Not to mention the 9-year-old bodyguards he was currently stuck with. I need to get out of here. As long as he was stuck being watched in the hospital, he couldn’t get to work. And there was a lot of work to do.

First I should handle Danzo. He thought as he leaned back against the pillows, Rin and Obito talking about something or other he mostly tuned out. That should solve most of the trouble with the Uchiha Massacre or at the very least buy me time to figure out an actual solution. Not even mentioning the Yahiko situation. He knows now that Danzo had worked with Hanzo to take out the Akatsuki when it was still a pacifist group. Though actually that was pretty far off and he needed to wait at least until Sai was born since he had no idea where he was before the foundation. Maybe he should focus on something else first. Orochimaru perhaps? No, if he does that too early he has no way to find Tenzo. He couldn’t rush this. If he was going to do this he needed to find a way to save everyone…

“Hey Bakashi! We’re talking to you ya know!” Obito suddenly shouted and Kakashi blinked up at him, surprised. Must have spaced out. Can’t be doing that. He mentally scolded as he waved lazily at the Uchiha in dismissal. This of course agitated him beyond belief but oh well can’t be helped. 

“Sorry, what were you saying?” Kakashi apologized not very sincerely and Obito huffed as he crossed his arms. Rin rolled her eyes at both of them before moving to slip off the edge of the bed that they had all still been crowded on.

“We were asking if you were ok. You haven’t said anything since Minato-Sensei left nearly an hour ago.” Rin explained and Kakashi sighed deeply at the reminder of his latest headache. Scratch everything. Dealing with Sensei comes first. His scemeing was rudely interrupted when they all heard shouting from the hallway.

“You are not bringing that in there!” A harsh female’s voice cut through the air, voicing echoing in what should have been a quiet hospital hall. Kakashi shared a questioning look with his teammates but they didn’t look like they knew what was going on which wasn’t encouraging. 

“What? It’s not one of my books.” A horribly familiar voice argued back defensively and Kakashi resisted the urge to risk it all and make a run for the window anyway, regardless of the immediate consequences. He didn’t get the chance to execute his plan before the door swung open revealing two arguing shinobi.

“Kushina-San!” Rin greeted happily and Kushina stopped glaring at Jiraiya long enough to turn and give her a friendly grin. 

“Hello, Rin-Chan.” She returned sweetly and Obito spun around to look at them curiously. Kushina had always had a specially gentle way of talking to Rin. Balant. Favoritism. Jiraiya didn’t pay them any mind and instead just strutted straight up to Kakashi’s bed, reaching forward to ruffle his hair roughly before he could duck.

“Hey there kiddo! Heard you’d been laid up here.” Jiraiya started with a sympathetic wince at his hospital bed and Kakashi noticed the book he moved in front of him. It was sadly not Icha Icha and instead looked like some book on Jutsu battle tactics. “Here, to keep you busy.” Jiraiya explained as he lightly threw the book into Kakashi’s lap. I’ve read this book already. Kakashi thought to himself as he took the book into his hands with a small bow in thanks. 

“Thank you, Jiraiya-Sama.” Kakashi said respectfully mostly out of habit only for Jiraiya to scrunch his face up in displeasure.

“Would it kill you to call me Uncle?” He practically whined and Kakashi made a face beneath his mask. Yes. Yes it would. He had forgotten about Jiraiya’s old insistence that he was his “god uncle”. It didn’t help that his father would encourage it like nothing else. His Jiraiya had given up on that years ago. It was, after all, a lost cause. It seemed, unfortunately, this one still held onto some hope.

“Maybe.” Kakashi answered instead and Jiraiya froze, blinking at him stunned. That’s…probably not what I would’ve said. Kakashi belatedly realized but Jiraiya broke out of it a second later as he scowled, reaching forward to gently grab his shoulder and used his other hand to lightly dig his knuckles into his hair.

“Cheeky brat.” He scolded with no real bite as Kakashi batted his hands off him in irritation. Though he couldn’t be too upset, it was admittedly nice to see the late Sannin again. He would be lying if he said he hadn’t missed him at all.
Kushina then finally seemed to break away from her conversation to smile over at him, crossing the short distance to stand by his bedside, lightly nudging Jiraiya to the side much to his annoyance.

“Hey Kashi! Feeling better?” She asked a grin shining on her face despite Kakashi’s scowl.

“Don’t call me that.” He denied promptly and she pouted over at him in clear offense.

“You let Minato call you that.” She pointed out and he frowned. I wouldn’t really say I ‘let’ him do anything. Kakashi complained about the nickname hundreds of times in his youth and it never once deterred the man. If anything it just encouraged him.

“He’s Sensei. It’s different.” He excused lamely and she gave him an incredulous look as Obito moved to lean closer to Kushina.

“What’re you guys doing here anyway?” Obito asked as he crossed his arms over his chest and Rin moved to stand with them. “I thought Kushina-San was the only one coming to see him.” Kushina and Jiraiya shared a quick look before Kushina turned back to the Uchiha with a toothy grin. She smiled a lot more than he remembered. It…wasn’t a bad thing.

“Everyone knows you heal faster with friends!” She said confidently, like she truly believed it and Kakashi raised a doubtful eyebrow. Honestly he didn’t know why she was here. He thought she didn’t really like him until way later in their interactions. As in when he was the only student left later.

“That’s inarguably false.” She waved him off easily as she hopped up to sit on the edge of his bed much to his annoyance.

“Well with that attitude…” Kushina trailed off and Kakashi rolled his eyes at her dramatics. He then paused as he remembered his current predicament.

“Kushina-San,” he started and she hummed to show she was listening. “You need to talk to Sensei.” If she was surprised by his demand she didn’t show it as she cocked a curious brow. If there was one person that could talk Sensei out of a decision it was her.

“Oh? What about?”

“He’s made a horrible mistake and it’s going to ruin his life.” Ok maybe he was over selling it just a bit…no actually this is the right amount. She blinked at him blankly, taken aback. They all kinda looked taken aback actually, but Rin was the first to snap out of it as she processed what he meant.

“Kakashi!” She gasped out somewhat scolding. “Sensei isn’t ruining his life by letting you stay with him.” She stated firmly and he shook his head quickly in disagreement. Kushina blinked back into the conversation at that as she looked at him exasperated.

“Oh is that what this is about?” Kushina asked as if he was overreacting. If anything he was underreacting. Wait…

“You knew ?” Traitors. The lot of them. Despite his betrayed tone she had absolutely no shame as she nodded an affirmative.

“Of course I knew. He was making a life altering decision and I’m his girlfriend. He told me.” Jiraiya seemed to take Kakashi’s fizzling mental state as an invitation to jump in on the conversation.

“Now Kakashi, I think you might be over exaggerating.” He tried to soothe but it failed horribly as Kakashi realized the insinuation of his words.

“You knew too.” He wasn’t asking this time. Jiraiya had the decency to rub the back of his neck sheepishly at the accusing tone.

“He may have called me before he talked to Sensei.” Jiraiya admitted and Kakashi wanted to rip out his hair. He talked to him before and he didn’t stop him. Did no one else see the problem with this? Was he the only sane person here?

“Why didn’t you stop him?” He demanded and Jiraiya frowned at his insistence that this was a mistake. He then straightened back up, raising a brow in challenge at the younger boy. It didn’t however convey the urgency Kakashi was looking for which couldn’t be good.

“Because I just so happen to agree with him.” He said it firmly, without hesitation.

“What?” Over protective tendencies from Minato? Unsurprising, expected even. But Jiraiya? Sure Kakashi used to have a closer relationship with the man when he was a kid but he was never very protective and he never once protested him staying on his own. “I don’t require a keeper. I’ve been just fine on my own.” He practically hissed in his frustration and Jiraiya’s face softened marginally as he placed a gentle hand on his shoulder. 

“Doesn’t mean you should have to be.” At his soft words Obito leaned over into his space to put in his two cents.

“Yeah! I mean you’ll like having someone around.” Obito tried to encourage but Kakashi just heaved a loud frustrated sigh before he pressed the palms of his hands into his eyes to try and shove away his problems. It failed. 

“You don’t understand.” He mumbled, giving one last push before moving his hands, leaving black spots in his vision as he turned back towards Kushina who still refused to leave her place on the bed. “Being associated with my name could ruin his career. He gets enough of that by being my teacher, do you have any idea what could happen if the village found out I was living with him?” He was loyal to the citizens of the hidden Leaf Village, but that didn’t mean he didn’t acknowledge their nature. They were vultures who judged first and asked questions later. They did it to his father, they did it to him, and they even did it to Naruto.

Kushina, Rin, and Jiraiya’s faces all fell but Obito(predictably) became enraged. It seemed to be his typical go to. If he wasn’t crying, he was angry. Sometimes he was even both. “Who cares what they think?!” Obito shouted loudly, making Kakashi lean back slightly from his volume. “If they have a problem with you then I’ll- I’ll-“ he temporarily struggled for words as Kakashi blinked unimpressed.This was a vast difference from the philosophy word vomit Obito gave him last time their paths crossed. “I’ll beat ‘em up!” He declared proudly and Kakashi could hear Jiraiya snort amused.

“That’s treason, moron.” He pointed out but Obito wasn’t remotely deterred.

“Don’t care! I’ll still fight ‘em!”

“H*ll yeah!” Kushina agreed with a loud cheer as she shot up from her seat on the bed and Jiraiya nodded along. As if he wasn’t the Hokages student. They’re hopeless. It was clear he had no ally’s here. Still he couldn’t help one last, admittedly petty, jab.

“A real Uncle would’ve stopped him.” The absolutely betrayed look Jiraiya sent him made him feel a little better.

Chapter Text

Kakashi sighed as he watched Kushina and Jiraiya debate over where they should go and get lunch to bring back for them to eat together. The discussion was getting rather heated. They’ve been at it for 15 minutes. This had to have been the 5th argument they’ve had in the few hours they’ve been present. At this point they’d be giving even Sasuke and Naruto a run for their money. Well maybe not. Kakashi mentally amended as even he could recognize that was a tad of an overstatement.

“I’m telling you, ramen is a national cure all!” Kushina argued and Kakashi had to refrain from rolling his eyes. No wonder Naruto exclusively ate Ichiraku. And people try to say he eats unhealthy. At least he likes vegetables. Naruto practically had to be force feed them, he wouldn’t be surprised if that too was something he inherited from his mother. Jiraiya huffed from the side, crossing his arms in exasperation.

“That’ll just make the kid sicker.” He argued and Kakashi couldn’t really disagree with that. The chakra exhaustion and strained body combined with getting used to seeing dead people up and about didn’t make for a strong appetite. Not to mention Ichiraku reminded him a bit too much of his students and he didn’t want to linger too long on the fact that it would be years before he could see them again. “I know a place down the road that makes the best pork buns.” He smirked as he lightly elbowed Kakashi’s arm encouragingly, ignoring his scowl. Kushina pouted over at them both before leaning around Jiraiya to peer over at Kakashi.

“Well which one do you want?” She asked, putting emphasis on her words. “Deliciously healing ramen,” She spoke with a sweet smile in extremely unsubtle hints. “Or pork buns. ” She all but sneered it in exaggerated disgust as she side eyed Jiraiya who in turn rolled his eyes at her. Wow, so indifferent about it too. Kakashi wanted to say neither but he knew that answer would be promptly ignored.

“Pork buns.” He gave up after a minute and her face fell into an even deeper pout than before and it reminded him greatly of an over eager blonde genin he knew. Jiraiya laughed loudly as he reached over to roughly ruffle his hair, Kakashi quickly smacking the offending hand off.

“See? Kids got taste.” Jiraiya teased and Kushina rolled her eyes but she straightened back up, conceding the decision with a reluctant nod.

“ Fiiinnne.” She dragged out so dramatically even Obito looked done. You have no right to judge anyone Mr. There-is-no-such-thing-as-hope. Really Kakashi knows it’s not fair to compare the two but he can’t help the association. He kinda left a lasting impression. Even if he turned back to their side in the end, it’s a hard thing to forget.(especially since he was so dramatic about it)“We’ll get you your boring pork buns.” She was mostly joking if her grin was anything to go by. 

“Are you gonna get food or keep complaining?” Obito mumbled, looking off to the side in poorly concealed irritation. He seemed a bit short today, almost like he’s nervous about something. He probably is just on edge from hanging around the hospital. Kakashi knows he is, still Rin looks mortified on Obito’s behalf as she lightly elbows him in the side. 

“Don’t be rude!” She mostly whispers but they had all clearly heard Obito’s comment and Kushina gave him a dirty look as she reached across to pull him into a headlock and dig her knuckles into the top of his head scoldingly.

“Brat.” She insulted in mock anger as Obito yelped and tried to shove her off. He failed as Kushina is and always has been freaky strong. Kakashi doesn’t even think it’s because of the fox, she’s just like that. Obito broke free after another minute but only because she allowed it. He glared over at her, trying to smooth his hair back down as if it had ever been neat to begin with. Jiraiya just laughed again before moving over to the door to finally leave the room. 

“Come on,” Jiraiya urged Kushina who moved to join him by the door as Jiraiya sent another smile towards Kakashi. “We’ll be back in about an hour.” An hour. It wasn’t a lot of time but he could make it work. He’s operated with less. Kakashi nodded in acknowledgement towards the Sannin and hoped it came off innocent. Kushina grinned once more, ruffleing Obito’s hair to annoy him on her way out. It worked, because of course it did. He’s always been very easy to rile(and Kushina’s always found it very amusing). Kakashi should know since he’s usually the one doing the riling. They finally leave the room and Kakashi could hear Obito huff annoyed as he flopped down on the couch towards the side of the room. Rin instead sighed before giving Kakashi a sweet smile. 

“Do you want to play a game while we wait? I have a deck of cards.” She offerred hopefully, clearly wanting him to engage. She’d been trying to ‘cheer him up’ both about still being hospitalized and his obvious upset about the conversation with Minato earlier. He almost feels guilty about what he’s about to do. I have to get ahead of this. He reminded himself mentally as he gently shook his head. There was so much work to do and not enough time to do it. 

“Actually, I’m kinda thirsty.” He ‘admitted’ and the reaction was immediate, her smile instantly widening, excited about the prospect of being helpful as she nodded quickly. 

“Ok! I can go get you a soda from the machine I saw earlier?” She offerred like he knew she would. Giving him a glass of water would be too easy, so he knew she would offer an alternative. Luckily, they haven’t been a team long so they wouldn’t know about his adverseion and distaste for sweets just yet and would still be in that period of time when they thought he was just ‘picky’. He nodded which makes her perk up more as she bounced over to the door. “I’ll be right back.” She announced but before she could leave Obito shot up from his place to run over to her.

“I’ll come with you!” He said predictably and Rin looked ready to agree before she caught sight of Kakashi and paused. She’s clearly hesitant to leave him alone. The soda machine is actually on the floor below them so they would have to take the elevator down which would add a few minutes onto the trip.

“I’ll wait here then.” He interrupted in practiced reassurance. “We can try that card game when you get back.” She seemed surprised that he had any interest in the game. It makes him feel bad but he knows it’s because he had pretty much zero interest in anything that wasn’t directly related to shinobi work including other people when he was younger…Or when he was older, or pretty much until he had been assigned Team 7. Now that it’s in the past he’s willing to acknowledge he may have been a bit unhealthily obsessed and it probably wasn’t the best coping mechanism. But that’s fine. It won’t have to be like that now. It can be different. He knows now to value his relationships with others and that there’s more to life than just following the rules and being useful to the village. There’s more to life than the life of a shinobi. I’ll have plenty of time to spend with them as soon as I figure a few things out.

Still the out of character response seemed to calm her nerves and she nodded enthusiastically as Obito eyed him almost suspiciously. He tried not to pay it any mind. He can’t be on to me…right? Despite his suspicion Obito too finally left the room with Rin to retrieve the desired beverage. Her hopefulness made him feel worse. I can make it up to her later. Kakashi reassured himself as he quickly slipped off his bed, his bare feet hitting the cold tile. He hadn’t really stood or walked much since waking up in this time so the sensation of his small stature is still odd and unfamiliar. That’ll be one of the first things to fix. His photographic memory should help a bit but getting his muscle memory back will be a pain. It would be heavily suspicious if he suddenly struggled in training considering he has a somewhat reputable reputation as a prodigy. 

He looked around the room trying to find his shoes or kunai pack but turned up blank. He’s not entirely surprised, besides now that he thinks about it he didn’t actually come with shoes since Minato had carried him here. At least I have my mask. He suspected he had Minato to thank for that. He gave up on finding supplies and decided he’d just have to add it to the list of things to pick up on the way to the Hatake state along with some(as many as possible) scrolls and books on seals and jutsu to figure out possible side effects and other equally pressing things. It wouldn’t do if this jutsu could somehow kill him after all. Dead man can’t save anyone. That in mind Kakashi moved towards the window before finding he was actually too short to reach it. Annoying.

Potentially he could just use chakra to climb up but his chakra network was still damaged and he was admittedly very sore. Plus he’d need to save his energy for the jog he was about to take across the rooftops. So instead he pulled one of the metal chairs over to the window sill and climbed on top of it. He hesitated as he laid his hands on the window. What if they think I was taken? His reputation for being a hospital escapee was still rather small at this point. They might not just automatically assume he left himself.

He glanced back towards the bed, blankets messily thrown to the side and his eyes paused on Tobi, the little stuffed dog Obito had gifted him. It was a childish thing, not to mention funny looking. He’s actually never had a stuffed toy before since he entered the academy so young and had wanted to grow up as fast as possible. To be recognized as fast as possible. That’ll work. He hopped off the chair and quickly snatched the dog off the bed, tucking it under his arm before climbing back on the chair and yanking the window open. It will quail any doubt of Kakashi having been kidnapped. 

Pushing down any guilt, he quietly slipped out the window.

Chapter Text

Minato stood in the center of the room admiring his work in satisfaction. He’d just spent the past 4 hours trying to arrange his guest room in a way that would make Kakashi most comfortable. Of course he can do whatever he wants with it later but this should work for now. Kakashi’s actually used it several times before. He stayed for a full week after Sakumo passed so hopefully he’d be comfortable enough.

He took the liberty of adding a desk to the left side of the room so Kakashi could practice his seals and what not as well as a bookshelf since he knows he’s a fairly avid reader(understatement, Kakashi consumes knowledge like air). Other than that the room was somewhat bare with a small twin bed towards the corner by the wall with a small nightstand with a lamp beside it and a dresser opposite on the other side. There was also a closet towards the left wall but it was mostly empty sore some hangers.

He went ahead and bought him a new pair of pajamas since he knew for a fact Kakashi didn’t really own any and preferred to just sleep in his clothes since it’s ‘more efficient’. As if the 2 minutes it takes to change clothes is just too time consuming. The kid was too focused on doing things as effectively as possible. Too focused on perfection.

The pajamas were a light earthy green and had little shuriken all over them. They were warm too which was good since it was the middle of spring and could get a bit chilly at night. He wouldn’t want him getting sick on top of everything else. He was just finishing carefully folding them and laying them in the drawer when he heard his landline ring from the kitchen. 

Minato quickly closed the drawer as he walked towards the sound, picking up just after the third ring. “Hello?” He answered cheerily, as it was probably a friend if they were calling him. Lord Third still preferred more traditional methods of summoning such as hawks or just sending an ANBU. He immediately wished it had been the Hokage when he heard the nervous voice on the other end.

“Minato! Kid, how are ya?” Jiraiya’s overly casual voice sounded across the line and instantly Minato was on edge. He only used that tone of voice when he was hiding something. He’d heard it enough times both used on others and himself during his Genin years to know. The fact Jiraiya was supposedly still with Kakashi only added to his stress.

“I’m fine.” Minato responded respectfully despite his suspicions. It’s probably nothing. He tried to assure himself but it didn’t really work. It was never nothing with Jiraiya. “What’s up? Everything ok?” The abrupt nervous laughter he received was not encouraging in the least.

“So, funny thing,” Jiraiya began and Minato had a feeling it was about to be anything but. “Me and Kushina swung by, just like you asked, and while we were there we thought we should go and get the brats food.” Nothing was particularly alarming about that but still Jiraiya spoke quickly and clipped so Minato knew there had to be more.

“Ok…” Minato urged when Jiraiya momentarily paused. “So you called to tell me you got lunch?” He guessed knowing that wasn’t it. Jiraiya awkwardly clearing his throat was just further proof of that.

“Well, we left to go and get some pork buns and-“ Jiraiya was suddenly cut off as Minato could hear shifting and squabbling on the other side as though the phone had been snatched before a new voice spoke.

“Kakashi’s gone!” Kushina interrupted, voice raised in urgency and Minato felt his heart drop into his stomach.

“What?” He said it mostly automatically, brain still trying to catch up with his ears. How could they lose him already?! He hadn’t even bee gone that long. There were more muffled voices on the line before Kushina spoke again.

“The kids left to get him a drink and he went out the window.” She sounded more than a little pissed off and Minato couldn’t even fully fault her. Really, Kakashi? He loved the kid to death but he sure had a way of complicating things. I should’ve known he would only ever stay in a hospital if I was there to watch him.

“Are you sure he left on his own?” Minato knew he probably did. Kakashi’s hatred for the hospital knew no bounds and he’d leave the second he got the chance, but the paranoid part of him still wanted the reassurance.

“Yes. He took that toy Obito gave him.” Well he can’t think of any enemy that would take the time to steal a stuffed dog so that was as good as proof as any. This was gonna be a long day. He knew that from the start but still. He had hoped he wouldn’t have to go chasing his genin across the village today. 

“Ok, ok,” He breathed out, reaching a hand to pinch the bridge of his nose in stress. “Tell Obito and Rin to go check the buildings and areas around the hospital in case he’s still close.” The chances of that were actually nearly nonexistent but it would give them something to do that kept them out of the way while hopefully also satisfying their need to help. He knew they were probably blaming themselves and he’d rather not lose track of any other students today. “If you could check our usual training fields, that'd be great and Jiraiya could take the cemetery.” He rattled off and he could hear Kushina quickly convey the information to the others. He had only found Kakashi at the cemetery once and it had been on the anniversary of his dad’s passing but it was still worth double checking.

“Got it, where will you be?” She asked and Minato heaved a heavy sigh lowering his hand back to his side.

“Everywhere else.” With that he hung up the phone and quickly went to throw on his shoes and begin his search.

This is going absolutely horrible. Kakashi thought in angry annoyance as he tossed a scroll that was once again, completely useless. 17 scrolls, 21 books, and 6 ‘borrowed’ old files from the Konoha archives and he hadn’t been able to find a single thing on the seal that caused this. He had taken the liberty of drawing what the seal had looked like from memory and nothing even looked remotely similar.

The second he was free of the hospital he had ran to the Konoha shinobi library and got as many things on ancient seals and teleportation and time that he could. This particular library was only available to registered shinobi with each level of the archives being available to certain levels of Shinobi. Most of his materials he had to steal from the Jonin and higher ups section, avoiding the ex-ANBU they have working as the liberian. Once he had what he needed, he retreated back to the Hatake estate and camped out on the living room floor. 

That effort was apparently for nothing as he’d been meticulously looking through them for the past 2 hours only to come up empty handed. I don’t have time for this. There was no telling how much longer he had until Minato, Jiraiya or whoever else found him and dragged him away and he was beginning to feel judged by the button eyed stare Tobi was giving him from where he had been placed on the couch.

If nothing else he did figure out exactly what time it was. It’d been a bit over 2 months since he took, and passed, the Chunin exams. His Dad’s been dead a couple months over a year and he’s been Minato’s student almost just as long. The most recent event that’s occurred is a joint training session with Gai’s cell 3 weeks ago. He’s grateful that younger him was so careful to record everything on his calendar. Perks of being a perfectionist. 

He was starting to get tired at this point, his chakra exhausted body begging him to lie down. He ignored it for the time being and picked another scroll back up, hoping he just missed something(he knows he didn’t). It was as he did he caught sight of one of the many silver bowls over in the corner of the room. A dog bowl to be specific.

Since he’d come back he’s avoided thinking about his pack. About how they, like everyone else, will not remember everything they went through together. It was different with them than others. They’re more than just summons, they’re his family and he’s spent an entire lifetime forming a bond with them. He didn’t want to acknowledge that they’ll no longer have the same connection they had. He knows he’ll have to eventually but he’ll put it off as long as possible. 

Still, Kakashi thought with a sigh, re-rolling the scroll and trading it for another one of the books. Would really be nice to have you right about now, Pakkun. Pakkun had always helped him see things in a new light even if the pug himself didn’t fully understand the situation. He was smart like that. He might still be able to help… Even if it’s not his Pakkun, it was still Pakkun. He was still smart.

Besides this whole thing was beginning to wear on him and he found himself desperately missing the familiarity of his pack. Even if they didn’t remember everything, he was quickly coming to the conclusion that he still very much wanted to see them. Decision made, he carefully threw his book to the side and pulled his mask down, biting into his thumb before making the proper signs and pressing his palm onto the clear space on the floor behind him. 

Familiar smoke filled the air and when it cleared he was face to face with a tiny brown pug that sat atop a not so tiny bulldog, his other ninkin surrounding them. They look…different. He can’t pretend to be surprised. It’s not necessarily a bad difference. They looked…younger, less wrinkles and gray hair. Smaller too, though some more so than others. Still it only solidified the fact they’re not what he remembered. “Boss?” Pakkun broke after a full 2 minutes of Kakashi just staring at them. This was a bad idea. Kakashi was about to apologize, say it was nothing and dismiss them since this was clearly not going to help, but something made him pause. Boss? 

His pack calls him boss. His pack had been calling him that since he was 10-years-old and came back with the wrong pair of eyes. Before that they always called him ‘Little boss’, occasionally ‘pup’, but never just ‘boss’.

Supposedly he’s only 6-years-old right now, before they started truly seeing him as an adult and finally dropped the ‘little’-though sometimes he thinks they still don’t but most of the time that’s just Pakkun being obnoxious-from the title, yet Pakkun just called him ‘Boss’. As though it were natural, normal even. In Kakashi’s rapid analysis he realized he still had yet to say a word and quickly shook his head clear.

“Sorry.” He mumbled, suspiciously narrowing his eyes at the pug. There’s no way, right? Surely, there was a different reason for the oddity in the pug’s behavior than the one Kakashi’s mind was currently supplying. Then again he didn’t think there was any way to time travel either, yet…”I’m having trouble with something.” He admitted and Pakkun cocked his head to the side curiously while Bisuke came around Kakashi’s other side, his head brushing against his arm. 

“What with?” Pakkun prompted and carefully Kakashi moved to grab one of the scrolls he had thrown minutes before. He paused. If he’s wrong, if this wasn’t his pack, what was he risking by telling them the truth?

No. Even if he’s wrong, which for some reason he felt he wasn’t, his pack would never tell anyone regardless of how it made Kakashi sound. Nor would they think he was crazy or delusional. No, they would never do that. Self-assured, Kakashi grabbed the scroll and carefully opened it to the seal that had a similar curve in part of the kanji before grabbing his own sketch that he had been comparing it to earlier. Pakkun leaned down to see, the others following suit. Kakashi just him watched carefully, examining their every movement and he could see the moment Pakkun narrowed his eyes and his wrinkled face somehow scrunched up more. Recognition. He recognized the seal. 

“Pakkun?” Kakashi spoke softly, admittedly a little vulnerable. He wanted so badly for it to be his ninkin, his pack. It was probably just a desire to not want to be alone in this mess. He briefly considered trying to find a smart, careful way to go about this but then remembered he’s tired of dancing around subjects. “How old am I?” All 8 of them seemed to freeze as they slowly stared at him. As if he’d just broached a very delicate subject and they’re deciding how to respond. Eventually, Pakkun answers him carefully.

“Five.” He finally said and that was all Kakashi needed to know that this was his Pakkun. This was his pack. They never would’ve gotten his age wrong. Pakkun had guessed because he didn’t actually know. He looked at the way he appeared and took a shot in the dark. The fact that none of the others corrected him proved they too were from his time. Kakashi couldn’t help the abrupt laugh that escaped him which only seemed to concern them further.

“You ok boss?” Shiba asked and Kakashi was quick to nod, automatically reaching his hands up to scoop Pakkun off Bulls head and pull him onto his lap. Pakkun let it happen just like he always did.

“Yes, you just-” He started, gently scratching behind Pakkun’s ear like he knew he liked as he thought of how to phrase his next words. “Look younger than I remember.” he finished, giving a toothy grin that actually showed since his mask still hung loosely at his neck. He saw as they took in what he said, processed it, before it was broken by Pakkun letting out a gruff snort a minute later, fully flopping down onto Kakashi’s lap, relaxed. Like the lazy lump he was.

“Yeah well you too.” Pakkun shot back and Kakashi only laughed again. Honestly he was thrilled. This was one relationship he wouldn’t have to build back up from the ground. They are exactly as they should be. He heard Uhei make a loud exaggerated whine as he too flopped down on the ground on Kakashi’s left side as Bisuke took his right and the others all moved to lay around him, careful not to disrupt all the books and papers still on the floor. Evidently they were all as happy with this turn of events as he was. He didn’t know how it was possible, but he decided he didn’t really care.

“Thank kami, I thought we were gonna have to suffer through your brat phase again.” Uhei sighed and Kakashi spared him a glare that had no real venom. Though in fairness he will acknowledge, he really was a brat. Even he had enough self awareness to know what a little terror he used to be. And even if he wasn’t, Asuma had never missed an opportunity to remind him that Naruto and Sasuke were actually just a fair dose of karma for the way he used to behave. Still he was relieved that at least someone was also in on his secret quest to make things right. He wasn’t alone.

He didn’t get to feel relieved long though as he heard someone coming towards his front door.

Chapter Text

Someone’s coming.

Kakashi instantly stiffend, yanking up his mask as he heard the sound of footsteps approaching his front porch. Pakkun could feel the way he tensed which immediately put him on edge, tipping off the others as they carefully rose to defensive standing stances. Even in the past they were masters at following his lead and reading the situation. Kakashi was the last as Pakkun slipped off his lap so he could slowly stand to his feet. He took a deep practiced breath as he pulled in his chakra, concealing himself while simultaneously feeling his surroundings. A tactic that had been perfected over several years and saved his life more than once. He paused at the very familiar warm pulse of chakra coming from beyond his front door. Oh. Well, didn’t think that’d be a problem till later. He thought as he released his chakra and waved at his dogs to relax. Wouldn’t do for them to jump him the second he walked through the door.

The person outside didn’t even knock before swinging the door open as Kakashi rapidly bent down and swiped everything beneath his couch in one fluid motion so the contents couldn’t be seen. He was not ready to explain why he would be studying so many suspicious seals. He only just managed to shove the final book under when Minato walked around the corner. 

“Kakashi!” He exclaimed, rushing across the room to where Kakashi stood in the center of his ninkin, them not hesitating to clear a path. When he reached him, he placed a careful hand on Kakashi’s shoulder as he gave him a once over with his eyes, scanning for injury or distress. Satisfied that there was none to find, Minato’s face quickly changed to turn a stern look onto the tiny time traveler. “Where have you been? We’ve been looking for you for hours.” He demanded in what was supposed to be a scolding tone but was slightly overshadowed by his clear palpable relief. Kakashi felt only slightly guilty for it. After all, he was still pretty annoyed with the man for taking over his life and micromanaging his every move.

“I wanted to speak with my pack.” Kakashi began to explain, placing a hand on Bisuke’s head as he was the closest. “Since you’re uprooting me from my home.” It was a dirty, and actually pretty bratty tactic he’ll admit, but it’ll make Minato feel guilty. And if he’s feeling guilty he’ll be less likely to be suspicious of his behavior or ask too many follow up questions for details. He wants to convey ‘bratty 6-year-old’ not ‘time traveling adult’. Predictably, Minato’s face fell into a hurt expression as he took his hand back with a slight flinch. 

“I’m sorry you feel that way.” He spoke sincerely, voice carefully kept even before his stance moved to be more firm. “But you should’ve told someone that’s what you wanted. You can’t just leave like that, Kakashi. Not even mentioning you shouldn’t even be performing things like summoning jutsu with your body still recovering.” Despite his age the chiding tone of his teacher still had a way of making him feel small as Kakashi hunched his shoulders defensively. “Do you realize the permanent damage that could happen if you don’t take your injuries seriously? If I hadn’t found you when I did it would have been much worse.” He informed him and Kakashi clenched his fists at his sides. He did know, that’s the part that annoyed him. Minato was right but he didn’t have to like it.

“Sorry.” He mumbled and it was clear to both Minato and his ninkin that he was indeed not sorry. Minato didn’t comment on it as he sighed tiredly, looking around the room. Thankfully he didn’t look close enough to investigate the couch. Not that he would. It would be rather odd to check underneath a person's couch without reason but it’s never been said that Kakashi isn’t paranoid. Paranoia keeps a person alive.

“Just...don’t do it again, ok?” Minato conditioned and Kakashi nodded obediently. He didn’t intend on doing it again. Because he wouldn’t be in the hospital again thus there would be no need to escape. Satisfied with his agreement, Minato redirected his attention to the hounds still surrounding them. “Well, did you at least get to talk with them then?” No. He had barely gotten to speak with them at all before Minato showed up. However he needed an excuse for what he had just spent the past several hours doing so Kakashi gave an affirmative nod anyway. He’d just have to actually explain things to them later. It wouldn’t be the first time they’ve had to wing it off limited information. Minato accepted it with a nod of his own before glancing down the hall towards where he knew the bedrooms were. “Since we’re already here, why don’t I help you get some of your things to take with you?” He offered, not so subtly changing the subject and Kakashi sighed at the reminder. Still, he probably should take some things so he began making his way to his room without another word, snatching Tobi from the floor as both his pack and Minato followed after him.

If he purposely walked faster past his dad’s still sealed office nobody commented on it as he quickly opened up his bedroom door. No matter how many years passed, he couldn’t quite bring himself to remain calm being near That Room. He didn’t actually have much in terms of personal items, he’d always been a bit of a minimalist, but it’d be good to take some of his clothes as well as some weapons. As he moved to bend down near his dresser Minato carefully moved to stand behind him. “Shiba, can you grab my bag under the bed?” Kakashi asked without turning around, he knew his request would be followed. He almost always kept a bag beneath his bed in case of unplanned missions and such. Shiba promptly dropped the small bag by his legs as Kakashi shoved Tobi at the bottom so he would no longer have to hull him around and then grabbed some handfuls of shirts to shove inside before moving to grab some pants.

“Hey, what’s this?” Kakashi turned to look at Minato at the question to see him bent down at the other side of the dresser holding… A pair of pajamas? Sure enough, Minato was holding up the pants of the paw print pajamas Kakashi had woken up in and discarded a few days earlier. “Why is there blood?” Minato elaborated, holding out the part of the pant leg that had been splashed with blood after Kakashi had performed an emergency ‘pain stimulus’ check. 

“Oh, that. I just cut my hand.” Kakashi explained offhandedly hoping it would be enough to satisfy the man. He can’t exactly say he had purposely stabbed himself to try and break free of what he thought was genjutsu when he woke up a few decades too young. “You can just throw that out.”  He dismissed with a wave of his hand as he zipped the bag up. Minato however frowned as he eyed the stained clothes.

“I can get this out. Why don’t we take it?” Kakashi just shrugged in acceptance wanting to drop the conversation as Minato carefully folded the clothes. 

“Hey, Boss.” Guruko interrupted from across the room as Kakashi turned around. “You wanna take this?” Kakashi looked at what Guruko was inclining his head towards to see his old tanto. Or more specifically his dad’s olds tanto. While Kakashi used a tanto the entirety of his time in ANBU, the original he’d inherited from his father had shattered during the battle at Kannabi bridge. Yet there it was, lying sheathed on his nightstand next to his team photo, completely unscathed. Without answering Guruko, Kakashi stood up and moved over to where the blade was and carefully picked it up. Its familiar weight was comfortable in his small hands. I haven’t used one of these in years. He thought, gently running his hand over the scabbard. Just another thing on the list to get used to. 

“Is that everything?” Minato checked, holding the bag filled with clothes he must’ve grabbed while Kakashi was distracted while he was still examining the weapon. Kakashi nodded as he rejoined his Sensei, tanto in hand. He’d come back for his photos later or better yet just leave them until Minato got out of this phase and left him alone. He was sure it was just a phase too, he hadn’t actually considered having him around full time. Once he does he’ll see things were better before. Minato smiled at him approvingly before giving a look towards his ninkin. What?- oh. 

“I’ll talk to you guys later, ok?” He promised and Pakkun moved to be at the front as he nodded.

“Call if you need anything.” The pug ordered gruffly and Kakashi huffed lightly but nodded nonetheless as he brought a hand up to release the summons in a puff of smoke. While he wished they could have spoken longer, he was happy to know he still had his pack with him.

“Come on,” Minato urged, offering his hand out to hold Kakashi’s hand that wasn’t occupied. “I’ll use hiraishin to get us home.” Hmm, been a few years since I’ve done that, too. It’d…probably be fine. While he knows he used to sorta dislike it he doesn’t remember it being that bad. That determined, Kakashi allowed Minato to take his hand and transport them to his home.

Chapter Text

Sh*t!

Kakashi gasped, dropping his tanto to the floor so he could use both hands to grip his Sensei’s arm as they were abruptly teleported into the Namikaze living room.

That sensation feels much more disorienting than he remembers. The fact his body was still weak and exhausted didn’t help as his head spun making him nauseous. Note to self: Hirishin sucks.

“Sorry! You, ok?” Minato asked, gently putting a bracing hand on Kakashi’s shaking arm. His arms weren’t the only things shaking as his legs wobbled and he fought the urge to vomit. He does that during battle? To think Kakashi used to envy this skill is beyond him. Still, he managed to give a jerky nod as he forced himself to still. Minato looked less than convinced as he leaned around him to pick up his still sheathed blade with the hand that wasn’t still holding his arm. “You’re probably still recovering from the chakra exhaustion. Why don’t you go lay down for a while?” He ‘suggested’ in a way that made it seem more like an order. Admittedly Kakashi didn’t even want to argue. A nap sounded great. But it was the principle of the thing. 

“I’m fine.” Kakashi mumbled, carefully pushing Minato’s hands off him so he was standing fully on his own. It was late afternoon, definitely not time to sleep. Besides, he needs them to believe he’s completely normal and no way would he have willingly rested in the middle of the day without at least a little resistance.

“Really? Because I think maybe you should.” He was more firm this time and Kakashi briefly weighed just giving up and taking the out. It’s not like it’d be a common occurrence, it'll only be just this once. He could just use the excuse of just getting out of hospital. Besides, he’s old and tired and really doesn’t wanna argue right now. That being said, he decided to give up with put on reluctance as he nodded. “Your rooms over here.” Minato directed, moving his hand to Kakashi’s shoulder as he guided him down the hall. Minato opened the door for him as Kakashi stepped inside and saw the familiar sight that was Minato’s guest room. Kakashi had to have stayed here at least a hundred times over the years in the past. Though it looks like he had added a few things such as a desk and bookshelf. Because what hasn’t he changed?

Minato quickly set his bag down by the dresser to be dealt with later as Kakashi made a beeline straight for the bed. Since he was still wearing his hospital scrubs it was the equivalent of sleep clothes anyway. When he pulled back the blankets he was greeted with light blue sheets with white fluffy clouds across them. It reminded him of a lazy Nara boy he knew but he tried not to linger on the thought as he climbed under the blankets. Hm, they’re soft. Maybe he could live with the design. As he settled back onto the pillows, Minato came back over holding something in his hands. “Why’d you pull that out?” Kakashi asked, gesturing towards the dog plush Minato was holding. He responded with a smile as he carefully handed it towards him.

“Just in case you wanted it.” Minato said simply and Kakashi narrowed his eyes with a pout as he laid it beside himself.

“I’m not a child.” He reminded pointedly and Minato nodded easily as he readjusted Kakashi’s blankets.

“Sure.” It was very obvious he was only humoring him. “Jiraiya and the others are coming by later with the pork buns. I’ll wake you then, ok?” Minato informed him and Kakashi nodded as he closed his eyes, relaxing into the frankly very comfortable bed. It was a stark difference to his futon on the floor in his old apartment. Kakashi nearly flinched when he felt the cool hand run through his hair. “We’ll talk then.” D*mnit.

“Kakashi.” A soft young voice spoke from beside Kakashi’s head. That’s not Sensei.

Upon opening his eyes he was proved correct as he came face to face with Rin. When she saw him awake she smiled kindly at him, leaning away to give him some space. “We brought food. Minato-Sensei wanted me to tell you to come to the kitchen.” She informed him as he sat up on the bed and started rubbing his eyes. He was more tired than he realized. He feels like he could have slept for hours longer. Peeking through the window a few feet left of the bed showed it was already completely dark out.

“Thanks.” He muttered out in reply as he finally cleared the dust from his eyes. Rin seemed happy enough with his answer as she nodded before quickly excusing herself from the room.

“Alright then, take your time.” She gave him one last funny smile as she left that left him confused to what she seemed to find so amusing. As he moved to peel back the blankets, his hand hit something soft at his side and he now feels he knows exactly what she was laughing at. 

“What are you looking at?” He huffed, shoving Tobi to the side and immediately cringing. I’m talking to a stuffed animal. Maybe this isn’t the past after all and he really has just finally snapped. It would make sense after all the sh*t he’s been through. He sighed deeply before sliding off the side of the bed. He briefly considered changing into actual clothes first but decided it was too much effort. Besides, he’d already run around Konoha wearing hospital scrubs so what’s one more day? That settled he quickly made his way out the door and started walking towards the kitchen. As he got closer, he could hear the sound of loud obnoxious laughter.

“It’s not funny!” Obito shouted, rapidly wiping at his soaked shirt. The overturned cup on the table said enough about what occurred. Obito was sitting at the kitchen table with Rin next to him, though she was currently busy dabbing the water dripping off the side with a towel. Kushina was laughing at the scene from across from him and she had an empty plate in front of her. Jiraiya was seated right beside her and was halfway through a pork bun. Minato was standing towards the side by the sink washing dishes though he too had his own amused smile.

“You sure are clumsy for a shinobi, ya know.” Kushina teased, smiling slyly which was of course rewarded with a harsh glare. It likely would have lead to an argument had Jiraiya not seen Kakashi lingering by the entry.

“There you are, pup!” He greeted loudly, swinging an arm out to beckon him closer while simultaneously drawing everyone’s attention towards him. Kakashi hunched his shoulders, uncomfortably as he slowly inched closer to the Sannin. This was a mistake as the moment he was in arm's distance Jiraiya snatched him off the ground and onto his lap. 

“Hey!” Kakashi yelped, pushing harshly against the hands holding him, a red blush picking out from below his mask. Even when he was 6-years-old he would’ve never let someone cart him around like a toddler. “Put me down.” He all but growled but Jiraiya only laughed, shoving the last of his pork bun into his mouth before reaching for another from the big plate at the center of the table.

“Relax. There’s no more empty chairs and you need to eat.” Jiraiya argued, pushing the meat-filled dumpling into his hands, forcing him to stop his assault or risk it falling onto the carpet. Kakashi wouldn’t have complied but Minato was sending him a warning look and he feels he’s pushed the man enough lately. Despite popular belief, Kakashi knew from experience that Minato’s patience wasn’t actually endless. Obito and Rin also sent him a few looks so he pulled his mask down and bit down into the soft bun. Hm, I don’t know about ‘the best’ but it is good. Kakashi conceded as he quickly finished in three more bites and pulled his mask back into place. “Well, it’s great right?” Jiraiya prompted, gently nudging Kakashi’s side. He humored him with a lazy nod that was apparently satisfying enough as Kushina leaned around to give him a glare.

“For someone so obsessed with following the rules, you don’t follow doctors orders for sh*t.” She deadpanned, clearly not over his little disappearing act. Minato spun around, shutting the water off to gap at his girlfriend.

“Kushina! Language.” He corrected with pointed looks towards Kakashi and his teammates. Yes, because while we can fight in wars, cursing in front of us is too much. Kakashi thought exasperated, as if he hadn’t followed the same rules around his own genin. Children cursing is only funny when it’s not his kids. Kushina didn’t seem very regretful as she rolled her eyes at Minato’s scandalized tone. “I told you, I handled it.” Minato continued in a quieter tone so only she could hear.

Or only she was supposed to hear, Kakashi of course heard it anyway what with his heightened senses and what not. Minato was still in that time period where he occasionally forgot. It was an extremely short period of time before he started placing privacy seals around any conversation he didn’t want Kakashi to hear. Annoying. Minato then sent Kakashi a very specific look that he only ever gave when Kakashi was supposed to follow some obituary social rule or “manners” nonsense. He was on the receiving end often as a child.

It had taken him actual years before he saw the value in being polite to those around him. He had been under the impression it was just a social construct to make people feel better.(he was still kinda right but not the point) “Sorry, Kushina-San.” Kakashi apologized diligently and Minato smiled at him approvingly. Kushina however didn’t seem to buy his sincerity. Probably because it didn’t exist. However he did manage to find some when Rin suddenly reached down to pull something out of her bag and onto the table.

“Here.” She said curtly, shoving a brightly colored canned soda towards him. “I got this for you.” Ok, that I do feel a little bad about. She was clearly hurt that he had up and left and from the third degree glares he was getting he’d guess so was Obito. His hurt did usually tend to manifest in anger. When he failed to take the offered beverage she nudged it closer, toppling it dangerously. So he very slowly took it into his hands with a small dip of his head.

“Thank you, sorry I didn’t wait for you.” And that he really did mean. If there had been a different way other than tricking her he would’ve done it. Unfortunately, it had been a time sensitive situation and it was the fastest solution he could think of. Rin, never one to be able to hold a grudge, softened immediately and gave him a small smile.

“It’s alright, I know how much you hate it there.” She sympathized and Obito rolled his eyes at her easy forgiveness. He clearly has never had an issue with holding a grudge.

“I hate the hospital too, doesn’t mean I’m crawling out the window.” Obito mumbled under his breath and Rin sent him a reproachful look but didn’t comment. Kakashi was content to stay silent as well until he felt a heavy hand run through his hair. Immediately he jerked away and sent Jiraiya a threatening glare that he swiftly ignored as he brought his other hand to also mess with Kakashi’s hair. His hands were gentle so Kakashi decided he’d allow it for now, though he would die before he admitted the action actually felt kind of nice. Minato suddenly set a small glass of water down in front of him before offering an open palm with two white pills, interrupting Kakashi’s musings.

“What’s that?” Kakashi asked not moving to accept the proffered capsules. Minato gently grabbed Kakashi’s hand and placed them into his palm for him as he answered.

“Medication prescribed for the damage done to your chakra network. It’ll also help keep any pain manageable.” Minato explained as Kakashi removed his mask to down both pills in one go and then washing it down with a few sips of water. He was trying not to expose his face too much after the whole incident with Rin and Obito at the hospital. Minato nodded satisfied as he moved to replace Kakashi’s glass on the table.

“Your hair’s kinda dirty, pup. When’s the last time you washed it?” Jiraiya seemed to muse more to himself than actually asking and Kakashi felt his face become red beneath his mask. Why is he like this? Kakashi thought in pure annoyance towards the older man. Seriously, you’d think eventually Jiraiya would develop some kind of filter and not just say whatever happened to come to mind. You’d be wrong.

“It’s fine. ” Kakashi practically growled as he slapped Jiraiya’s hands away from his head. But Minato had already started to move towards the hall.

“I’ll go run a bath for you.” Minato offered not bothering to stick around to hear his protests. He could hear Obito snort from across him and promptly kicked his shin beneath the table. Something about Obito made him want to revert back to the childish need to fight and bicker as if he really was 6-years-old. He blames Obito fully. Clearly it’s something he must be doing. Before another fight could break out, Rin carefully slipped off her chair, tugging on Obito’s sleeve for him to do the same.

“Thank you for the food, Kushina and Jiraiya-San, but I have to get home now.” She announced politely and Kushina quickly stood up to give her a gentle hug.

“Of course! Always lovely to see you, Rin-Chan.” Kushina brushed off releasing her from the short embrace. Rin gave her a rosy cheeked smile in return as Obito quickly hopped off his chair to stand beside her. 

“I’ll walk you!” He offered, already moving back towards the doorway to go and grab his sandals. He didn’t seem to realize that that had been Rin’s plan all along. “I promised my Obaasan I’d try and get home before 10 tonight.” He excused and Kushina waved them both away easily. Huh, it must be later than I thought. Kakashi thought offhandedly. He must have slept longer than he originally thought.

“I’ll let Minato know, you two go on and head home.” At Kushina’s encouragement, they both strapped on their sandals and opened the door to leave.

“Feel better Kakashi-Kun!” Rin called as the door shut behind them and they left him. Left him to deal with an overbearing Sensei, his petty girlfriend, and a Sannin insistent on treating him like a child that he hasn’t been since his dad passed.

Great.

Chapter Text

The moment Rin and Obito had fully exited the Namikaze household, Kakashi dug his elbow into Jiraiya’s side and forcibly moved to Kushina’s now empty seat. The excuse of there being no room now held no truth and he was not going to just continue letting Jiraiya hold him hostage. Even if he had been serving as a rather nice source of warmth for his still too cold body. No matter how good his head rubs were, he couldn’t just let it happen without consequences. The man in turn howled in pain and attempted to snatch him up in retribution but Minato’s timing, for once, benefited him.

“Bath’s ready.” Minato announced and while Kakashi was annoyed it had been done for him, he did still want a bath. That being said he sent a dirty look to Jiraiya as he carefully slipped off his chair and started walking towards the bathroom. He ignored the good natured “brat” that Jiraiya spoke at him under his breath. “I set a towel and some clothes on the counter.” Minato added as Kakashi went down the hall and he gave a mumbled “Thanks” in reply because despite certain opinions he did in fact have manners. While he wasn’t around long, his father had tried to ingrain them into him. It didn’t really work but an effort was made.

Upon entering the bathroom, he was quick to shut and lock the door behind him so he had proper privacy before he began finally removing his hospital scrubs. These are getting burned. Kakashi decided as he roughly kicked them to the corner in distaste. Why did hospitals have to use the scratchiest material known to man for their clothes? People were already dying, no need to make them suffer more. He took his mask off last before gently getting into the warm water of the bath. He sank further than he expected due to his very small size but it was somewhat nice so he decided he didn’t mind.

He was fast washing his hair and cleaning up as he had never been one to take long baths though the warm water was soothing to his very sore body. When he went to rinse off and pull the drain he noticed the ‘clothes’ Minato had left.

Why does he do this? Kakashi thought tiredly as he grabbed the towel off the counter and quickly dried off, eyeing the shuriken print pajamas in disdain. It’s the kind of thing a child would wear. He knows Minato’s doing it on purpose too. But for lack of other options, he yanked on his custom mask tank top before reluctantly pulling on the admittedly pretty comfortable pajamas. They were softer than they looked. Tossing his wet towel into the laundry hamper on his way out, he walked back to the kitchen where Minato was putting away the leftover pork buns. Jiraiya and Kushina were nowhere to be seen.

Upon seeing him enter, Minato gave him a bright smile as Kakashi hopped onto one of the chairs. His feet annoyingly didn’t even come close to touching the ground. “Feel better?” Minato asked kindly and Kakashi gave a lazy nod as he propped his head on his hand, sending little drops of water from his bangs. He was content to sit in a comfortable silence as Minato soundlessly moved about the room. Well he was content until a rag was dropped on top of his head.

“Hey-!” Kakashi yelped as Minato scrubbed the towel into his still dripping wet hair. He didn’t need help drying off. “I can do that myself!” He snapped, feeling the way his face warmed. Minato didn’t pause in his task and just clicked his tongue.

“But you didn’t. You’ll make yourself sick like that. Besides, I’m already done.” He declared stopping his assault as he stepped away, flipping the towel over his arm. Kakashi could only glare at him indignantly. 

“I was going to later.” Kakashi mumbled as he folded his arms over the table before laying his head on top in a pout. He actually had just planned on leaving it be but that didn’t mean he needed Minato to do it for him. Minato snorted quietly but didn’t say anything more. Kakashi took it as a blessing. Kakashi wasn’t really mad at him anyway, just…mildly annoyed. And honestly most of it wasn’t even at him but more everything else. “Where’d everyone go?” Kakashi redirected the conversation onto more important topics and Minato’s smile softened as he waved a hand in nonchalantness. 

“It was getting late so they went home.” He explained loosely and Kakashi frowned. It wasn’t that late, was there another reason they left? Minato mistook his musings as him being upset and continued speaking. “Don’t worry, we’ll probably see them again tomorrow.” He assured and while that wasn’t at all what Kakashi had been thinking he gave a small nod anyway. 

“Are we training tomorrow?” Kakashi asked and he saw Minato pause. It was obvious he was thinking of a way to answer without upsetting him. Not a great sign.

“Well you haven’t fully recovered from your chakra exhaustion.” Minato started and Kakashi geared up to argue. Minato sensing this was quick to continue. “But I don’t see the harm in you observing from the side lines.” He compromised and Kakashi merely sat up with a glare that Minato paid no mind to. He needed to start training as soon as possible to fully get used to fighting in such a small form as well as his new range of chakra control.

“I feel much better than before.” Kakashi tried to convince but Minato was unswayed.

“Which I’m glad to hear, but I still don’t want you training yet.” He shot down and Kakashi huffed, not really surprised he was denied. At least he was being allowed to watch. It’d give him a refresher on where Obito and Rin’s skill level was currently at which actually might be better for him to know before joining. He wouldn’t want to risk accidentally hurting one of them by using a move they weren’t ready for.

His thoughts were rudely interrupted when he broke into a yawn. The moment it left his mouth Minato was on him faster than Naruto on ramen. “You didn’t really get to sleep long, why don’t you head to bed?” He suggested, already moving to herd Kakashi off the chair. He’s sending me to bed. Kakashi realized as he automatically moved to comply, thrown by the way things were moving. As he was moved down the hall he caught sight of the clock on the wall. He’s sending me to bed and it’s not even 9 o'clock. The worst part wasn’t even the time, but the fact Kakashi really was legitimately tired. He was praying this was just the Chakra damage lagging on him and not the new normal for this body. He’s pretty sure he stayed up later than this originally, right? 

They entered the previous guest room and Kakashi couldn’t help but notice his clothes had been put away and his bag laid carefully to the side of the dresser. His bed had also been made which made Kakashi start to suspect Minato must have been cleaning up while he had been in the bath. Tobi had been moved from where Kakashi had shoved him in between the wall and the bed and gently placed next to his pillow. Surely he wasn’t this obvious before? Younger him would have never allowed someone to so blatantly care for him in such a way, yet Minato wasn’t even pretending to hide the childish way he was treating him. He acted as if everything he did was only natural. It was odd to say the least. Kakashi was sure he would have noticed such behavior before. Minato must have noticed the way he examined the room as he moved in front of him to explain.

“I cleaned up a bit since I didn’t really have anything else to do.” He said, sheepishly rubbing his neck with a smile. “Hope you don’t mind.” He tacked on when Kakashi furrowed his brows at the scene. He did mind actually. He wasn’t a child and he didn’t need Minato doting around him like one. He was capable of doing such things on his own and it was important for Minato to see that. How else could he get him to see it was unnecessary for him to be here? Kakashi needed for things to go back to their previous arrangement so he was more free to operate. Not to mention he had no idea what things would be changed if he actually stayed with Minato permanently. It was too big a risk for him to take. 

Changing Minato’s view of him and this situation would have to wait until tomorrow as he climbed back up onto his bed, lightly knocking Tobi to the side as he did. Minato moved back towards the door, hand hovering over the lightswitch as Kakashi settled beneath the blankets. “You need anything before I go?” Minato checked as Kakashi laid down, shaking his head.

“No. Goodnight.” Kakashi dismissed, turning so his back was towards the door and Minato smiled warmly as he flipped the lights off.

“Goodnight, Kashi.”

He really needed to fix this.

Chapter Text

“Kakashi! Breakfast is ready!” 

Kakashi woke up at the sound of Minato’s voice calling through the house as he slowly sat up. The warm sunlight shining in through the window suggested it was mid morning. A bit later than he would probably usually be waking up but not too bad. He was quick to hop off the bed and walk to the dresser to begin getting dressed. He ignored the twinge of pain that ran through his entire body at the roughness of the action. There’s a lot to do today. First was training with his team. While he was currently barred from participating, he still could use the opportunity to learn. It’s important he knows exactly what each of his teammates are capable of at this point in time, especially if he’s to be able to efficiently perform on future missions. Though he’s pretty sure they mostly did D Ranks at this time. Probably for the best while he adjusts to everything. He dug around in his drawer for something warm as one of the more annoying side effects of chakra exhaustion was that the chakra that usually worked to keep your body warm, was diverted to running through more vital parts of the body such as the organs. 

He eventually found a somewhat thick dark blue sweater and quickly pulled it on over his tank top. He then put on some black pants before folding his pajamas back up and tucking them into the drawer. He was still a bit chilly but any more layers would worry Minato into thinking he was sick on top of everything esle which was nto something anyone wanted. Once that was taken care of he finally walked out of his room and towards the kitchen where Minato had just finished setting a bowl onto the table that was filled with rice, green onions, eggs, avocado, and a bit of soy sauce for flavor. It wasn’t bland but it also wouldn’t make him nauseous due to his currently sensitive stomach. Chakra exhaustion truly did suck. As Kakashi took his seat at the table, Minato sent him a sunshine smile, placing a glass of water down next to his bowl. He was already dressed in his Jonin blues and mission vest.

“Good morning, Kashi. Did you sleep ok?” Minato asked as he dished up his own bowl, setting it down as he sat across from him. Kakashi nodded in an affirmative as he broke his chopsticks apart and thanked him for the food. Minato seemed happy enough with that as he did the same. “That’s good, the doctor said the more rest you get the better you’ll heal. After we eat you can take some more of your medicine.” He informed as Kakashi pulled down his mask and took a few bits of food. The medicine from last night had made him tired which was part of why he was able to sleep so well last night. Still he had a feeling there wasn’t really a way to avoid taking them so he just nodded once again in acceptance. It’s been a while since I’ve actually had breakfast… Kakashi realized belatedly. He rarely had the time before he had to go and rush to the Hoakge’s mansion to do some ungodly amount of tasks, and even then he was still typically late. He usually carved out any extra time he could for sleep.

“When do we have to go meet the others?” Kakashi asked as he quickly finished his, never able to stop the habit of speed eating even when there was no one around to judge him. Minato, not even halfway done with his own portion, glanced up at him from over his bowl.

“As soon as we’re finished with breakfast. Obito and Rin should meet us there by 10.” A quick peek at the wall clock showed it was already 9:38. It would take them at least 15 minutes to get to the training field.

“I could get our packs?” Kakashi offered, not really wanting to sit around watching Minato eat. Minato frowned as he leaned forward to look inside Kakashi’s empty bowl.

“You really shouldn’t eat that fast. You could choke or make yourself sick.” Minato advised, a slight chide to his tone as he temporarily abandoned his meal to stand and grab an orange pill bottle off the counter. Kakashi didn't pay the correction any mind as he had perfectly perfected his eating habits long ago. Minato quickly twisted off the top and shook two pills out onto his hand before offering them to Kakashi. “Here, take these. Our packs are over by the door if you want to make sure we have everything.” Minato instructed as Kakashi took and swallowed the medication, taking a small drink of water before leaving the table to go check their supplies.

Just as Minato had said, their kunai pouch’s and supply packs were lined neatly by the door next to the sandals. He was sure they were already properly packed and Minato was just giving him something to do but it was still better than nothing. He bent down to pick up his kunai pouch and strapped it to his right leg. He then crouched down to examine the contents of Minato-Sensei’s bag first, ensuring he had his proper chakra ink and papers, smoke pellets, and a small bottle of soldier pills for emergency. He then moved on to his own bag which held essentially the same things but he kept some dog treats shoved in the bottom and Minato seemed to have taken his soldier pills and left food pills in their place. By the time he had secured his pack on the back of his pants and put on his sandals, Minato had finished eating and come to join him.

“All set?” He checked and Kakashi nodded as he handed Minato his things which he quickly secured on his person then put on his own sandals. “Alright then, let’s go.” Kakashi went to open up the door for them only for him to be snatched off the ground before he could.

“Sensei!” Kakashi shouted in both surprise and protest, pushing against his teachers chest. Minato merely propped him up on his hip as he opened the door himself. 

“Your doctor said you should avoid all unnecessary activity for at least 3 days to a week.” Minato stated firmly as he locked the door behind them with one hand. “If you want to be allowed to participate in training and missions anytime soon, you’ll take it easy.” He finished giving Kakashi a look that dared him to argue. Kakashi dared.

“I’m not a child.” Kakashi shot back just as firmly and Minato’s expression did soften a bit at that. He feels he’s going to be saying that a lot.

“This isn’t about your age, Kakashi.” Minato corrected, voice softer than before and Kakashi could feel some of the fire leaving his spirit. He never could stay mad too long at his teacher. Besides he had been a bit quick to upset and jump the gun on Minato's intentions. “It’s about your health.” He amended then seemed to pause as he considered something. “If you’d rather we can just stay home and wait until you’re a bit better and can move around more without risking making anything worse. You don’t have to come today if you're uncomfortable.” Minato offered alternatively, looking like he was about to step back through the house and set Kakashi down, but Kakashi quickly interrupted. 

“No!” He needed to be able to observe training and get a gauge on Rin and Obito’s current skill. This may be the only chance he has as observing as an onlooker rather than just being thrown into it and having to guess what they could handle so as not to hurt them. If this was the only way to get Minato to agree to take him then he would do it. “I- I want to go.” Kakashi finished quickly and Minato eyed him hesitantly for a minute longer before he gave a gentle nod in acceptance. 

“Alright.” Minato agreed, bouncing Kakashi up slightly so he wouldn’t slip. “But stay off your feet and let me know when it gets to be too much ok? I don’t mind taking you home.” Minato conditioned and Kakashi nodded quickly. It’s best to cooperate for now anyway, he needs Minato to believe he’s well enough to live on his own and the first step of that is recovering from his initial injuries. So rather than complain Kakashi just gave a final huff and allowed Minato to carry him towards the training field. Besides, he did understand Minato’s view. Officially he’s probably (definitely)still supposed to be hospitalized. Damage done to a chakra network is not something to be taken lightly. He wouldn’t let his kids come either even if they were just watching. 

Though that was partly because he knew for a fact all his kids were completely incapable of 'just watching'. If Minato thought he was bad he couldn't wait to see him deal with Naruto.

Thankfully they didn’t run into anyone he knew during the short trek there. He does have a reputation to uphold. He can’t be seen being toted around like a toddler. It may have taken a few big hits over the years(being around all those savage little monsters will do that) but he does still have some semblance of pride. When they arrived at training ground 3, Minato was swift to walk over to an overturned log and carefully set him down to sit on the top, mindful to give Kakashi space when he could. “You should be able to watch from here.” Minato said as Kakashi looked around the familiar green field. While the general infrastructure and layout of the village has been changed about half a dozen times over the years(usually from mass destruction) training ground 3 was still always training ground 3. It was comforting to have at least one consistent thing through time.

It wasn’t really all that surprising they were the first to arrive. Minato-Sensei was always punctual unless he was held up from a Hokage summons. Kakashi’s pretty sure this is the first time he’s been on time for something in a good 20 years. They actually were a few minutes early. It was a stark difference from his minimum 2 hours past time. Actually… alright so he was on time for his inauguration but only because he knew Tsunade would’ve literally murdered him if he had the audacity to keep the entire village waiting, but even then he was exactly on time. They weren’t alone for long before Rin came running over, a childlike bounce in her step. 

“Good morning Sensei!” She greeted cheerily, giving a small respectful bow with a bright smile. Minato was more than happy to return it as he grinned at her.

“Good morning, Rin-Chan.” He greeted back and they both seemed far to perky for this early in the morning as she then turned to Kakashi.

“Good morning, Kakashi-Kun.” She addressed him with a loving smile that made Kakashi’s stomach twist. He forgot just how lovely her smile was without it being soaked in blood. While he had never returned her romantic crush, it didn’t mean he didn’t still notice her. She was beautiful in the way Kurenai was beautiful. Like a flower that had a strong but not unpleasant scent. A natural charm. Though I wouldn’t dare to call them fragile. Kakashi mentally corrected the comparison. Though looking at her now her beauty was overwhelmed by just how young and hopeful she looked. Wars really are won with the blood of children. “How are you feeling? Are you in pain?” Rin interrupted his rambling thoughts, already readying a hand to examine him. 

He gently batted her hand away with a shake of his head, as he returned her greeting with a small bow. “No, I’m fine.” He told her not completely lying. He was still sore and he’s pretty sure he’d throw up if he tried to do a jutsu right now but other than that he was genuinely fine. “Thanks.” He tacked on and she blinked at him surprised, a rosy blush coming to her face. He can’t even blame her. He’s pretty sure younger him didn’t even say the words 'thank you' until he was at least 10(not counting his father of course). She snapped out of it just as quickly as her smile returned ten fold.

“Of course!” She shouted just a little too loud which made her blush worse as she nervously tucked a piece of silky brown hair behind her ear. “Just let me know if that changes and I’ll do what I can to help.” She reaffirmed and he nodded gratefully. Minato just smiled proudly at both of them like the true sap he was.

“That’s very kind of you, Rin. Hopefully your help won’t be needed.” Minato said it in a light joking way but also in a way that showed his true feelings. Which is the feelings of an overprotective Sensei whose far too worried for his own good. “Once Obito gets here we’ll get started.” Minato announced and Rin nodded as she took a seat next to Kakashi to wait for their final teammate. Knowing Obito we’ll be waiting a while. Kakashi thought exasperated, resting his elbows on his knees then propping his chin in his hands.

This must be what karma feels like.

He was not a fan.

Chapter Text

“I’m here!” Obito shouted as he sprinted across the training field towards where Kakashi and Rin were sitting bored. We’ve been waiting an hour. Kakashi thought annoyed, glaring at the Uchiha as Rin hopped up from her seat, happy to get started. Obito skidded to a stop a few feet from them, bracing his hands on his knees as he panted for breath apparently worn out from his run. “Sorry I’m late!” He apologized, briefly straightening only to fall into a deep apologetic bow. “Fuyuko Baa-San lost her pet cat and I told her I was busy but-“ he rambled in explanation, straightening up again so he could properly gesture as he spoke before Minato cut him off. 

“You’re here now so let’s just start.” Minato interrupted gently clearly not wanting to waste anymore time and Obito nodded, quickly shutting up. “Let’s begin our warm up laps, Obito you-“ 

“Yeah, I know.” That time it was Obito who interrupted with a tired dramatic sigh, moving to stand next to Rin in their starting position. “15 extra.” Obito finished for him and Minato smiled amused. Ah, late laps. Kakashi remembered in disdain. That was something he very much did not miss about Team Minato. After about the 5th or 6th time Obito showed up late with some outlandish excuse, Minato-Sensei began making him run extra laps as punishment to hopefully encourage him to be on time. It never worked. Obito was late to everything till the day he died. (Or well at least the day Kakashi thought he died.) Kakashi remembered at one point Minato’s supposedly endless patience had run out and he started making it 5 extra laps for every minute someone was late. That actually worked somewhat and Obito started only being about 15 minutes late rather than hours. It sucked for the rare occasions Kakashi or Rin showed late though.

“You wouldn’t have this problem if you were on time.” Minato reminded good naturedly and Obito waved him off with a mumbled "yea, yea" as he and Rin took off running around the field. Laps were quite possibly the most boring training to exist. Another reason it was such an effective punishment. It worked on my little gremlins. Kakashi thought fondly as he watched Obito pick up speed so he was running in front of Rin, always the show off. His students never ran laps for being late of course. Kakashi was always the latest so he wouldn’t even really know if they were late. They ran for things like not listening or fighting, which they did plenty of. Not just Sasuke and Naruto’s infamous duels either, also the loud petty arguments they had constantly. They were so cute back then. Kakashi mused nostalgic as Minato moved to sit next to him while he waited for Rin and Obito to finish.

“I was thinking after training we could all have lunch together.” Minato started leaning a bit so their arms were touching. “Where would you want to eat?” He asked and Kakashi paused as he turned to eye him curiously. If they were all going, why only ask him? Because you’re the one who’s likely to complain. Kakashi realized mentally cringing. The only time he ate with the team was when he was forced. By giving him the choice it’s ensuring the food will be something he likes while simultaneously pressuring him to agree to come. He opened his mouth to answer but paused. This was still the prime time that the village still absolutely hated him due to his father. Which restaurants am I banned from again?

He decided to just play it safe and gave a shrug rather than suggesting an option. “It doesn’t matter.” Kakashi answered and Minato frowned slightly.

“Well you have to have some opinion.” He joked, nudging Kakashi’s arm teasingly, wanting him to contribute. Kakashi sighed but humored him anyway.

“Not ramen.” He gave up, still not ready to deal with the emotional turmoil of going into Ichiraku without his students, or specifically Naruto, and Minato laughed at the blunt answer.

“Alright, no ramen then.” Minato agreed with an easy smile and Kakashi found his lips wanting to curve up in response. Kakashi thought the term ‘contagious smile’ was a myth until he met Minato. He had a way of making those around him be at ease. It was a trait he had passed on to his son. “How about some Barbeque?” Minato offered alternatively and Kakashi thought it over for a minute before nodding in acceptance. Minato smiled at his agreement and they returned to sitting in comfortable silence as they watched Rin and Obito. 

The rest of training continued fairly normal as Kakashi carefully watched the way they moved about. Minato had started with a basic two on one spar and did his traditional weave and dodge around their attacks. A tactic that drove Kakashi crazy because for a real spar the opponent actually needs to fight back. Still it gave him a good view of Rin and Obito’s current skill.

It…wasn’t great. Obito just continually charged in head first leaving himself open to all kinds of attacks with no defense. Rin had a better defensive strategy but her offense was awful and she more or less swung her kunai around with a vague semblance of aim, always missing by a large margin, her accuracy completely disappearing in way for speed. She likely wasn’t actually all that used to fighting since Obito, Kakashi, and Minato always made it a priority to protect her. We’ll have to start working on that right away. Kakashi noted silently. They needed to start working on all their weak areas now so that by the time Kannabi rolled around they’d be much better prepared to handle it. If Rin hadn't been so easy to capture, perhaps things would have turned out differently. He took notice of the way Rin held her blade and furrowed his brows in thought. It looked somewhat…awkward. Uncomfortable almost. Her form wasn’t exceptionally poor or anything but she definitely could be doing better.

Maybe she’d have an easier time with a smaller blade? Kakashi wondered as he eyed her finger work as she twirled it in her hand. I’d bet she’d do well with senbon. Kakashi theorized thoughtfully. Senbon were a more far ranged precision weapon so she would still be mostly protected from the chance of a full body assault. Plus Rin’s understanding of the human body and chakra networks would put her at a natural advantage as she’d already know what points to target. Maybe Genma could show her a thing or two. Kakashi knew enough about the weapons to teach and perform basic moves but didn’t specialize in it like Genma. He’d have to find a way to bring it up once Minato settled down a bit and let him start training again. I’m pretty sure Genma liked me enough at this point. It was hard to know how they felt about him when the only thing he remembers is how annoying he thought they all were. He definitely didn’t think of any of them as respectable allys let alone friends until later.

By the time they had finally finished training, three hours had gone by and Kakashi was officially bored. He’d stopped finding new things to analyze about 90 minutes after they began and they had started repeating a pattern. Strike, strike, kunai, flip, strike. Oh Obito tries a fire jutsu, dodged, strike, strike... He can’t be blamed for losing interest. Were they always this predictable? No wonder they always lost so bad. Not that they would’ve ever been able to beat Minato but still this was just sad. When his teammates finally came to rejoin him, Rin and Obito were sweaty and panting while Minato looked no worse for wear.

“Great job you two!” Minato complemented as Rin and Obito downed some water from their canteens. “I think that was a personal best!” Minato had always been big on words of encouragement. Kakashi preferred giving different forms of praise. Like a thumbs up or a good head pat if they did particularly well. Maybe even free food if they were really good. Worked good enough for his students.

“We didn’t even last 5 minutes.” Obito grumbled in protest, pouting. Which was technically true, no single spar between the three of them exceeded 4 and a half minutes before Minato would tag them both out. Rin gave him a smile as she put a comforting hand on his shoulder.

“Any improvement is good improvement, Obito-Kun.” She recited, something Minato used to tell them often when it felt like they were progressing slowly. It was supposed to make them feel better but it had only ever irritated Kakashi. Minato nodded proudly in agreement towards Rin.

“That’s right, Rin. If you think about it, Obito, last time you could barely go 3 minutes.” Minato pointed out and Obito hunched in on himself further with a small blush. “You’re getting much better and you both should take pride in that.” Obito seemed to cheer up a little at that as he finally returned Rin’s smile with a rosy grin. Everyone back to high spirits -well except for Kakashi whose spirits had never been high to begin with-, Minato proposed his plan. “How about I treat you all to some Barbecue?” He offered and predictably Obito cheered with whoop and Rin nodded enthusiastically.

“Ok!” She agreed happily and Minato beamed in response. Kakashi sighed, already tired as he stood to his feet, ready to walk to the Barbecue restaurant even with the painful twinge and dizzy feeling at the motion. His medication must have been wearing off. Or he was going to but didn’t even get to take more than two steps before Minato plucked him from the ground and propped him on his hip.

“Sen-!” Kakashi instantly started to protest, an embarrassed blush burning his face as he moved to forcibly push himself free, even going to put chakra into the motion but Minato cut him off before he could so much as twitch.

“We already discussed this.” Minato reminded, giving Kakashi a stern look that warned him against enacting his plan. “Do we really need to discuss it again?” He continued, voice kind but firm. Kakashi’s face somehow got hotter as he glared daggers at his Sensei. It was one thing to do this when it was just them but around his teammates? He could physically feel Rin and Obito’s stares on his back. However the chances of him winning this argument or somehow outrunning Minato if he broke free was astronomical as well as a fool's errand since he wouldn’t actually have anywhere to go even if he had a pray of getting far. He needed to think about this reasonably. Keep your emotions in check. Really he was getting upset over nothing. Minato made sense, Kakashi agreed with his logic. Relax. Easier said then done when you suddenly had the emotional control of a six-year-old. Besides, even if Kakashi was no longer a rule obsessed robot, he still had issues refusing direct orders especially if they were from a person he respected.

“…No.” Kakashi mumbled after another 30 seconds of glaring as he looked away, hiding his face in Minato’s vest so at the very least he wouldn’t have to see Obito’s stupid face. He could feel Minato sigh but he didn’t press it further.

“Alright, let’s get going.” Minato addressed and Kakashi didn’t hear anyone reply before they started walking.

Chapter Text

The walk to the restaurant turned out to be mercifully uneventful and mostly filled with aimless small talk that Kakashi was spared from participating in. He was grateful Minato hadn’t tried to force him to engage. He didn't have the energy for conversation and even if he did he didn't know what he would say.

He was currently trapped on the inside of the booth with Minato sitting next to him at the end. Rin was sitting across from Kakashi with Obito right next to her. He had been right and this specific establishment didn’t seem to have any issue with him. He will take his blessings where he can. Things were going relatively plseantly other than that Obito had taken it upon himself to try and grill all of the meat all at once for all of them. He was doing about as well as you’d think.

“Um, maybe you should let someone else grill too.” Rin suggested gently as Obito struggled to keep track of all the meat to prevent it from burning. Obito looked offended at the suggestion but Minato just laughed lightly, reaching his chopsticks forward to help Obito flip the meat over before he could respond. 

“I coulda done it.” Obito protested weakly at Minato’s help and he smiled with easy agreement as he quickly plated meat for Kakashi and himself.

“I’m sure you could but I’m hungry.” Minato joked, giving Obito an out so he didn’t have to admit he was actually very bad at using the grill while he finished dishing some up for Rin and Obito. Seriously, Kakashi’s pretty sure the meat currently in front of him is somehow burnt and raw at the same time. Though what Sensei had actually put on his plate didn’t look as bad. Minato subtly took over the grill as Obito became distracted by conversing with Rin. With the two of them relatively occupied, Kakashi carefully pulled his mask down and inhaled the meat off his plate. Not as bad as it looks. Kakashi noted as he quickly finished chewing and righted his mask. “Hey!” Minato suddenly exclaimed scolding and Kakashi nearly jumped looking at him confused. What’d I do? Kakashi thought as he eyed Minato questioningly. He hadn’t even said anything yet so he couldn't have possibly been rude. Minato just frowned down at Kakashi’s now empty plate. “I told you not to eat so fast, you’re going to choke.” He chided seriously and Kakashi rolled his eyes. 

I’ve been doing it for decades and haven’t choked yet. He thought annoyed as he huffed up at his teacher in what was definitely not a pout. “I won’t choke.” He mumbled and Minato didn’t get a chance to rebuke it as their lunch was interrupted. Oh no…

“Rival!”

Gai screamed as he came into the barbecue place and jogged over to their table, waving over enthusiastically. He looked exactly as Kakashi remembered right down to the ridiculous orange sash he wore around his neck and the shaggy haircut that tickled his shoulders. It was before he permanently converted to the bowl cut. kakashi had forgotten that the change had actually somehow been an improvement. Gai hadn’t actually been a shinobi that long at this point, having graduated with Rin and Obito a bit over 4 months ago. He looked sweaty so he had probably just finished some kind of training session or workout. Kakashi had to admit, it was wonderful to see his friend run again. Especially since he looked so happy. Timing could be better though. “Genma-Kun heard from Asuma-Kun who was told by Kurenai-Chan that heard from Shizune-Chan that you were unwell!” He rattled off loudly in clearly displayed concern as he all but leaned around Minato so he was looking directly at him. There were also unshed tears glittering in his eyes. He never did know how not to feel his emotions so big. 

I didn’t think their little gossip ring was this strong at this age. Kakashi thought with no small amount of dread. His friends had always had a quick way of spreading news amongst each other. If one of them knew something, then they all knew. For some reason Kakashi’s business was often the topic of discussion much to his eternal frustration. You’d think shinobi, people who specialize in keeping secrets, would be able to mind their own business. You would be wrong.

“I’m fine.” Kakashi answered quickly, feeling the funny looks Rin and Obito were sending his way. He was happy to see his friend truly, but he had forgotten he held so much…enthusiasm. Besides that the villagers probably would frown on Gai's oh so very public association of him, this was far from what Kakashi had imagined their first reunion to be like. I can't even do a challenge right now. Minato however, just sent him a friendly smile, putting an arm around Kakashi’s shoulders, forcing him to inch a bit closer to his side.

“He will be anyway.” Minato corrected and Kakashi sent him a glare that was ignored. Gai psychically sagged with relief before straightening back up, giving him a blinding grin. 

“That is wonderful news!” Gai exclaimed once again entirely too loud for a food establishment, causing about half the restaurant to send their table some scathing looks. Kakashi actually hunched down under Minato’s arm willingly to try and hide from their hostile eyes. He was unpopular enough as it was without being known as the ‘kid with the screaming spandex’  thank you very much. Obito and Rin also slouched forward in embarrassment. Gai was kinda causing a scene. 

“Gai, be quiet!” Kakashi whisper shouted in a hiss, hoping that for once his friend would find his inside voice(ha, as if he has one). He had sounded a bit more harsh than he had meant but he was trying to prevent a fight breaking out from the civilians. He didn’t want them to be ridiculed on his behalf, Gai included. It had its intended effect and Gai cowed down, a slight embarrassed tint coming to his face.

“Kakashi, don’t be rude.” Minato scolded, looking down at him with a frown. Kakashi didn’t really even feel bad. As far as rude things he’s said to Gai go, that doesn’t even make the top 50. If he knows Gai, he’s not even offended. Sure enough, Gai bounced back up a second later with a sheepish grin.

“Ah, don’t be upset at him, Minato-Sensei.” Gai rushed with an apologetic deep of his head. “He is right, I did not mean to interrupt your meal.” He admitted and ok, that made Kakashi feel a little bad. He had wanted Gai to just reel his energy back a bit, not hurt his friends feelings. Great job, Hatake. The look Minato was currently giving him didn’t make it better. Minato stopped guilting him with his face to turn back to give Gai a reassuring smile.

“You didn’t interrupt anything, Gai-Kun.” Minato corrected and Gai beamed back at him. “Would you like to join us?” He offered and Kakashi didn’t even get a chance to try to find a subtle way to protest the atrocious idea before Gai himself turned it down.

“Oh! No, thank you, Sensei. I’m actually out with my Papa!” Gai informed him happily, pointing out towards the large window by the door. They all turned around to see where directed and Kakashi couldn’t help but pause. Maito Dai. The green clad man was standing just outside the door, clearly waiting for Gai’s return. He looked exactly as Kakashi remembered, bushy facial hair and all. This is before he took on the Seven Ninja Swordsmen of the Mist. Dai, while never progressing past Genin, was not only the first person to ever be able to open all 8 gates of chakra but also single handedly fended off the Seven Ninja Swordsman of the Mist, killing four of its members, including Jinpachi and Kushimaru who Kakashi isn’t sure he could have even defeated without Gai’s help. (Though they had been reanimated when they did it) He died from the effects of the 8th gate. Gai was the first and only person to have ever survived it. 

Upon seeing their stares, Dai gave them all a bright grin and a wave which Minato and Gai were the only ones to return. Gai's entire face was so full of love and adoration as he looked towards his father. Kakashi remembers how absolutely devastated he had been when he passed. It doesn’t have to be that way. Kakashi realized, as Gai turned back around. Dai fights the Seven Swordsman after they corner Gai, Genma, and Ebisu in the forest. He fought to buy them time to escape back to the fort. Team Choza survived in exchange for Dai’s life. ...But there’s nothing I can do about that right now.  That incident doesn’t occur until Gai’s 12, about a year before Obito’s death. He still has 3 years until then. So…plenty of time. This whole thing is gonna give me a crisis. He already was getting a stress migraine. 

“Well then I hope you have a nice time with your father.” Minato said, interrupting Kakashi’s racing thoughts. “And you can assure your friends that Kakashi is going to recover just fine, so there’s no need to worry.” Minato tacked on and Kakashi wanted to point out that when he says he’s fine he’s ‘pushing past his injuries’ but Minato can say it. He did however decide to remain silent as it would just make him come off as incredibly petty and maybe just a bit of a brat.

“I will!” Gai shouted and Obito attempted to make his face one with the table as it drew even more attention to them. Rin also was going a bit red in the face as she slouched down in her seat. Kakashi found himself resisting the urge to do the same  And here I thought I had grown immune to Gai related embarrassment. Apparently, he had not. “When you are well, we should have a youthful challenge to celebrate!” He proposed and Kakashi found himself nodding quickly if only to get Gai to stop causing such a fuss. The entire restaurant was staring at them at this point. Kakashi had never been a huge fan of attention. Even as Hokage one of the things he hated most was just how often he was the center of attention. He doesn’t know how Gai handled it so easily.

“Alright, whatever, just- shouldn’t you get back to your dad?” Kakashi redirected, his own face growing hot as the couple at the table across from them started whispering about them to one another. Do they realize other people have ears? He doubts it. This is why I hate going out. Still Gai was quick to nod with an overly happy bob of his head as he turned to rush back to his father.

“Yes, you are right. I shall see you soon, my Eternal Rival!” Gai called as he waved goodbye and ran back out of the restaurant, completely uncaring of the fact everyone was now talking behind his back. That was something that even younger him with all his superiority always respected about Gai. Without a doubt, he didn’t care what others thought of him. A skill Kakashi has found himself greatly envying more than once. Kakashi did manage to give a small wave goodbye right before Gai was out of view. Gai looked surprised for all of a millisecond before his entire face lit up in a blinding grin as he waved just once more and ducked out of sight. 

“Man, that kid is such a weirdo.” Obito mumbled just loud enough that they were all able to hear. Minato didn’t hesitate to send him a scolding look.

“Hey now.” Minato warned and Obito had the decency to hunch back somewhat sheepishly. Even if Gai wasn’t their teammate, he was still a shinobi of the Leaf which made him their comrade and Minato wouldn’t allow them to talk down about a comrade. At least not when he could hear. 

“Well he is.” Obito huffed in defense and Minato just sighed in his typical ‘disappointed but not surprised’ kinda way. Obito tends to do that to a person. Still…

“That ‘weirdo’ still kicked your ass in the Chunin exam.” Kakashi pointed out, causing Obito to promptly start sputtering incoherently, face becoming impossibly red from what was either embarrassment or rage. Honestly, could be a bit of both. Gai may be weird, but he was still an incredible shinobi and Kakashi wasn’t gonna let Obito forget that. Besides, only he was allowed to call Gai weird. 

“He caught me off guard!” Obito finally managed to argue and Kakashi rolled his eyes at the flimsy excuse. 

“Yeah, by jump kicking you in the face.” Kakashi shot back just as fast and Rin leaned forward to put a calming hand on Obito’s shoulder before he started a screaming match inside the restaurant. He’s pretty sure they were one disruption away from being kicked out. Though it looks like most of the restaurant had decided to just try and ignore them.

“Calm down you two, there’s no reason to fight.” Rin started and Obito puffed his chest out in obvious disagreement. “Besides, that was kinda mean Obito.” Rin added and Obito conceded the argument but still fell back with a pout. Though Rin was defending him now, Kakashi knew for a fact she also found Gai a tad overzealous. Kakashi can’t even blame her, while he may be his best friend even he couldn’t handle being around him 24/7. Certainly not at this age, before Gai had properly grasped what his boundaries were. His was still far too loud and far too touchy. Physical affection was not and is not Kakashi’s forte. His Gai was still both those things but now it was much more moderate as Gai had become an expert at knowing what Kakashi was comfortable with and when it was ok to do so.

“I swear we can’t even eat in peace, why did they even let that boy in here?”  

Kakashi’s thoughts were brought to a rough stop as he overheard the women two tables down. She was an older woman, probably mid forties and she was sitting across from another woman he can only assume to be her friend. They were both eyeing his table with matching sneers, hostility clear in their posture. 

“I know, I mean, shouldn’t he be away from the public or something?” The other woman with the long dark hair agreed and Kakashi found himself suddenly wanting to vacate the premises. “After what his father did…”

Kakashi wasn’t sure if the woman had trailed off or if he had simply stopped hearing her. Vultures. He was used to being outcast because of his familial relation, it’s been happening for years but that didn’t make it any easier to hear. Apparently the absurd amount of anger made it much easier to deal with. Kakashi mentally noted, feeling a not unfamiliar ache start to build in his chest. In the past Kakashi had always just assured himself that the villagers were right, and that his dad was just a no good traitor. They were right to hate Kakashi because of his fathers actions. He glanced up at his teammates and it was obvious that he had been the only one to hear. Good. They would’ve only drawn more attention to it than necessary. Besides, he didn’t care about the thoughts of some random ignorant women. He didn’t.

“Kakashi-Kun? Are you ok? You look kinda sick.” Rin asked, snapping Kakashi back to reality and out of his memories. That's because I feel kinda sick.

“I’m fine.” He answered quickly but it was too late as Obito, and more importantly Minato, had already given him their undivided attention. Most of their meat was gone now, at least the edible parts. It wouldn’t be suspicious to leave now, right? “Actually, can we go?” He asked, craning his neck up at his Sensei who still had his arm carefully tucked around him. He could psychically feel the way Minato analyzed him before he gave a nod.

“Of course. You need to get home soon anyway for more of your medicine.” Minato agreed, already moving to stand and get out of the booth, Rin and Obito following without another word, though they were sending him some concerned looks. Kakashi went to slide out as well but Minato just scooped him off the seat which was not really unexpected. Admittedly, he was starting to feel more sore again anyways. So really this was just for efficiency's sake. That being said he shoved his face back into the safety of his Sensei’s vest so he wouldn’t have to see the glares he received on their way out.

He could still feel them.

Chapter Text

After they left the barbecue place, Minato dismissed Rin and Obito for the rest of the day since they still weren’t accepting missions while Kakashi couldn’t participate. Which just left Kakashi and Minato to make the walk home. Not that Kakashi was walking of course. No, Minato was still stubbornly carrying him around. At the very least it provided him with a little bit more warmth which he was still desperately craving. It’ll be sunset soon. Kakashi noted from where he had his chin propped on his Sensei’s shoulder, his arms hanging loosely around his neck. It was nearly 5 in the afternoon and they were still about 15 minutes from Minato’s house. A particularly brisk breeze swept through the air and it sent a chill through his body causing him to curl in just a bit closer to his teacher. Minato being Minato of course noticed immediately.

“Are you cold?” Minato asked, shifting his arms so he could rub a hand down Kakashi’s back in an attempt to create warmth that felt marvelous. Kakashi briefly considered lying and saying no, but that seemed kinda redundant since they could both feel him shivering. Not to mention he wants to build up a relationship of trust so that Minato will leave him be. Blatant and obvious lies were not the best way to do that.

“A bit.” Kakashi admitted and he could feel Minato’s hum reverberate through his chest. The noise was followed by the hand moving from Kakashi’s back to gently rest against his forehead. His bare forehead since he hadn’t bothered putting on his hitate this morning.

“You don’t have a fever. It’s probably just from the chakra exhaustion. You’ll hopefully feel better once you take another dose of your medication.” Minato announced and Kakashi nodded against him lazily. He already knew that but he knows Minato is probably assuring himself just as much as he’s trying to assure him. 

“So,” Minato started again, and Kakashi hummed to show he was listening. “I didn’t know you and Gai were friends.” He noted and Kakashi lifted his head back up to try and see his teacher's face. “You’re usually not very…” Minato trailed off but Kakashi could take a guess to what he was thinking. Civil? Nice? Engaging in basic conversation like a decent human being? One of the many regrets Kakashi has in life is the way he used to treat Gai. He had more or less ignored him until he was around 8, and even then he was far from what one would call friendly, always being dismissive and short tempered whenever he did actually acknowledge him. “Thrilled to see him.” Minato finally decided and Kakashi sighed, flopping his head back down.

“He is my Rival. He’s very capable.” Kakashi explained, a slight fondness unknowingly slipping into his tone. Even when he and Gai could no longer do their typical challenges, Gai still always called him his Rival. Gai’s one of the few people Kakashi’s ever known to stay fairly consistent in their behavior, regardless of time or age. Maybe it has to do with the whole 'spirit of youth' thing. He felt more than heard the small laugh Minato let escape. 

“Ah, that explains the ‘Eternal Rival’ thing. I don’t think I’ve ever seen you wave to someone before.” He mused and Kakashi frowned. He didn’t see the humor Minato clearly found. It’s a serious rivalry. And he waves at people sometimes(though he hadn’t realized Minato had even seen him do it). “Maybe I could arrange some more group training sessions?” Minato proposed and Kakashi pondered it for a moment before nodding. 

“That would be good.” Kakashi agreed easily. Being friends with him sooner probably won’t change that much right? He silently assured himself. He needed to keep the timeline in order until Kannabi but there’s no reason he can’t make more of an effort with Gai, right? It’d be nice to interact with his closest and oldest friend and he’s not a part of their team so it probably won’t change anything. Wait…Kakashi's musings came to an abrupt halt as an entirely new thought occurred to him.

do I have to make friends all over again? He suddenly realized and the very idea made him want to groan. It had been hard enough the first time and it had been the others that did all the work and effort. Kakashi was not known for his social skills both now and in the future. Asuma once described him as 'painfully awkward' which was the term he preferred over Genma's 'disgruntled cat'. Minato returned to rubbing his back unprompted and Kakashi actually found the repetitive motion to be quite soothing as he relaxed into the touch. Without his knowledge or permission he felt himself start to drift into a light sleep in the safety of his teachers arms.

“Kashi? Pup, it’s time to wake up.” Minato called, gently nudging Kakashi’s arm. When did I fall asleep? Kakashi thought as he sat up on his bed rubbing his eyes. Scratch that, when did I get in bed? He had very brief memory of Minato waking him long enough to take some more pills before he passed out on the couch. Upon looking around he saw he was still in the clothes he was wearing before but someone(Minato) had removed his shoes. Minato was sitting up on the edge of the bed just beside him, a gentle smile on his face as he waited for Kakashi to talk.

“How long was I asleep?” Kakashi asked, looking towards his window to see it was indeed dark out. D*mn. I’ve gotta stop doing that. He knows for a fact he didn’t take so many naps at this age before. At least he’s pretty sure…it’s a solid 75%. He should look into finding a source of caffeine or something. 

“Only about an hour. You seemed tired so I didn’t wanna wake you.” Minato admitted somewhat sheepishly as Kakashi kicked himself free of the blankets. He had to refrain a sigh when he saw Tobi, had once again, been placed near his side. Wait… Kakashi stopped moving as his brain processed what Minato had just said. I’ve only been asleep an hour, so why did he wake me? He’s still in ‘recovery’ so if he knows Minato, which he does, then he would let him sleep as much as possible. He woke him for a reason. That determined he redirected a highly suspicious look directly at his Sensei who was purposely looking far too innocent for comfort.

“What’s going on?” Kakashi demanded, searching his teacher for signs of guilt. This was the kind of behavior Minato would do when he was about to do something he knew Kakashi would hate, such as taking him to the hospital or forcing him into social situations or telling him he wasn't ready for something. Minato didn’t react more than giving him a slightly tilted smile.

“Hm?” Minato hummed as though he were confused about what Kakashi was talking about. As if Kakashi couldn’t tell when he was playing dumb. Kakashi simply narrowed his eyes into a glare at the obvious act causing Minato to give a small laugh as he held his hands up in surrender. “Alright, alright, you got me.” Minato conceded, bringing one of his hands to gently ruffle Kakashi’s hair. He had already pulled it back by the time Kakashi attempted to bat it away, clearly having anticipated the attack. “You can cool it with the third degree.” Minato teased and Kakashi rolled his eyes with an annoyed huff. And people call me dramatic. Clearly they haven’t spent enough time around the Namikaze household. Before Kakashi could re-ask his question, Minato was already standing up and moving towards the door. But not before plucking Kakashi off the bed and gently setting him down on the ground. “Come on, we’ll talk in the other room.” Minato urged as he opened Kakashi’s door for the both of them.

Why can’t we just talk here? Kakashi thought still highly on guard as he obediently followed his teacher towards the living room. His suspicions were proven valid when a very distinctive smell wafted through the air. Instantly he spun back around in horror to see his teacher giving him an incredibly guilty smile, realizing Kakashi had caught on.

“No.” Kakashi denied vehemently glaring daggers towards his Sensei, refusing to move any closer. He was avoiding arm reaching distance this time.

“Now, Kakashi-“ Minato tried to start, his voice clearly conveying he thought Kakashi was being unreasonable. He disagreed, he knew exactly where this conversation was going and he was not having it.

“No.”

“It’s only for a little-“ 

“No!”

“Kakashi.” The warning in the single name was enough to get Kakashi to stop interrupting but he didn’t let up on the scathing looks. Just because he was silent did not mean he was compliant. Minato sighed at the sight of his unmoved student as he took it upon himself to cross the gap between them, kneeling down once he was close enough so they would be more eye level. “I’ve been summoned.” He informed Kakashi what he had already figured out. “It’ll only be for a few hours.” Minato tried to reassure, putting a calming hand on Kakashi’s shoulder. It failed.

“I don’t need a sitter.” Kakashi growled, getting to the root of the issue. He doesn’t care if Minato needs to leave for a while. If anything that would give him another opportunity to try and find something about the time seal or at the very least begin organizing a plan of how to get Minato to let him move back home or maybe even some chakra meditation time. What he cared about was the sweet, familiar, scent coming from the kitchen. 

“Aw, you don’t want to spend time with me, Kashi-Chan?” Kushina teased in mock hurt as she finally came around the corner from where she had been doing who knows what in the kitchen. Hopefully nothing to do with cooking. There was a reason Minato always made the meals. Kakashi then directed his glare to her at the nickname, crossing his arms in a show of defiance. He had smelled her sweet flowery perfume the moment he had stepped out of his room. She had worn it often when she and Minato had first started dating. It was obvious Minato had called her to watch him while he was gone. Like he was some defenseless child who couldn’t take care of himself for more than five minutes.

“It’s Ka- Kashi, and no, I don’t.” He corrected and answered all in the same breath, taking a large step away when she moved to pinch his ear in retaliation. Years of experience had allowed him to see it coming. “I don’t need to be watched. I can take care of myself.” Kakashi sneered, batting Minato’s hand away from him. Minato made a face like he was in physical pain before sighing once more.

“I know you can.” Minato acknowledged and Kakashi felt the building fire in his chest slow if only slightly at his Sensei’s sincerity. If nothing else, Kakashi could tell he meant that.

“Then why is she here?” Kakashi challenged, pointing an accusing finger in Kushina’s direction. She rolled her eyes at his actions but he stood his ground. He would not be treated like some kind of little kid. Whatever age they may think he is, he is still a shinobi. If this was really what they thought of him it would be near impossible to be taken seriously as a ninja. Something that’s a bit of a crucial factor in getting them all to see their thirties. Unfortunately he wasn’t the only one unwilling to back down as Minato straightened up. Kakashi recognized his posture and expression as his 'Sensei mode'. That’s what he, Rin, and Obito use to call it anyway. They used it whenever Minato shifted from patient, easy going teacher, to serious no nonsense superior. It only ever made an appearance when Minato wanted to make sure they knew he was completely serious about something and expected whatever he next said to be actually obeyed.

“She’s just here in case there’s an emergency while I’m gone.” Minato explained calmly and Kakashi mentally scoffed at the reasoning. Emergency? In your two bedroom house with quite literally nothing to do and no one around? Kakashi thought in disbelief, no one would be dumb enough to do anything around the freaking Yellow Flashes house and there was no way for him to hurt himself unless he actually tried to do so. As if sensing his thoughts Minato continued. “May I remind you we still have no idea what directly caused this?” Minato questioned, gesturing to what was essentially Kakashi’s entire body. Rude. “What if you pass out again but this time you hit your head? I don’t want you to be alone if something happens and you need help.” Minato finished and Kakashi ran a frustrated hand across his face as he eyed the too caring eyes of the Hokage to be. What Minato said was half true, he did have no idea what caused this. But Kakashi wasn’t about to tell him. 

“Nothings going to happen.” Kakashi argued, a last ditch effort to get this to stop and for him to realize he was being far too paranoid, and far too protective. But Minato just gave a half nod as he finally stood back up.

“Maybe. But I don’t take chances when it comes to my students' health. And that includes you, Kakashi.” Minato spoke with finality and Kakashi knew he had lost the battle. Minato then spared a glance at the clock and ran a stressed hand through his hair, before gesturing for Kakashi to come closer. Kakashi obeyed if only because he knew if he didn’t Minato was not above closing the gap himself. “I know you don’t like it,” Minato started and Kakashi felt that was an understatement. He got me a babysitter and I’m trying to save them all from imminent death. Kakashi thought as he did not pout up at Minato. “But it’s just for right now, until I know you’re at 100%, ok?” Minato was clearly trying to sympathize with him but Kakashi was still upset with the entire situation and looked away to stare at the wall instead. 

When Kakashi remained stubbornly silent Minato frowned, before putting a hand on top of Kakashi’s head so he was forced to look back at him. “Look, just- try and behave? For me?” Minato more or less begged and Kakashi felt a bit of pity for the man. This reaction was not dissimilar to their original first year together when Minato realized Kakashi was actually incredibly difficult when it came to societal standards(Aka basic manners). If he didn’t see the point or value in something, then he simply wouldn’t do it. It led to many 'do it for me' requests. It was kinda pathetic now that I think about it. Still, at his core Kakashi still held his teacher in too high a respect to let it continue. 

“Fine.” He caved and Minato gave him a proud smile as Kushina finally chimed back into the conversation.

“See? He’ll be fine.” She assured, closing the distance between them and putting her hands on Kakashi’s shoulders, pulling him slightly towards herself, causing Minato’s hand to fall from his hair. “Hurry up, before you’re late.” She urged and Minato gave her a small grateful smile as he nodded, turning towards the door. Minato turned back to cast one last look before he left to leave Kakashi alone with the literal demon woman.

“I’ll be back soon, promise.” He assured and with that he was out the door and off to do some unknown task that he would probably never find out the details of. Great. Kakashi thought in despair, sighing deeply. Kushina upon hearing his distress clicked her tongue from above him.

“Don’t look so grumpy.” She chided and Kakashi huffed, shrugging her hands off of him as he moved to fully be in the living room and head towards the couch. “Ya know, it might not be as bad as you think. I’m a delight to be around.” She informed him confidently as she carefully threw her hair over her shoulders. Oh yes, you’re just peachy. Kakashi thought with no small amount of sarcasm as he climbed up onto the seat. In the past they almost always had Minato present to act as a mediator between them since they tended to have…let’s go with 'clashing' personalities. He’s pretty sure they’ve never had alone time he would describe as particularly 'delightful'. Even with that fact Kushina seemed perfectly content to come and plop herself right down beside him, swinging an arm around his shoulders. “It’ll be fun.”

Somehow I seriously doubt that. 

Chapter Text

“You can’t do that!” Kakashi protested in annoyance as he gestured towards the pile of Uno cards currently on the table between them. How he actually ended up in this position for a second time he’s not sure but he’ll admit anything is better than his previous predicament of having to listen to Kushina insistently nag him about anything and everything. 

“You can’t even taste it if you eat that fast, Kashi-Chan.” Yes I can.

“You’re too serious, Kashi-Chan.” I’m a perfectly acceptable amount of serious .

“Your face is gonna get stuck like that, Kashi-Chan.” That’s just a straight up lie.

The fact it was a one sided conversation apparently didn’t bother her in the least since she continued to do it for over an hour. Talking all the way through their re-heated dinner. (He thanks the sages Minato had pre made their meal and he was spared a Kushina concoction) He also kept having to doge her prying eyes every time he went to take a bite. He was not having a repeat of the hospital incident. Thus, he agreed to participate in a game together if only to get her to stop. And it worked for the first 15 minutes or so.

That is until she started cheating. 

“I can too. Everyone knows you can stack the draw 2s.” She argued, gesturing to the red draw 2 she had just placed on top of his blue one. Regrettably, Uno was the only game apart from Shogi that he actually knew how to play. And since there was no chance of convincing Kushina to play that, he was stuck with sitting on the living room carpet with the coffee table between them and their discarded dinner plates laid to the side. We really should do the dishes first. Kakashi thought absently. We’ll attract ants. He temporarily pushed that concern to the side however in favor of focusing on the display in front of him.

“It’s not in the rules.” Kakashi pointed out, lifting up the small paper of instructions, waving it around for emphasis. This was a children’s game for kami’s sake, the rules weren’t exactly complicated. Even Obito could follow along properly. She was undeterred in the face of his blatant facts as she waved him off with the hand not occupying her cards.

“No one actually uses those.” She dismissed and Kakashi glared at her unimpressed. No one uses the rules of the game? Kakashi thought unbelieving, there was no way that was true. “Those are just mild suggestions. It’s all a part of the sacred art of Uno.” Suggestions? Sacred art? He could feel the way his eye twitched just from having this prolonged conversation. She was spouting actual nonsense and she had to be doing it to annoy him. There was no other explanation. He can now see why Sasuke and Naruto thought violence the only solution back when his team played so many years ago. … wait or would it be in so many years to come? Time travel was confusing. He should stop over analyzing it.

“So then by your logic you can just keep stacking them on top of each other until someone runs out?” Kakashi clarified, deciding to go along with her clearly made up rules for the moment. Kushina happily gave an affirmative nod.

“Yup! And whoever it lands on has to draw the full amount.” She confirmed and Kakashi nodded absently as he eyed his cards. Well, she’s the one that changed the rules. Kakashi reasoned as he placed another draw 2 onto the pile. She responded with one of her own just as quickly, anticipating this move. The smile she gave him in response was far too cocky. Her confidence didn’t last as Kakashi put down yet another draw 2 successfully bringing the card count up to 8. Kushina stared at Kakashi slacked jawed and he had to admit he found it a little satisfying. (Ok, a lot satisfying)

“What?” He asked in mock confusion, cocking his head to the side innocently. “Was that not right?” His taunt seemed to be enough to snap her out of her shock as she glared at him, pointing an accusing finger in his face.

“There’s no way you had 3 draw 2s.” She declared with confidence, leaning over the table so she could peer at his cards. He allowed her to do so, going as far as to set his remaining two cards onto the table. And I didn’t even cheat this time. He wasn’t confident enough to think Kushina wouldn’t notice him pocketing cards. Apparently Uno was just easy. It was also based largely on luck and involved next to no skill. Upon seeing no problem with his cards, Kushina fell back with a grumble. “Ok, fine. I think that’s enough of that game.” Kushina declared like a proper sore loser, scooping all the cards off the table and shoving them back into the little cardboard box, crookedly. Works for me. Kakashi thought, already standing up to return back down the hall. Probably to just stare aimlessly at his hastily drawn time seal to try and fail to figure it out seeing as how he couldn’t very well go try to find more scrolls with Kushina around. Maybe how I got here just isn't important. Kakashi determined and it was not at all beacuse thinking about it gave him a headache. He hadn’t even made it two steps before Kushina called out to him. “Hey, where’re you going?” 

D*mn. Almost made it. Kakashi mentally sighed as he turned back to look at his teacher’s girlfriend. “The guest room, you said we were done.” He answered annoyed and she rolled her eyes at him as she stood up, brushing imaginary dirt from her skirt as she did. 

“I said we were done with that game. Not that we were done and you could go burrow yourself up in your room.” She snipped, gesturing him to come back to the couch. Guest room. Kakashi absentmindedly corrected as he sent her a dirty look. It’s not gonna be his room as long as he has a say in it. And I don’t burrow. “Besides, it's not healthy to be alone so much. Socializing is good for you.” She continued and Kakashi wanted to roll his eyes. That’s just something people say to try and force you to socialize. He should know since it’s been said to him several times by several people and never once did he come out feeling healthier. “Come back here or I’m coming to you.” She changed tactics and tone, raising her brows in challenge. When he didn’t instantly come back, Kushina did in fact make a move to come towards him. That was all Kakashi needed to comply. He wasn’t scared of her by any means, nope, not one bit. But he also knew she didn’t make threats she wouldn’t follow through with. And it was just vague enough that he didn’t really want to test it.

So he walked back to the couch and lifted himself up on the seat with a great deal of attitude. She smiled at him approvingly, completely ignoring the sour look on his face. Why is she being like this? Kakashi thought confused by her odd behavior. She doesn’t even really like alone time with me. Well, she didn’t use to that is. At the very least not until he was around 12-years-old. She was never uncivil with him by any means(well most of the time), no she was just as bubbly and happy with him as others unless he did something to make her act otherwise. They just tended to bicker more, hence why they weren’t often left unattended. Minato always said it was because they were both too stubborn for their own good. Kakashi use to always say it was because she was crazy. “What is it then?” He pressed when she didn’t speak and instead just threw herself onto the couch beside him. At his question she seemed to pause, tilting her head in thought.

“I don’t know yet, I didn’t plan that far ahead.” Of course you didn’t. Why would you? Kakashi thought exasperated as Kushina scanned the room with her eyes in search of something to make them do. Minato-Sensei where are you? Kakashi thought with some slight despair. It was already past 9, how much longer did he intend to leave him with her? Kushina’s eyes suddenly stopped on Minato’s T.V., or more specifically his VCR and the small stack of films he kept next to it. “Oh! Wanna a watch a movie?” She asked, already moving to kneel in front of the entertainment center and rummage through the VHS tapes. He had never been a big TV watcher, really only ever watching the same 5 movies when he felt the urge and 3 of them were just movie adaptations of his favorite books. “Or wait, do we have time before your bedtime?” She thought aloud as she paused and Kakashi felt his blood pressure rise at the mere insinuation.

“I don’t have a bedtime.” He snapped a bit too quickly to be considered normal. “I’m a shinobi, not a child.” He reminded firmly, wanting to snip that line of thinking right in the bud. He went to sleep on his own time thank you. Kushina barely glanced over at him, giving a snort as she found the desired tape.

“Sureeee you don’t, Kashi.” She very obviously humored him and Kakashi glared daggers at the back of her brightly colored head. Kushina had always had the innate ability to know exactly what to say to push his buttons. He liked to refer to it as the 'Obito effect' as he was the first and only other person to share this skill. Clearly his stupidity must be contagious. That’s the real way he managed to build an army, he just infected anyone who had rational thinking, Kakashi was sure.

“ Ka- Kashi.” He mumbled the correction as Kushina pushed the tape in and quickly re-took her place next to him on the couch. If she heard him she didn’t care, leaning back as the opening credits began to play, an obnoxiously cheery tune playing in the background. A very blatant childrens cartoon.

“Whatever you say, Kakashi-Chan.” Oh, she had heard him. He didn’t bother protesting the honorific. She had used his name, he knew to choose his battles. “You’ll like this one, it has dogs. You like dogs right? I thought I remembered something about you and dogs. I’ve only seen it once but I’m pretty sure it’s these two dogs that are fighting- or wait, maybe they were dating? Do you call it dating if they’re dogs?” She continued to ramble a very poor explanation of her limited memory of what the movie was maybe about as Kakashi pretended to listen, leaning into the couch cushions as the bright drawings danced across the screen. Kushina’s babble actually made for pretty good background noise. And the couch was a lot comfier than he remembered...

He fell asleep before he found out if the dogs were fighting or not.

Chapter Text

Kakashi’s gonna have a fit. Minato thought as he slowly approached his house at near midnight. Lord Third had summoned him to discuss a problem they were having at the front of one of the forts. He then wanted to know how Kakashi was doing and when Minato would be able to return to active duty and things of the like. It had taken far longer than Minato had predicted and he was sure he would be coming home to an absolutely fuming little Chunin and he was not looking forward to it. He could still see a light on in the house so he knew that at least he or Kushina was still awake. He hoped it was Kushina. Well, better to just get it over with. Minato thought as he carefully opened his door, quickly shutting and locking it behind himself. He did his best to be quiet on the off chance they had both just fallen asleep with the light on. 

“I’m home.” He called out softly enough he wouldn't wake anyone if they had been asleep, toeing off his sandals as he stepped fully into the house. He could now see that the light was coming from the lamp he kept in the living room. He could also hear the muted sounds of what he was pretty sure to be a children’s cartoon. As he rounded the corner he was proven right as he saw the end of the dog movie he had bought a few weeks ago when he was shopping with Kushina. But that wasn’t what made him freeze in the middle of his own living room. No, the credit for that goes to the scene on the couch.

Oh my gosh. That’s…adorable. Minato mentally fawned as he looked towards his girlfriend and student. Kushina was still awake and was currently giving him a very cocky kind of smirk that positively screamed ‘I told you so’, she was clearly very proud of herself. I don’t blame her. Minato thought in awe as he carefully inched closer so as not to wake his sleeping student.

Kakashi was slumped over in his seat, head laying against Kushina’s arm as he leaned into her side. He had his feet pulled up onto the couch and towards his chest which just made him seem smaller next to the Uzumaki. His face was tucked in towards the back of the couch so only the right side of his face was visible(what you could see with his mask that is). He looks so peaceful. Minato noted, taking a minute to appreciate the rare expression. He looked relaxed, no frown or glare and no stress lines that always make him seem to be so much older than he is. “Don’t wake him, it took forever to get him to sleep.” Kushina warned, voice barely audible so as not to wake up the sleeping lump on her side. Minato nodded easily in compliance as he kneeled down just in front of Kakashi’s space.

“How long has he been like this?” Minato questioned as he very carefully put a hand against Kakashi’s head. He didn’t wake up but he did lean ever so slightly into the touch. It made Minato’s heart physically swell. 

“He tried to stay up for you, ya know.” Kushina started and Minato took his eyes away from Kakashi to glance at her. The knowledge that his student had been waiting for him made him feel more than a little guilty. “He finally fell asleep at around 10 and has stayed that way since.” Well, at least he didn’t stay up too late. Minato tried to take consolation in that Kakashi was getting rest if nothing else, even if he had kept him waiting. I can make it up to him tomorrow. Minato decided, very slowly moving his hand from Kakashi’s hair to behind his shoulders while his other arm moved to be beneath his knees. It required quite a bit of maneuvering because of the way Kakashi was curled up but with Kushina helping, Minato managed to get him up into his arms without waking him. He must be exhausted. Kakashi has always been a fairly light sleeper so the fact the most he did was slightly shift before quickly re-settling said a lot.

“Thank you, Kushina.” Minato whispered with a very small dip of his head in gratitude towards her. He would’ve bowed lower but he didn’t want to risk the motion waking Kakashi. “I really appreciate the help.”  Kushina just waved a hand in dismissal as she stood up with a stretch. Being pinned for the better part of 2 hours probably made her a bit stiff.

“Don’t mention it.” She brushed him off as she reached over to lightly run her hand through Kakashi’s hair. “He’s a total brat but he’s kinda cute when he’s not spouting a bunch of rude insults at everything.” She teased bluntly, retracting her hand before it could disrupt Kakashi’s rest and Minato gave a slight cringe.

“He’s not a brat. And he doesn’t insult everything. ” He attempted to defend but the look Kushina sent him clearly said she disagreed. Honestly Minato disagreed too. Kakashi was just a tad bit critical. “Anyway, thank you for the help and I’m sorry for keeping you so late.” Minato changed subjects, knowing a pointless argument was on the horizon should this line of conversation continue. “I’m gonna go put him to bed if you want to head out.” He told her as he started walking back towards the hall. However Kushina didn’t leave and instead began following him.

“Nah, I’ll stick around a minute longer.” Minato shrugged in acceptance at her answer. He certainly wasn’t about to tell her to leave. With that he walked back to Kakashi’s bedroom, Kushina moving in front of him to open the door. She didn’t stop there as she marched right up to the bed and pulled back the blankets, moving Kakashi’s stuffed dog up by his pillow. She didn’t move away like Minato thought she would and instead stayed hovering by the bed, holding the covers up. Minato quickly crossed the room and gently laid Kakashi onto the bed. He stirred and Minato feared he was gonna wake up, but he only gave an intelligible mumble and rolled over to his side. When his breathing evened back out Kushina wrapped the blankets around the Chunin, tucking in the sides so Kakashi was sufficiently covered. He was still wearing his day clothes but it wouldn’t be worth waking him just to have him change.

Kakashi didn’t move and just slightly nuzzled his face into his pillow. How can he possibly breathe like that? Minato thought not for the first time as he eyed the way Kakashi shoved his masked face into the cushion. He had to restrain himself from trying to remove some of the cloth blocking his student's nose. That was one argument he’s never been able to win. No matter how many points Minato made about how he would be less hot or be able to get more air when training or fighting, Kakashi stubbornly refused to remove his mask for any reason other than eating and he’s sure if he could, he wouldn’t even remove it for that. He’s even seen him drink his water through the mask multiple times. Minato may not understand why but he knew that for some reason Kakashi had an aversion to anyone seeing his face, including himself. Minato’s tried to talk about it before but Kakashi only ever gave him roundabout answers involving his senses or allergies. He believed him the first few times but the problem was Kakashi wore it year round and indoors so the excuse didn’t really hold up. Even if he ordered him to take it off he’s not sure Kakashi would and if he did there would definitely be more than a little resentment. That’s how against it he was.

With Kakashi properly tucked in Kushina stood back with a proud smile. Minato couldn’t help but smile back at her as they quietly moved out of the room and carefully closed the door behind them with an inaudible click. She had done far better than he originally expected. Not that he thought she’d do bad per say but he knew he was taking a bit of a risk when he asked her. Kakashi and her haven’t really had a great record of getting along. His thoughts were interrupted when he felt Kushina loop her arm around his elbow and pull him towards herself.

“And he said he didn’t have a bedtime.” Kushina scoffed, obviously mocking Kakashi as if it was a truly outrageous statement. It made Minato pause in thought. I mean, that’s technically not wrong? Kakashi didn’t have a set bedtime, Minato didn’t think it was necessary. His face must have given himself away as Kushina then turned an accusing look on him. “He does, right?” She checked and he subconsciously reached a hand up to rub the back of his neck. That was apparently all she needed as she pulled away from him, lightly batting his arm scoldingly. “Minato, he’s six. ” She stressed and he felt her tone was a little unfair.

“I mean does he really need one? It’s never been an issue before.” Minato defended and Kushina rolled her eyes as though he were an idiot. Rude. Kakashi’s a very independent kid and has always just handled that sort of thing himself. He was living alone for a year after all and he never seemed concerningly tired before other than needing the occasional day nap that Minato generally had to bride/order him to take. “It’s not like he doesn’t sleep. He goes to bed when he gets tired.” Admittedly it took him a while to actually acknowledge he was tired but he still went to bed at a generally decent hour. 

“So you’ve just been letting him stay up until he’s so exhausted he has to go to sleep?” Kushina reiterated back at him and well yeah it sounds bad if you say it like that. “He’s basically a baby. He should be sleeping 10 and a half hours a night at least. ” Wait, really? This was news to him. He didn’t realize children required so much more rest. He figured Kakashi was just sleeping so much due to the chakra exhaustion. Could it be he’s just not sleeping enough at night? Is there other child specific needs he’s been neglecting? Were Obito and Rin having problems too? They had seemed perfectly well rested but...Maybe I should get a book or something. He had only been a Sensei a couple months over a year and he hadn’t really had a lot of experience with kids prior other than the occasional babysitting job back when he was younger.

“Alright, I’ll monitor it more.” He conceded and Kushina still looked at him doubtfully. “I will!” He whisper shouted -because they were still pretty close to Kakashi’s door- defensively. Kushina didn’t look all that convinced.

“Will you?” She challenged, stepping back to cross her arms over her chest.

“You don’t believe me?” Minato asked, now legitimately offended and a bit hurt that Kushina was questioning his resolve. She must have noticed because her face softened a second later.

“It’s not that I don’t believe you.” She started, uncrossing her arms to fiddle with the ends of her hair. Something she did when she was thinking. “But you’re kinda a pushover when it comes to that kid.” … huh? That had not been the answer he was expecting. 

“I am not.” Minato responded almost reflexively. He didn’t appreciate the expression Kushina was currently sending him. He was not a pushover. 

“Really? Because this feels an awful lot like when you tried to get him to move out of that house last year.” Kushina reminded, which was an entirely different situation. “You’re too scared of making him upset cause you think he’ll hate you so you end up compromising an unreasonable amount instead on insisting what'll be better for him in the long run.” She stated it like it was a fact and Minato found himself blushing as he stuttered out an argument.

“That’s- I don’t- I do not!” He finally stumbled out and Kushina just raised a brow at him. “That was different, I didn’t want to make a hard situation harder for him.” Kakashi had already been in a very delicate state both mentally and emotionally and hadn’t taken kindly to the suggestion of leaving the Hatake estate. He thought if he forced Kakashi to move environments it would’ve been too much. Thus he had agreed to let him stay there on the condition he contacted Minato in some form at least every other day for proof of life.

“But you regret not forcing the issue don’t you?” Kushina shot back and Minato didn’t really have a good argument for that. He did regret it. It’s obvious that Kakashi’s mental state was negatively affected by staying in that house. Even if he didn’t move in with him, Minato should’ve helped him rent an apartment of some kind. None of that was mentioning the most recent development of him having some kind of crazy chakra surge with no one around to help. Kushina, of course, already knew all of that though. Upon seeing his lost face, she heaved a sigh as she flicked a section of her hair over her shoulder. “What I’m trying to say is that you’re the adult here, Minato.” I clearly already know that. Minato thought confused on where Kushina was going with this. “You need to be the one to make decisions that are in his best interest and yeah, he probably isn’t always gonna like it and you need to learn to be ok with that.” She finished, leaving Minato to frown down at her.

Why should he be ok with Kakashi being unhappy? He’ll still do what he feels is best but why shouldn’t he try to get Kakashi to understand that too? It's not like he compromised everything. Kakashi’s smarter than Kushina is giving him credit for. Surely if Minato explained the logic behind a decision Kakashi would agree that it was for the best, right? ...right? He had a feeling if he brought this up it would somehow be used against him. “I know that, Kushina.” Was what he actually ended up saying. He supposed Kushina did make a point. He has let quite a few things slide in the past, specifically with Kakashi. She clearly has just never seen him sad. Seeing Kakashi upset was like kicking a three legged puppy in the rain. He’s only human. 

At his agreement Kushina softened as she closed the small gap between them, swinging an arm around his neck. Minato didn’t hesitate to reciprocate by wrapping a hand around her back. “Good.” She approved before she reached up to place a gentle kiss on his lips. “I have to go now, but I’ll try and stop by tomorrow. Take care of him till I get back, kay?” She announced already stepping back and out of his arms before he could protest that he knew how to take care of his own student. It’s not like anything would happen to him just because she was gone. He thought with a bit of a pout. Still, he nodded as he followed her back down the hall towards the doorway where her sandals were because he was a good boyfriend and knew to escort her out.

“I’ll see you tomorrow then, I love you.” He said and he saw the way her face flushed red as she quickly turned to shove on her sandals rather than look at him. She still gets so flustered. Minato noted fondly, as he watched Kushina finish and stand back up. No matter how many times he said it, Kushina still got ruffled when he told her he loved her. He found it sweet.

“Yeah, love you too.” She mumbled out fast before she promptly opened and shut the door behind her before anything else could be said. Thankfully, she did so quietly. Cute. Minato stayed by the door a moment longer, staring at where his girlfriend had just left with a small smile before stepping away to finally go to sleep himself.

He already had an idea of what he and Kakashi could do tomorrow to make up for leaving him all night.

Chapter Text

I can’t believe I fell asleep. Kakashi thought both amazed and angry that he could do such a thing. He had been planning to stay up until Minato came back so he could try and find out any details about what he may have been doing, just in case it was something concerning that he may have inadvertently altered, but he actually fell asleep. It’s pretty much the number one thing you’re not supposed to do when doing a stake out. Yet that was exactly what he had done.

Well the chances of him telling me anything other than 'don’t worry about it' are basically zero. Kakashi thought with a sigh as he slid off of his bed to head towards the dresser. Minato often told them not to worry about it, even if it was something they should definitely worry about. It was his way of trying to ease their stress but since Kakashi was aware of it, it really had an opposite effect. Sometimes though he could coerce more if he acted fast enough since Minato couldn’t dodge his questions as well. No chance of that now.

He quickly took off his dark blue sweater from the day before and swapped it out for a more regular gray long sleeve. While he was still chilly, he wasn’t nearly as cold as he had been the day prior. He didn’t bother changing his pants as he walked over to open his door. Wait… Kakashi suddenly paused, his hand hovering over the handle. I haven’t heard Sensei at all yet. He realized and he took a moment to subtly flare out some of his chakra in search of the familiar warmth of his teacher’s chakra. He found it quickly but frowned a bit as to where. He’s still in his room. Kakashi’s room didn’t actually have a clock so he had no way of knowing what time it was, but the sky outside the window suggested it was late morning, maybe very early afternoon. Either way, far past the time Minato should have already been up. So we’re both sleeping in now? 

It wasn’t even the weekend, which was really the only other time Kakashi can remember Minato sleeping in. He used to have a rule that Kakashi wasn’t allowed to wake him up early on the weekend unless it was an emergency. A rule set in place since Kakashi used to have a rather bad habit of dragging Minato to the training field the first chance he got. Minato had an ‘door always open’ kind of policy so he was never sent away, but he did have to wait until Minato was actually conscious. This habit got better after he was placed on a team with Obito and Rin but Kakashi had still always respected the rule. However, sleeping late in the middle of the week was…out of character. Is he hurt? The thought hadn’t been there more than a second but it was plenty long enough to plant the worry in his mind. He had been summoned by the Hokage, was he sent on a private mission? One he got hurt on? Or maybe he was sick?

Kakashi’s body had already begun moving before he even formulated a proper plan as he swung open his door and headed down the hall where Minato’s bedroom was. He didn’t stop to think about it until his hand was already half turning the doorknob. But what if he’s just sleeping?

Then Kakashi would be waking him up for no apparent reason and being a general bother. He retracted his hand and took a small step back in thought. It was then he was hit with a very obvious solution to his problem. Oh. Duh. He almost wanted to slap his forehead for letting his erratic feelings get ahead of his logic. Having the emotional control of a child did not make for great reasoning. I’ll have to work on that. He already misses having a fully developed prefrontal cortex. That determined, he reached a hand up to his face and carefully pulled down his mask, letting it hang loose on his neck. He inclined his head to the door and strained his ears as he took a deep breath in.

I don’t smell any blood. Kakashi thought, a slight weight falling away from his chest. He technically didn’t have to remove his mask to be able to tell, as the thin fabric didn’t actually impede his senses hardly at all(even when he wears two) as it was designed to but there was no one around to judge and he’d rather be completely sure. He leaned forward until he could hear the soft, even breaths coming from the other side of the door. His breathing sounds normal too, so it’s unlikely he’s ill. The knowledge brought some relief that at least Minato was unharmed and was likely just tired. If he hadn’t panicked he would have done that right from the beginning. I should probably stop hovering by the doorway. Kakashi noted, as it’d be a bit creepy to open the door to him just standing there. So he started walking away and towards the kitchen. There was a clock there that showed it was 10:52am. Not far from what he had guessed. 

However this now left him with a different problem: what to do now? He could sneak out to go and do some training or recon, as he could definitely find a way past Minato’s security and alarm seals without setting them off. But he has no way of knowing when Minato will wake up and it wouldn’t be great if he got up to Kakashi being gone. Not just because he would be pissed and Kakashi would likely be punished for it in some way thus further restricting his movements, but also because he would then know Kakashi knew how to get past his seals. He wants to keep that little tidbit to himself as long as possible as he doesn’t know if he’ll need to use it in the future. He supposed he could try and plan out some more in the direct future events that he needs to deal with but there’s only so much preparation he can do before he runs out of scenarios. 

Not a lot of horribly crucial things happened around this time other than the occasional fist fight with Obito anyway. And he couldn’t exactly work on letting Minato let him move out if Minato wasn’t there to convince. In other words… I have nothing to do but sit around and wait for Minato to get up. Fun.

Kakashi sighed out loud as he moved to the kitchen table and hoisted himself up onto the chair, sitting on his knees. He folded his arms on top of the table as he leaned forward, laying his head down on top, looking around for something that could provide stimulation. Minato’s house, while not small, wasn’t exactly big. It had two bedrooms, Minato’s being the master bedroom at the end of the hall and Kakashi’s being the guest room on the right side of that same hall with the bathroom directly across from it. On the left side there was a small laundry room where Minato kept his washer and dryer and a single basket full of dirty clothes. To the left of the hall was the living room that had a three cushion couch in the middle with a coffee table between it and the T.V. which sat on a shelf against the front wall. There were a couple shelves but none of them held anything that particularly interested him. So nothing to be found there.

To the right of the hall around the corner was the kitchen/dining area, it was fairly spacious, divided in half with the kitchen side on the left being tile and the dining area on the right being carpeted like the majority of the house. It wasn’t a horrible setup with the stove being against the left wall which was also lined with counters and the sink being against the center wall. On the right wall was the fridge and there were overhead cabinets that lined the top all around the little area and matching ones beneath the counters. On the right side of the room there was just a simple four chair table, but what it lacked in furniture it made up for in photos.

There were probably half a dozen pictures over the walls of Minato with various people. Most of them were from when he was young, with his classmates at the academy. There were two that looked like they were him and his Genin team judging off the fact Jiraiya was standing behind the three kids with a grin. The most recent one looked to be the one of him and Kushina when they were maybe 10 or 12, definitely before they started dating. The two of them were sitting on a bench talking as Kushina held a single stick of dango. Neither person was looking at the camera so it’s safe to say they were unaware their photo was even being taken.

They look so young. Kakashi thought, curious to how he had never stopped to look at these pictures before, both since he arrived here and originally. Now that he thinks about it, Minato actually had photos hung up and on shelves all over his house. Kakashi sat up as looked towards the somewhat cluttered living room, eyeing the several shelves around the walls. The living room was just to the left of the front door and directly across from the dining area, though separated by a significant gap, on the same stretch of carpet. There were two bookshelves on the far left wall that had both been cleared of their center shelf to hold pictures and another on the back wall closer to the hall that held even more. Not even mentioning the ones that filled the larger gaps on the walls. Was he really this unobservant before? No. Kakashi quickly corrected, laying his head back down on his arms with a sigh. Not unobservant, just uninterested. Why would he have ever taken interest in a bunch of old photos? They didn’t contribute to the present and thus were irrelevant. 

This line of thinking is why he had been so annoyed when Minato had forced them all to take a team photo together(Well that and the fact Obito was several hours late). After they had all died, he had been so grateful to have that photo. It’s what led him to continue the tradition with his own team so many years later.

Didn’t Obito have a thing for photography? He had a very vivid memory of an extremely awkward encounter involving Obito and a picture of Rin that he had tried so hard to block out. But he also remembers seeing a small collage of photos in front of Obito’s desk, a camera laying to the side. He had gotten a few of them from Obito’s grandma after he died, they hadn’t been bad. He briefly wondered if this was before or after that traumatizing event. He hopes after so there’s no chance he has to relive it.

“What are you doing?”

SHI- Kakashi startled up straight, heart in his throat as he rapidly spun around, reaching for a kunai that wasn’t there since he hadn’t put on his pack yet, only to see his teacher looking at him surprised. I hadn’t even noticed him. Kakashi thought as he forced himself to relax his posture and move his hands down, instantly trying to play off what just happened as normal. Due to the way the wall came out, it was hard to see someone coming from the hall until they rounded the corner or surpassed it, the same for seeing into the kitchen. He must have been spacing out for Minato to have gotten all the way down the hall and to the kitchen for Kakashi to have not noticed. Minato’s look of shock changed to concern as he rapidly eyed him up and down. 

“Sorry! I didn’t mean to scare you.” He apologized quickly and Kakashi shook his head both in answer and to clear his thoughts. Get a grip. Zoning out like that is a fast way to an early grave, no matter where he is he shouldn’t ever be that unaware of his surroundings. 

“You didn’t.” Kakashi corrected but it was incredibly unbelievable seeing as how his voice had a small tremor from lack of air. He winced at his own misfortune as he glanced at Minato’s face. Yup. Didn’t buy it. Kakashi would be worried if he had, honestly. Minato slowly walked closer, eyebrows raised in very blatant doubt as Kakashi sneaked a deep breath.

“You sure? Because you seem kinda jumpy.” Minato pointed out, gesturing at Kakashi’s still shaking hands. Kakashi forced them to still immediately as he nodded. 

“Yes, I just didn’t hear you come in.” Kakashi answered mostly truthfully and Minato still looked at him oddly but nodded. Minato had clearly just woken up if his horrible bedhead was anything to go off of. His blonde hair splayed out in different directions, a single flat spot on the right side of his head from where he had laid on it. Minato wasn’t in traditional pajamas, instead wearing gray sweatpants and a loose black T-shirt. “What did you say?” Kakashi questioned after another second, he hadn’t really heard what it was but Minato had said something to startle him. Minato paused as if he himself had forgotten what he had said but remembered a second later.

“I had asked what you were doing.” Minato repeated, not actually asking a second time. “Have you been up long?” Was what he instead chose to ask and Kakashi was grateful for it. Mostly because he hadn’t really been doing anything other than over analyzing everything in his house, which is probably not a very normal thing to do. 

“No, I woke up about half an hour ago.” Kakashi told him honestly and Minato frowned in response. What was wrong that time? Kakashi thought confused, he had made sure his voice was completely even that time so there should be no reason for the face Mintao was currently giving him.

“Why didn’t you wake me? You didn’t have to sit in here all by yourself.” Oh. That's what the face was for. He supposed that was better than Minato being worried, which was what Kakashi had thought was happening. Kakashi just shrugged as he turned to sit in his seat properly rather than inclining himself at an angle as he had been.

“I didn’t need you, why would I wake you up for no reason?” He asked genuinely curious and Minato’s frown deepened. Whatever bothered Minato that time was thankfully dropped as he moved away from the table and back towards the kitchen.

“You want breakfast?” Minato asked changing the subject, not waiting for an answer as he already began pulling out the necessary items as Kakashi slipped off his chair to go and join his Sensei. Minato didn’t nag him about sitting back down which was a good sign.

“Can I help?” Kakashi offered, looking up towards Minato from where he stood at his side. Minato paused what he was doing, a container of rice still in his hand as he glanced down at the smaller shinobi. Kakashi could see the silent debate go on inside Minato’s head and it was obvious he wanted to tell him ‘no’. But to Kakashi's surprise, that was not what he actually said.

“…Sure. Why don’t you get the eggs from the fridge?” Minato directed and Kakashi didn’t respond and instead just moved to do as instructed. When Kakashi opened the fridge he was relieved to find the egg carton was on the lower shelf. Had it been higher Kakashi doesn’t think he would have been able to reach and he would sooner scale the shelves than tell Minato he couldn’t even get eggs when he had already very likely given Kakashi the easiest task he could think of. Kakashi carefully leaned forward and grabbed the egg carton with both hands so as to not risk dropping it before stepping back and closing the fridge door with his foot. When he brought it over, Minato had already filled a pot with water and was measuring rice to add to it.

“Here you go.” Kakashi announced and Minato looked away from his task to briefly send him a smile. 

“Thank you. You can just set it on the counter.” He directed and Kakashi did as asked, though he was a bit frustrated to find he could barely see over the top of the counter. Was I always this short? It's a wonder he was able to do anything if he was. They sat in companionable silence for a few minutes longer as Minato set the rice to start cooking on the stove. The silence was broken however when Minato turned back to grab the eggs.

“I was thinking after breakfast you and I could go to the market. I feel bad about bailing on you last night.” Minato started, reaching down to pull out a pan and set it on the stove on the burner next to the rice. He feels bad? Kakashi had been annoyed, sure but there was no reason for Minato to feel guilty. If he had been summoned there was really nothing he could do and Kakashi had been the one who couldn't even stay awake. “I needed to pick up some things anyway and I thought maybe you could grab some things for your room. And no one else has to come, it’ll just be you and me.” He offered and Kakashi scowled. This was clearly a trick. Or a bribe. By having Kakashi choose things to put in the guest room, it would more solidify the fact that it was now Kakashi’s room. He was trying to make this feel more like Kakashi’s home. Like h*ll. 

“I don’t need anything.” Kakashi shot down quickly and Minato spared him a small look before going back to cracking a few eggs into the pan.

“I know, but there might be something that could make you more comfortable here. I mean the only thing you really grabbed from the estate was a bunch of clothes.” Minato pointed out and Kakashi wisely did not mention that that had been a very deliberate choice. Upon seeing that Kakashi was still unmoved, Minato changed tactics. “You don’t have to get anything but it doesn’t hurt to look. If you don’t want anything we’ll just grab the groceries and go home, ok? If nothing else you’ll be able to get some fresh air.” Minato compromised and the more stubborn part of Kakashi still wanted to refuse but he decided against it at the last second. At least Minato wasn’t trying to keep him inside all day, he wouldn’t be conned into buying anything but there probably wasn’t any harm in going. Plus the thought of actually getting yo go around town more than appealed to him.

“Fine, but I still don’t need anything.” Kakashi reiterated firmly and Minato sent him a grin as he nodded, turning the burner for the eggs off as he had finished scrambling them.

“Great! We’ll leave as soon as we finish eating then.” Minato declared completely skipping over the last part of Kakashi’s statement, way too happy over such a small thing. …I’m not that bad am I? Kakashi thought absently. Was he that unwilling to compromise such things in the past? Yes. His brain oh so helpfully reminded him and he quickly squashed the thought down. He would wander around the market long enough to satisfy Minato’s need to spend time with him and then they would come back to the house. No problem. At least that’s what he would be thinking if he didn’t know he wasn’t really welcome in the general market. Maybe it won’t be an issue with Minato there… Kakashi wasn’t even convincing to himself. Oh well. He would just have to deal with problems as they arose, no use borrowing trouble as his father would say.

It’ll probably be fine. 

Probably.

Chapter Text

Well this is boring. Kakashi couldn’t help but think as he watched Minato carefully examine two alarm clocks that looked exactly the same. It was the one thing Kakashi did actually need and he had made the mistake of mentioning that the reason he had gone to the kitchen in the first place was to check the time. Minato had immediately walked them over to one of the street vendors that was selling an assortment of home goods, clocks being among them.

It’s been 15 minutes. Kakashi couldn’t even look at something else since he was currently propped on Minato’s hip, Minato not wanting him to slow his recovery by walking all around the market. Today, Minato had actually let him walk a full 5 minutes before picking him up. Bed rest is truly the worst sentence one can receive. He took comfort in the fact this would be his last day he would have to do such things.

“What about this one, Kashi?” Minato asked, holding up a pale green colored metal one. 

“It doesn’t matter as long as it tells the time.” Kakashi answered having already given up the battle of convincing him to drop the clock issue altogether 10 minutes ago. Now he just wanted to pay for it and move on. Minato pouted at his answer as he set the device back down.

“Come on, don’t you have any opinion at all?” He practically whined and Kakashi sighed deeply, but did finally actually look at the table. His eyes stopped on a small wooden square clock that had little dials on the back. It was plain and cheap. Exactly the two things Kakashi looked for in house items.

“That one.” Kakashi declared, pointing towards it and Minato didn’t hesitate to snatch it from the table and hold it out towards the merchant who was selling the item. Minato had been trying to get him to pick something out since they got here, desperately trying to get him to engage and ‘cheer up’. Admittedly, Minato had taken him to a few stores that Kakashi would’ve probably really enjoyed under normal circumstances, but not right now. Not with his reputation being what it was. Apparently he felt guilty when he found out Kakashi had waited up for him only to be disappointed. Kushina is a snitch. Unfortunately, he didn’t feel guilty enough to actually tell Kakashi what he had been doing but he hadn’t really expected him to. Kakashi didn’t feel inclined to say anything else until he saw Minato go to pay for it. “I can pay.” Kakashi protested, attempting to reach for his wallet that he always kept in his pack. 

Minato paid him no mind, simply bouncing Kakashi up forcing him to wrap his arms around Minato’s neck for support as he handed the proper amount over. An amount Kakashi couldn’t actually see nor did he hear the price being said over the loud chatter of the market. I hope they didn’t overcharge him. 

“Nonsense.” Minato dismissed as he accepted the bag that held the clock with the hand not supporting Kakashi. “Besides, I’m the one that forgot to put one in your room.” He reasoned and Kakashi sent him an unimpressed glare. Guest room. The mental correction was more reflex than anything at this point. Minato let the bag hang loosely from his hand as he carried Kakashi to another stall, this one looking more boring than the last appearing to sell exclusively hand towels. Ugh. Who would even need that many hand towels? Someone nearby bumped into them and it sent a slight shot of pain through Kakashi’s still sore arm. Whether it was real or just his nerves was unclear. Maybe a little bit of both.

“Didn’t you need groceries?” Kakashi reminded before the merchant could begin their sales pitch that would undoubtedly lure Minato in for who knows how long. He swears Minato didn't know how to just ignore people. His words had their desired effect as Minato paused mid stride to look down at him.

“I do, do you want to handle that first?” He asked and Kakashi nodded if only so they would leave the somewhat crowded street. Minato just had to choose the market towards the village center. He hated the village center. If there was one thing Kakashi had never liked no matter the time, it was crowds. Too many noises, too many smells, and too many people. It was the same reason he hated parties. Not even mentioning how he could feel what felt like hundreds of eyes boring into his back whenever they thought Minato looked away. 

Minato walked them through the market and towards one of the larger stores that was on the end of the street corner. There were less people outside here since anyone over this way was inside the actual store. Wait. Kakashi suddenly realized as he and Minato got closer to the white and blue building. I know this place. Unlike with restaurants, it was necessary to know and remember which grocery stores would allow him inside as they sold things he actually needed and couldn’t really get otherwise.

Kakashi remembers because he used to make a list of stores he was banned from, that would overcharge him, or that would let him shop normally and leave. I wonder if I still have that… Kakashi thought absently, he should at this point but it would likely be at the Hatake estate, probably in his room. I should try to find it later. 

This place was one of the more popular stores since it had a fairly large selection and generally charged well, so it wasn’t all that surprising that Kakashi wasn’t allowed anywhere near it so as not to ‘drive away the customers’. Before Minato could move to walk inside, Kakashi swung out his legs, leaning all the way back so Minato was forced to stop or risk dropping him to the ground a good 12 feet or so from the entrance.

“What’s wrong?” Minato asked, turning a confused look towards him and Kakashi struggled to find a plausible explanation as to why they shouldn’t go inside this particular store that wouldn’t make Minato upset. He was turning up blank.

“Can I just wait outside?” Kakashi eventually asked when he failed to think of something. If he couldn’t stop them from going in then maybe he could convince Minato to leave him here. To no one’s surprise Minato was not thrilled with the idea.

“Why? It’ll only take a second.” He assured him but Kakashi wasn’t all that comforted. The amount of time was not his concern. He rapidly looked around until his eyes found a small public bench across from the store's entrance, but not directly in the way of any other shops or stalls. 

“I just would rather not go in.” He was admitting to a discomfort which was something he pretty much never did in the past or future, he knew that just that wasn’t really much in terms of convincing but hoped that the admission would at least grant him some sway. “Can’t I just wait over there until you’re done? I’ll stay put.” Kakashi punctuated his question by pointing towards the bench he saw earlier and he saw Minato start to consider it.

“Are you sure? I don’t know how I feel about leaving you out here alone.” He’s not straight up refusing. I have a chance. 

“Please?” Kakashi tacked on knowing Minato liked to encourage it anytime Kakashi used proper manners, especially early on. He had actually caught onto this the first time around also and had more than used it to his advantage. If he said please he was automatically 30% more likely to get what he wanted. He’s pretty sure Minato knew he was manipulating him too, but just couldn’t figure out a way to stop him without it backfiring. It's not like he could just up and tell him to stop saying 'please'.

Minato didn’t answer for a very stressful 20 seconds or so until he finally sighed and redirected towards the bench. Mission success. Kakashi practically cheered on the inside. He had successfully managed to avoid that entire situation and without having to explain it. A thought in the back of his mind told him it was temporary but he promptly ignored it.

If he had told Minato the real reason it would have just caused unnecessary problems and likely a scene. When they reached their desired destination, Minato carefully set Kakashi down onto the bench before placing the bag with the clock down next to him. “Stay right here.” Minato ordered seriously, looking around them briefly as if surveying the area. “I’ll only be 10 minutes, 15 tops. Don’t leave the bench, ok?” He clarified and Kakashi gave a quick nod.

“Yes, Sensei.”

“And I am gonna want a better explanation later.” D*mn. Minato apparently was not yet willing to let it slide which was very unfortunate but Kakashi can’t pretend he didn’t see it coming. At least he’s not drilling me for answers right now. He could think of a more plausible excuse while Minato was inside. Minato hesitated a second longer before finally turning away. “I’ll be right back.” He called as he disappeared behind the glass doors and into the crowded corner store. Kakashi gave a relieved sigh under his breath as he did. Minato cared too much for his own good. Kakashi leaned back and let his feet dangle over the edge as he kicked them back and forth slightly. It was really the only form of stimulation he had. He stayed that way for about 5 minutes before his small moment of peace was, of course, disrupted.

“Hey!” Kakashi spun around at the angry shout to see a middle aged man glaring down at him. Well doesn’t he look pleasant. “Get out of here before you chase off my customers!” He hissed at him from where he hovered outside of the hat shop he just came out of and likely owned. The hat shop Kakashi wasn’t even all that close too. Kakashi was in between shops at worst, the bench he was on being more towards the middle of the street than anything.

“This is a public bench.” Kakashi informed carefully, eyeing the tall dirty blonde haired man. He didn’t recognize him but he didn’t really strike Kakashi as a very reasonable person. “I’m waiting for my teacher, I’ll be gone then. I’m not disrupting your business.” Kakashi stated calmly and went back to minding his own business, hoping the man would do the same. 

Those hopes were dashed when he felt an arm roughly pull him up off his seat.

“Hey-!” Kakashi gasped, immediately trying to push off the hand tightly wrapped around his right arm. The grip was near steel and hard enough to hurt. He was distressed to find that he actually had very little upper arm strength, especially since the man had grabbed his dominant hand so he was using his left to fight him off. He wasn’t sure if this lack of strength was due to his chakra weakened state or very small stature but regardless he felt a sharp panic rise when he wasn’t able to free himself instantly. “Let go!” He could physically feel as the eyes of anyone around them was drawn to the scene but they didn’t so much as twitch to interfere, likely wanting him to leave as well.

“Your kind isn’t welcome here.” He sneered down at him as he very roughly shoved him forward. Kakashi hadn’t expected to be released so soon and stumbled on somewhat unsteady legs.

He would have fallen onto the road had he not been caught by strong, gentle arms. 

“Hey, what’s going on?”

No way. Kakashi thought as his mind tried to make sense of his surroundings. The white puffed vest, the messy brown hair, the familiar causal drawl…

“Sarutobi-San, I didn’t see you there.” The suddenly no longer aggressive shopkeep greeted with a minuscule bow of his head towards the older boy, still giving Kakashi a very much not friendly look. Asuma in turn narrowed his eyes at him as he helped Kakashi rebalance on his feet. What is he doing here? Kakashi thought absently, still trying to calm his heart.

“Clearly.” He clipped, it did not go unnoticed the way he took a small step forward successfully putting Kakashi behind him. “Is there a problem here?” Asuma asked, giving the older man a glare of his own. Unsurprisingly, he didn’t seem all that inclined to start trouble with the Hokage’s son and merely shook his head.

“No, no, we were just…talking.” The man eventually settled on and Asuma didn’t seem at all convinced. Probably because he literally saw you toss me? Kakashi thought dryly. If someones going to go through the trouble to lie they should at least make it believable.

“Uh-huh, right. Is that yours?” It took a second for Kakashi to realize the question had been for him as Asuma was pointing to his discarded bag that still sat on the bench. He didn’t really trust himself to speak yet so he just nodded. Asuma took it in stride as he leaned over to grab the bag with one hand before reaching back to grab Kakashi’s hand with the other. All the while the older man was still watching with distasteful eyes. “C’mon Kakashi, let’s leave this guy to his hats.” The way Asuma said ‘hats’ was very obviously meant to be an insult if his tone was anything to go off of. The man realized this too from the way he glared then stalked away with an angry huff. Kakashi heard him mutter what sounded like ‘d*mn dog brat’, which wasn’t very original in terms of insults. He’s heard far more creative.

It was when Asuma started to pull them away that Kakashi finally regained his voice. “Hey, wait I can’t leave.” Kakashi protested, digging his feet into the ground forcing them both to stop. Asuma did so but cocked his brow in a curious confusion. But rather than question Kakashi’s motives, Asuma instead just broke their conjoined hand to carefully move it to Kakashi’s shoulder.

“Are you hurt? I saw that guy grab you, he was a total ass.” Asuma asked and insulted all in the same breath as he examined Kakashi for signs of injury. He wouldn’t find any as the most Kakashi felt was a slight sting in his arm and shoulder from the way he had been yanked up. That’ll probably leave a bruise. 

“I’m fine.” Kakashi answered, brushing off Asuma’s hand as he did. Asuma let it fall but was still eyeing him in concern. It made Kakashi pause.

He looks so young. Obviously that makes sense as none of them have even been shinobi for hardly over a year but still Kakashi found himself staring. He can’t be more than eleven right now. A stark difference from the chain smoking ex-Guardian Shinobi he had last seen. Asuma’s death, much like Jiraiya’s, was a bit of a more recent wound than the others. He still remembers the day he found out, when he had been training with Naruto.

He could see it from the look on Yamato’s face as he and Naruto quickly walked over to join his part of the field. They had both stopped what they were doing the moment they had seen Izumo drop in. No one would have dared interrupt their training for anything less than an emergency. 

“What’s happened?” Kakashi demanded, not bothering to ask if something was wrong, something clearly was, it was just a matter of who it was. His mind desperately recounted all the names of people currently out of the village. Or anyone that could have left without his knowledge. It was much too long a list.

“Asuma Sarutobi…” Yamato started, voice monotone but expression grave. Kakashi didn’t even need him to finish. He knew what was coming.

“Has been killed.”

“Kakashi, did you hear me?”

Asuma suddenly interrupted his thoughts and Kakashi had to shake the memory from his head. Why his brain chose this to be the time he got caught up in his memories, he didn’t know. What's wrong with me? He hadn’t had this kind of reaction with Jiraiya and he died nearly a year after Asuma had. He wasn’t your classmate. Kakashi’s mind unhelpfully reminded and he quickly pushed the thought down to be dealt with never. Asuma interpreted Kakashi clearing his thoughts as a ‘no’ as he quickly repeated himself. “I asked why you were waiting out here by yourself.” Ah, right. Because I said I can’t leave.

“I’m waiting for Minato-Sensei.” Kakashi explained simply, subconsciously looking back towards the store to check for signs of yellow hair. There was none so it was safe to say Minato was still inside. A blessing in disguise since he wasn’t here to see the scene the merchant had caused. Realistically, Kakashi knew it was only a matter of time until Minato found out about the villagers. He had only managed to hide it the first time until he was around seven, but he remembered how upset it had made Minato the first time so he wanted to prolong it as much as possible. Asuma gave a hum as he nodded in acceptance.

“And he told you to stay by the bench?” Asuma guessed and Kakashi confirmed it with a dip of his head. Technically he had told Kakashi to stay on the bench but it was close enough. Much to Kakashi’s confusion, Asuma then retook Kakashi’s hand and began pulling them back towards the bench. “I was bored anyway, so I’ll just wait with you.” Asuma said in way of explanation as he released Kakashi’s hand so he could climb onto the bench, still holding Kakashi’s bag. Asuma looked back at him expectantly, patting the seat beside him and Kakashi sighed before joining him. 

Asuma sent him a grin as Kakashi resettled on his seat, taking his bag back from Asuma when it was offered to him. “Thanks.” Kakashi mumbled as he decided to just hold the clock on his lap while he waited. Asuma just smiled wider as he waved a hand in dismissal. 

“No problem.” Asuma had always been a pretty easy going person so this kind of answer was expected. Still Kakashi didn’t really need him to stay.

“You can go now. Minato-Sensei said he’d be back soon.” Kakashi informed him and then quickly continued when he saw Asuma go to brush him off. “Besides, weren’t you doing something?” He asked and Asuma did pause at that but not for long.

“Nah, I was just getting food for Kurenai and Raidou cause they were too lazy to do it themselves.” That…actually sounds like something that would happen. Kakashi realized as he remembered similar occurrences happening in the past. Before Asuma became a Chunin, he would always receive a fairly decent weekly allowance from Lord Third should he ever need anything. Due to this Asuma often bought them all things, generally snacks, since he took great pleasure in spending his dad’s money. Why Hiruzen always let him was a mystery. “If anything, you're helping me out.” Asuma finished and Kakashi was aware he was being manipulated into letting this happen but he didn’t really feel all that inclined to stop it. 

People wouldn’t try to bother him if he was with Asuma. And while Kakashi couldn’t see anything he could sense the very faint presence of someone with a very apt amount of chakra. ANBU guard. Lord Third had someone keep tabs on Asuma pretty much at all times whenever he was in the village. If someone caused trouble then undoubtedly Asuma would get involved and if that happened it would only take one bad move before someone got restrained. Hence why people left Asuma alone.

“Fine, stay if that’s what you want.” Kakashi huffed in annoyance that he only partially felt. It’s probably for the better if he waits with Asuma. It’s only a few minutes anyway, so there should be no harm in it. It has nothing to do with the fact he’s enjoying spending time with his departed friend.

With any luck Minato would be back very soon.

Chapter Text

Kakashi and Asuma waited in companionable silence another 8 minutes until they finally saw Minato come jogging out of the store, a plastic bag clutched in his hand. Upon seeing Asuma sitting with him, his smile fell to be more confused and just a hint worried as he stopped just in front of them.

“Sorry it took so long, there was a bit of a line.” Minato apologized addressing Kakashi first before turning to give a pleasant smile towards the young Sarutobi. “Hello, Asuma-Kun. I didn’t expect to see you here so early in the day.” Minato greeted, making as fair a point as any. It was barely past 1 in the afternoon, a time most Genin were either training or out doing D-Ranks around the village. Asuma responded in kind with a polite smile of his own as he answered.

“I was just picking up some things for my teammates when I ran into Kakashi.” Asuma explained, hopping off the bench to stand just to the side. “It’s nice to see you, Minato-Sensei.” Asuma said respectfully with a small dip of his head. Minato seemed to be put at ease by the answer as he reached to pull the other plastic bag off of Kakashi’s lap so he was now holding two in one hand before picking Kakashi off the bench altogether with the other. 

Kakashi was slightly embarrassed that he was scooped up so easily, especially in front of Asuma. Asuma, while not a bully by any means, never passed up the opportunity to tease him whenever it was presented. He was sure there was some joke or comment to be made here that would then somehow make it to the others who also took great pleasure in trying to fluster him and tarnish his reputation of being cool and aloof. Their relationship has been like that since the academy days when Asuma had started the worst nickname he’s ever had the misfortune of receiving: ‘The Baby’. It was even worse than when he found out some people were calling him ‘the copycat ninja’ and he hates cats. It, unfortunately, wasn’t even just Asuma, they all defended the clear insult by saying that technically it was true as Kakashi was 'the baby' of their class and friend group. He had even heard a few Sensei say it when they thought he was out of earshot.

It didn’t mean he wasn’t enraged anytime he heard it. 

‘Has anyone seen The Baby?’ 

‘You can’t ask him to do that, he’s The Baby.’

‘Come on, be nice, he’s The Baby.’

If it had only been when he was four, maybe it wouldn’t have bothered him as much. However Asuma and the rest of his so-called friends never let the name die out completely even when he was well into adulthood. Though it was used far more sparingly the older he got and at least they valued their lives enough to know to never say it in front of the kids. (Yes, because even after he became a Sensei, they still occasionally brought it up.) Except at that point it was used exclusively to try and rile him up. It was the fastest way to get a reaction out of him that was for sure. The only reason it had started in the first place was because Asuma wanted to remind him that while he was still the most skilled, he was the youngest and always would be and therefore shouldn’t be so quick to dismiss his peers' help or skill. Which is a reminder he might have needed when he was five. 

All that being said, he was somewhat surprised when Asuma didn’t so much as smirk at him when Minato picked him up like he weighed less than nothing. He didn’t even seem amused. Actually… Kakashi paused taking a second to look at the somewhat pinched expression on his friend’s face. He kinda looks concerned? Kakashi’s thoughts were broken as he remembered Minato was actually still having a conversation.

“It’s nice to see you too. From what I hear from Shikaku, you guys have been doing really well.” Minato praised, though Asuma didn’t seem all that focused on him anymore. Shikaku would’ve only recently become their Sensei. Kakashi noted, Shikaku had actually never officially signed on to be a Jonin Sensei. But after Team 6’s original Sensei had to retire after she became pregnant, Shikaku had somehow ended up being the one who got saddled with Asuma, Raidou, and Kurenai and became the new official unoffical Sensei. Mostly by choice…Mostly. 

“Yeah we’re doing ok. What about you Kakashi? I heard you were in the hospital for something pretty serious.” Asuma directed at Kakashi and he was grateful that Asuma had at least actually asked him instead of Minato like everyone else seemed to be doing. Being six was annoying. He can see why he was always so grouchy now. He was quick to answer before Minato could do so for him.

“I’m fine now. Just some minor chakra exhaustion.” Kakashi answered semi honestly hoping it was just truthful enough Minato wouldn’t feel the need to openly contradict the statement and cause unnecessary worry. That must have been the reason for the look. Asuma knows he hates being carried around, he probably thought he was injured worse than he was. It worked as all Minato did was send him a slightly strained smile as he nodded in agreement.

“He should be getting cleared for light field work tomorrow or the day after.” Minato tacked on quickly and Kakashi narrowed his eyes at him, not missing the end of that sentence like Minato had clearly wanted him too. He had agreed to three days of bed rest and today would mark his third. Something they were both very aware of.

“Tomorrow.”

“We’ll see.”

Kakashi glared, Minato stared back unaffected. Their staring contest was broken when Asuma cleared his throat, reminding them he was indeed still there.

“Well, I’m glad you’re alright. Gai had told us something about your ‘youthful spirit’ being too strong but we weren’t sure what that meant.” Asuma joked, shoving his hands into his pockets as he leaned to the side. Of course that’s what he did. “And we tried to talk to Rin and Obito first, but we got very mixed responses so we weren’t sure if you were fine or actively dying.” I’m going to kill Obito. Leave it to him to blow everything completely out of proportion. They likely spoke to them when he was either still hospitalized or had just gotten out. Minato felt the same exasperation if the sigh he let out was any indication.

“Sorry if Obito worried you all, I tried to tell him not to broadcast it before we knew everything.” Minato apologized on his over dramatic students behalf. It said a lot that Asuma hadn’t even specified who had told them what and they all still knew. Asuma just waved the apology off, giving Kakashi a tilted smile.

“Nah, don’t worry about it. We all kinda assumed he was exaggerating anyway.” Asuma said this with a quick wink at Kakashi, like Obito being a drama queen was a some inside joke that he and all their friends were in on. It can’t really be an ‘inside’ joke if the whole village knows it. Kakashi just watched him carefully. Minato’s been here awhile now. Why isn’t he mentioning the merchant? Kakashi thought suspicious as Asuma, like many of his friends, was a total snitch. At least when it came to stuff like this. They all had this strange desire to try and protect him, whether he needed it or not. Scratch that, whether he wanted it or not. If he had suddenly developed a smoking habit Asuma would cover for him no problem, but if he went out on a mission with a cold? No, that warrants telling Minato-Sensei. He was weird like that.

“Aren’t Kurenai and Raidou waiting for you?” Kakashi asked, testing the waters. If Asuma was going to spill he would do it now. Asuma gave him an odd look and held it for a solid minute. Kakashi tensed thinking he would break, but surprisingly that is not what Asuma did.

“Yeah, probably should head back.” He conceded in agreement and actually started to walk away. “I’ll catch you later, ok Kakashi?” Asuma called with a small two fingered wave and didn’t run off until Kakashi nodded back. Kakashi narrowed his eyes at Asuma’s quickly retreating back, leaning over Minato’s shoulder to do so. He had a feeling that wasn’t the end of this for some reason, even if he didn’t bring it up right then. He’s literally never seen Asuma just drop it like that. Minato didn’t seem bothered at all by the interaction and just lightly bounced Kakashi up to get a better hold before he began walking.

“Well that was nice. Looks like your friends were pretty worried about you.” Minato commented and Kakashi didn’t feel the need to contribute. Had he actually been six he would have corrected him, saying that they most certainly were not his friends and their worry was not needed nor wanted. I was such a brat. Really it’s a wonder they all kept bothering with him long enough for him to become a somewhat functional adult. Kakashi certainly wouldn't have done the same had the situations been reversed. It was then Kakashi realized Minato wasn’t walking them back into the market but was actually taking them back home to his house.

“Are we done?” Kakashi asked not fully succeeding in keeping the hope out of his voice if Minato’s laugh was anything to go off of.

“Yes, we’re done.” Minato conceded with an amused grin. “Unless, there’s something else you-“

“There’s not.” Kakashi interrupted quickly, not wanting to give Minato a reason to linger around this wretched street a minute longer. School will be letting out in less than 2 hours and he didn’t want to be anywhere near here when it did. He remembers from his own academy days how many kids liked to run to the market to pick snacks up from the convenience stores and such. It was a tiny war zone. He just heard Minato huff another light laugh. I’m glad you find my pain entertaining. Kakashi thought dryly, not really upset. All in all the day had actually been somewhat pleasant. As they walked farther from the market and more towards the quieter streets, Minato cleared his throat pointedly causing Kakashi to look up at him.

“So,” he started and already Kakashi didn’t like where this was going. “You wanna tell me the real reason you didn’t want to go in that store?” He prompted, giving him a look that said that it wasn’t really a question. No, I do not. Was what Kakashi wanted to, but didn’t say.

“It was crowded and smelled weird. I didn’t see the point in going in.” Kakashi lied, purposely looking anywhere other than his teacher's face. He didn’t know how but in the past Minato had always had a weird knack for knowing when he was lying. Which was why Kakashi always tried to speak in half truths, a lie based on truth is always more believable. He used this same tactic in interrogations later on in his life and also when trying to hide things from his very nosey students.

“I mean it wasn’t more crowded than the market, you didn’t say anything then.” Minato pointed out and Kakashi gave a loose shrug.

“We were outside at least, there was still fresh air.” He defended and the silence itself felt doubtful. Minato wasn’t buying his half baked excuses. 

“I know when something’s upsetting you Kashi, that’s why I let you stay outside.” Minato pressed and Kakashi just avoided looking at Minato’s sincere expression. 

“I don’t really want to talk about it.” Kakashi mumbled dismissively, hoping if he seemed uncomfortable Minato would stop. It wasn’t even really an act, this kind of thing had always been awkward for him to talk about. The villagers simply associated him only with his father whom they blame for the war and would continue to do so until he started to build up reputations of his own. That was the only solution he had ever found anyway. He never saw the point in telling anyone about it. It wouldn’t fix the problem, just cause new more complicated ones and unnecessary stress. Minato didn’t say anything else for several minutes as Kakashi just continued to watch pointedly over Minato’s shoulder. Eventually he felt the man sigh deeply, making a sound that sounded vaguely frustrated.

“Alright, but you know you can tell me anything right?” Minato encouraged seriously and Kakashi rolled his eyes without looking at him. Somehow Minato must have either seen or felt it because next thing he knew Minato was adjusting his hold so Kakashi was forced to look at him. “I mean it, even if you think it’s stupid or unimportant, I’d still want to know. I’ll always listen to you Kakashi.” Kakashi blushed hard at the earnest expression Minato was currently sending him. Why does he care so much? It sent a warm funny feeling through Kakashi’s stomach that he did not want to dive into. That being said, he lightly pushed Minato’s face away and shoved his own face into his shoulder.

“You’re so corny, Sensei. Shinobi shouldn’t be so emotional.” Kakashi huffed, wanting it to come off as an insult so Minato wouldn’t see how flustered the statement made him. He purposefully brought the shinobi code into this as it was 100% something he would’ve done in the past. He had lived and breathed shinobi regulation. He doesn’t think he succeeded since Minato just sighed again.

“Fine, but I’m still willing to listen if you ever change your mind.” He reiterated and Kakashi just pushed his face further into Minato’s shirt to avoid answering. He was rewarded another sigh for his trouble. “Kushina might drop by later for dinner. I bought things to make miso soup.” Minato changed the subject for which Kakashi was very grateful. He had never done good with people expressing deep emotions like that. He never knew how to respond so it just made everything awkward. “I even got some eggplant to put in it. That’s still your favorite right?” Minato checked and Kakashi unburied his face to glance at him. 

“I already told you Sensei, if you really feel bad you can just tell me what kept you.” Kakashi saw through the gesture for what it was. Another way of apologizing for abandoning him all night with Kushina. Kakashi didn’t know why he felt so bad, he had already said it was fine, after all he had been more mad at himself for falling asleep than at Minato for being late but he was still willing to use it to his advantage. Much like his son, Minato was a very emotional thinker. Unfortunately, Minato saw through him too.

“And I already told you, it was nothing for you to worry about.” He responded without hesitation and Kakashi just huffed. The answer was expected but annoying. 

Soup did sound nice though.

Chapter Text

I need a new strategy. Kakashi thought as he started getting dressed for the day. After dinner last night he had promptly retreated back to his room and stuffed all his notes underneath his mattress. He’s pretty sure even if Minato saw them they wouldn’t mean anything to him as they just looked like nonsense but it was better safe than sorry.

He had asked to read some of Minato’s books since he knew the man had spent years studying Fuinjutsu in order to learn the Hiraishin no Jutsu but didn't. He hadn't thought it would make Minato quite so suspicious of him though as the man had been rather squirrely about it. That’s what happens when you build up a reputation of experimenting with dangerous jutsu above your skill level. He mentally cursed younger him for being quite so stupidly ambitious.

At least he was able to finally determine the main elements of the seal that brought him here and it seemed that other than some chakra pattern anomalies and some nonsense about ‘behavioral changes’, there shouldn’t be any other problems. He’s a solid 75% sure of it. Regardless he was officially no longer thinking about it.

Kakashi sighed as he finished pulling his brown leather straps that acted as his tanto holster over his head. He would have to figure it out as he went. This was the first time he’s actually had to wear his mission gear so it took him a moment to re-learn his routine. He pulled on his arm guards next before he moved over to his nightstand where his tanto and headband were. He strapped his tanto to his back and tied his hitate in place.

He fully intended to train today. He needed to readjust to not just his chakra supply and control but also his small stature. Besides, this is the first time he’s woken up without still feeling tired and cold so it was safe to say he was over the chakra exhaustion.

“Kakashi?” Minato called, knocking against the door lightly. He must have finished breakfast. Kakashi thought as he moved to go and open the door. Minato gave him a friendly smile but it quickly turned to one of bemusement. “You still half asleep there Pup?” Minato teased with a laugh and Kakashi gave him a dirty look, genuinely confused about what he found so funny. Minato took pity on him and gestured to his face. “You’re headbands on crooked, kiddo.” Sh*t.

Kakashi shot a hand to his face and internally cursed himself. I pulled it over my left eye. Even though it’s been years since he's had the Sharingan, he had spent nearly 2 decades almost always covering 1 eye. It was a hard habit to break. He’s done it more than a few times since then, sometimes intentionally since Naruto, Sasuke, and Sakura thought it was ‘weird’ to see both his eyes. One time Sasuke had even reached over and yanked his headband down mid conversation. Nobody usually mentioned it, he was the Hokage, he could wear his headband how he wanted. He didn’t have to wear one at all if he wanted. But I’m not right now. Kakashi mentally reminded as he pushed his hitate back up. Thankfully, Minato seemed to be writing it off as a sleep induced mistake. Kakashi did his best to reciprocate by coming off as more embarrassed than panicked. It seemed to work.

“Come eat” Minato told him, gently ruffling his hair as he moved to go down the hall. Kakashi followed quickly as they made their way to the kitchen. He froze at what he saw.

“Jiraiya-Sama?” Why was the Toad Sage here? And not just him, Kushina was also sitting happily across from the Sannin. He racked his brain for a reason for their presence. None of them were good. Jiraiya however just beamed at him as he patted the chair beside himself.

“Pup! Come sit” Jiraiya encouraged and Kakashi was highly suspicious but did as told. Something was off today. He could feel the tense air around the room even if no one was addressing it. “And call me uncle.” Jiraiya tacked on as Kakashi moved to sit comfortably on his knees as Minato put out a warm plate in front of him. Kakashi was wary as he slowly started to eat his meal, the others all doing the same.

“Why are you here?” Kakashi asked once he had finished, paying no mind to the look Minato sent him to eat slower. Not gonna happen. Jiraiya only laughed trying to come off as carefree but it was drowned out by the terse clip in his tone.

“I can’t visit my favorite nephew when he’s not well?” Jiraiya brushed off his question without actually answering. Kakashi narrowed his eyes as he looked at Kushina instead, a silent demand in his expression. 

“We just thought we’d spend the morning with you and Minato. Do you have a problem with that?” She answered, her smile daring him to question it. He did in fact dare.

“Why?” He repeated firmly. When it became clear Kushina had no intention of expanding, Kakashi turned instead to his teacher. His teacher who was giving him a tense smile that didn’t reach his eyes. They’re hiding something from me. The knowledge made Kakashi uneasy. He supposed that’s hypocritical since he’s hiding a far greater deal from them but it upset him nonetheless. He noticed the way Minato’s eyes kept drifting to glance at the clock. Whatever it is has a time table…

“Um, well you were wanting to train today right?” Minato redirected in a very poor attempt at being casual. However the statement was enough for Kakashi to finally connect exactly what was going on here. Oh h*ll no. He almost wished he had stayed in ignorance. Kakashi instantly leapt from his chair, fully intending to just book it out of the house until further notice only to have a hand wrap around his middle before he even made it a single step.

“Kakashi-“ Jiraiya tried to start as he pulled Kakashi towards his chest. Kakashi knew what he was going to say and wasn’t for it.

“Let go!” Kakashi ordered his voice rising against his will. Hospital. They wanted to take him to get cleared at a hospital. It was the only explanation that made sense. The fact his escape attempt had been stopped before it even really started only solidified it. They had expected him to run. Kakashi kicked against Jiraiya’s legs and pushed against the arms holding him captive as hard as he could, which was unfortunately not all that hard. Minato had stood up to come around the table and was now trying to grab at his hands.

“Kakashi- hey calm down a second, alright?” Minato ordered when Kakashi sent a well aimed kick towards his face at him for his efforts. 

“No.” Kakashi refused stubbornly when Minato finally grabbed hold of his wrists. Did he think getting examined by a doctor was necessarily a bad move? No. Would he do the same thing if the situation were reversed and it was one of Kakashi’s students that were suddenly having chakra anomalies? Yes. But he had made a vow at the tender age of five after he was forced to stay in a cold waiting room for six hours after his father died for seemingly no reason that he would never step foot in a hospital willingly again and he intended to stand by it. He still remembers the way the doctors had probed and poked him, asking him a million questions, and just being generally cruel. And that had just been the first of many horrible visits. Kakashi thought as he glared daggers at his Sensei.

Minato just sighed, giving him a sympathetic wince. “I know, I know.” He soothed, rubbing a finger across Kakashi’s knuckles in a reassuring pattern. Well he assumed it was meant to be reassuring. “But you want to get back to training and doing missions, right?” Minato clarified and after a full minute of glaring Kakashi gave a slow, hesitant nod fully aware it would be used against him. “Well, I’m not going to let you do that until you’re cleared by a medical professional. I won’t let anyone hurt you.” Minato spoke with a finality that would not be moved. It didn’t stop Kakashi from trying.

“Why can’t Rin do it?” Kakashi countered, he didn’t want Rin involved but it was better than some random doctor that probably hated him. It’s been years since anyone who wasn’t Sakura even treated him. Technically he knows someone would’ve had to attend to him while he was in the hospital, but he had been very unconscious at the time and thus hadn’t been able to properly panic. Much to his disappointment, Minato shook his head.

“She’s still in training and this is a complicated issue. I don’t want to risk it.” D*mn. Kakashi thought as he desperately tried to think of an alternative solution. Anything other than going to that h*llhole. Especially since he’s so young. The events of his father are still so fresh in everyone’s minds and no one resented the war quite like a mednin. They had to see all the bloody aftermath of the war first hand. He understood but that didn’t mean he wanted to be used as an outlet for those feelings. The villagers did enough of that for everyone. He must have sat thinking too long because he felt a heavy hand drop onto his head.

“Jeez, kid I can feel your heartbeat through your back.” Jiraiya said it in a way that was meant to be teasing but Kakashi heard the genuine concern underneath. “Relax, nothings even happened yet.” Jiraiya reminded as he gently rubbed his hand through Kakashi’s hair. Few people knew Kakashi actually greatly enjoyed getting his head rubbed. It’s part of why it's one of his favorite forms of affection. His father used to do it often which is why Jiraiya knew he found it to be calming. I will not be tricked into a false sense of security. Kakashi thought firmly, leaning back against Jiraiya’s chest to try and create distance between himself and Minato despite the fact the other man still had hold of his wrists. It was when he did this he heard Kushina let out a dramatic huff as she stood from her seat.

“See? I told you my idea was better.” Kushina said with a scolding tone and Kakashi snapped his head to look at her. He didn’t know how he felt about her having ideas. Minato glanced at her as she moved to stand next to him, a hand propped on her hip. “He wouldn’t be this stressed if we went with my plan. Jiraiya, you need to man up and do this.” Do what? Kakashi thought, thunking his head back to look at Jiraiya’s pained expression. Whatever it was, he clearly didn’t want to do it. “You too, Minato.” Kushina continued and sure enough when Kakashi looked back Minato also had a sort of grimace on his face. 

“She’s gonna kill me when she finds out I knew Kakashi got hurt and didn’t tell her right away.” Jiraiya complained with a groan. She? Kakashi quickly pieced together who they were talking about and nearly sagged in relief. Tsunade. It was an obvious solution. Tsunade, much like Jiraiya, had been friends with his father and had a sort of fondness for Kakashi.

I’m sorry I ever doubted you Kushina. She was someone Kakashi actually trusted and who he knew would do their job correctly. Considering his ‘condition’ is so particular it’s a wonder they didn’t go to her first. We just need Jiraiya to ask her. He’s her teammate so he would know where she was and she’d be more likely to comply with a last minute request coming from him(even if she pretends otherwise). Kakashi moved so that he was looking at Jiraiya’s face. It's just a matter of actually getting him to ask.

“Please, Uncle Jiraiya?” Kakashi was willing to forgo his pride if it meant he wouldn’t have to have a stranger prod around his nervous system. Jiraiya blinked down at him, shocked at the use of the title. His shock didn’t last as he turned his head away with a smile that he wasn’t able to force back, gently pushing Kakashi’s head down as he did.

“Manipulative brat.” He insulted with no real bite and Kakashi knew he had won him over. Jiraiya sighed very deeply, a defeated type of sound before he addressed Minato. “Tsunade’s been working shifts over at the hospital whenever she can. She’s probably already there.”

“Right.” Minato acknowledged, finally releasing Kakashi’s hands. However they quickly found their way to Kakashi’s shoulders as Minato gave him a stern look. “Jiraiya-Sensei will be asking this as a favor, so you can’t give her a hard time, ok?” Give Tsunade a hard time? Kakashi thought in awe. Did Sensei think he had a death wish? Even when his distrust in medics were at their highest, Kakashi knew better than to test the Sannin’s patience. At least not to her face. Still Kakashi was quick to reassure the man before he considered doing something else.

“I’ll behave, promise.”

Minato smiled at him in approval and Kushina clapped her hands together loudly to regain all of their attention. “We should get going if you want to be able to train this afternoon.” She reminded them all and Minato nodded as he picked Kakashi up from Jiraiya’s lap and set him on the ground. 

“You’re right, we should get this finished as soon as possible.” At least they agreed on that. Minato then gave Kakashi another comforting smile. It only helped marginally.

Chapter Text

Kakashi’s stomach started doing flips as they came into view of the dreaded white building. Despite fully trusting Tsunade to take care of him properly, he still felt the impulse to turn around and sprint the other way. Somehow, Minato must have sensed this impulse because while Kakashi had actually been allowed to walk himself, Minato and Jiraiya had refused to release his hands from theirs. Kushina was walking on Minato’s other side, happily filling the tense silence with aimless chatter. He wasn’t really listening to what she was saying. It was hard to focus on her over the overwhelming feeling that he was walking himself straight into danger. 

It was only after they had walked through the double glass doors that Jiraiya broke away from him. Immediately Kakashi’s senes were flooded with the smell of sterilizer, blood, and the overall stench of death. An appropriate scent for such a cursed place. There were people everywhere, shinobi, civilians, and doctors alike. Kakashi jumped badly when a child suddenly broke out into screaming sobs from across the room. Obviously he had just been told something he didn’t like. His mother was holding him, trying to comfort him but it wasn’t doing much. His cries were high pitched and hurt Kakashi’s ears. He attempted to step back and away from the noise but Minato’s hand pulled him in the opposite direction and he was forced to follow along.

“Let’s go sit down, ok?” Minato told him as he moved them towards one of the many chairs in the little waiting area. Minato carefully picked Kakashi off the ground first and set him in one of the chairs before taking the seat right beside him. He kept one hand on his forearm should he give into his urges to flee as Kushina sat next to Minato. It was unnecessary, Kakashi wasn’t so deep in panic that he thought running would actually accomplish anything. At least not when I can’t out run Minato. There was so much noise. He couldn’t even hear what Jiraiya was saying to the woman at the front desk. 

Being in places like these made Kakashi wish he didn’t have heightened senses. He turned to shove his face into Minato’s arm to try and breathe in his comforting scent instead of the suffocating aroma that was the hospital. Minato smelled like pack, it was familiar and grounding. He must have misinterpreted the action as a display of fear because the next second Kakashi was being lifted from his seat and onto Minato’s lap, Mianto's hand immediately moving to rub comforting circles into his back. Kakashi would’ve protested that he wasn’t a baby in need of coddling but it was easier to completely smother out the other smells with less distance between them so he allowed it without fuss. He had forgotten how much more sensitive his senses were when he was younger. It had been one of the many reasons he had started wearing a mask.

They stayed that way for a full 20 minutes until Jiraiya finally came back over, leaning down to talk to Minato. Kakashi didn’t unbury his face but he did turn his head so he could hear what he was saying. 

“They said she’s been backed up all morning and it’ll be a few hours.” Jiraiya informed, frustration clear in his tone. Kakashi felt the same. At this point they could be here all day which would be a nightmare and not just because he would miss training. Kakashi lifted his head to gauge Minato’s reaction to the news and his face was pinched in thought. Kushina however just seemed angry.

“Then we’ll go over there and make them let us see her.” She announced, shooting up to her feet but Minato swung a hand out to stop her.

“Kushina, we can’t-“ Kakashi tuned out the rest of their conversation as he desperately searched the room for something that could help them. His eyes stopped at the sight of a familiar black haired little girl. That’ll work.

“Shizune!” Kakashi called over the three adults bickering causing them all to pause to stare at him. It also got the attention of his intended target as Shizune stopped scribbling down on her clipboard to look at him. Upon seeing him sitting on his teacher in the middle of the waiting area her face promptly shifted to one of concern as she jogged over to him.

“Kakashi-Kun!” Shizune greeted, worry lacing her tone before noticing who he was with. “Oh, hello Jiraiya-Sama, Kushina-San.” She acknowledged giving them each a polite bow which they both returned. 

“Shizune, we need to see Tsunade-Sama.” Kakashi spoke up, leaning forward so he could be seen past Jiraiya. Shizune looked back at him surprised by his demand and Minato was quick to pull him back with a nervous laugh.

“Ah, we don’t mind waiting, Shizune-Chan.” Minato corrected and Kakashi sent him a glare. He did mind waiting so he wasn’t sure who this ‘we’ was. It certainly wasn’t Kushina.

“Hey, aren’t you Tsunade’s new apprentice?” Jiraiya mused aloud and Shizune quickly nodded with a smile.

“Yes, Tsunade-Sama is an amazing teacher.” Shizune answered with no hesitation. Her smile slipped a second later as she bit her lip slightly in thought, eyeing Kakashi but still facing Jiraiya. “…does this have something to do with why Kakashi was hospitalized a while ago?” She ventured accurately and Jiraiya glanced at Kakashi briefly before giving a small nod. Shizune paused for only a minute before turning a determined smile on Minato and Kakashi. “Leave it to me, I’ll be right back.” She promised and didn’t bother waiting for their response before she stocked off around the corner. 

“Oh, well that fixes that problem.” Kushina declared flopping back into her seat while sending Kakashi a bright grin. “We’ll be done in no time.” Kakashi knew she was trying to make him feel better and while it failed he still appreciated the thought. Minato didn’t seem as thrilled.

“We could’ve waited, I don’t want Tsunade to think it’s some kind of emergency. Besides, she's clearly busy.” Minato protested but Jiraiya just waved him off as he sat in what had previously been Kakashi seat.

“Relax, kid. If Tsunade’s really busy she’ll put us off. She knows if it was an emergency you would be running around like the world was ending.” Jiraiya brushed off and ignored it when Minato started sputtering in offense. Kakashi just went back to trying to suffocate himself with Minato’s shirt while they waited.

They only had to wait another 30 minutes before Kakashi felt a gentle tap on his shoulder. He flinched at the contact and spun around to see Shizune smiling sheepishly at him. Due to all the chaos going on around him he hadn’t even heard her come up.

“Sorry” She apologized, retracting her hand. “Anyway, Tsunade-Sama said you can come back now.” She told him and Kakashi was set onto the ground as Minato and the others stood to their feet.

“Thank you very much, Shizune-Chan.” Minato told her gratefully, causing her to blush. “I hope we didn’t distract you from your work.”

“This is my work.” She dismissed simply before giving a particular, kind look to Kakashi. “Besides, I didn’t want Kakashi to have to wait out here for hours.” Ah. Kakashi understood the look now. He has to admit, while it annoyed him to no end, being seen as The Baby did occasionally have perks. He would sooner die than say it out loud though. “Follow me.” As they moved to follow her, Kakashi’s hand once again found a home with Minato’s and his nerves came back right along with it. He was surprised when Kushina didn’t move to follow.

“I don’t want to crowd the room, I’ll wait right here.” She gave in explanation and Minato accepted it with an easy nod before continuing after the small kunoichi. 

Shizune led them to an examination room, stopping only to lightly knock on the door twice before opening it to let them all in. Kakashi felt his anxiety spike at the familiar sight, he might’ve stopped had Minato not still been pulling him forward. Tsunade was over by the sink, washing her hands. She barely glanced at them over her shoulder before returning to her task. She looks….exactly the same. He doesn’t know why he expected otherwise. He’s pretty sure Tsunade was currently the age she would display with a constant genjutsu in the future which was more than a little odd to think about.

“Thank you, Shizune. You can go back to assisting Misaki-San.” She ordered without looking and Shizune just gave a bow in her direction before leaving, closing the door behind her but not before sending Kakashi one last encoauraging smile. For some odd reason the sound of the door slamming shut behind her made Kakashi’s heart sink. Calm down. It’s only Tsunade. Kakashi told himself as Tsunade finally turned to address them, a file in her hands. She may not be ‘Tsunade the Fifth Hokage’ but she was still a Sannin and was still the best in her field. He had no reason to be worried. 

“So, who wants to explain why no one came to get me the moment he…what’s it say here?” Tsunade trailed off squinting her eyes at the paper in mock confusion. “‘Suffered severe anomaly regarding the chakra network, resulting in repeated loss of consciousness and possible permanent damage’?” She read off the notes that were now clearly identified as his medical file. When she looked back up with an icy glare, both Minato and Jiraiya veered back. 

“Uh, well funny story actually-“ Jiraiya started but didn’t make it far before Tsunade had crossed the room and slapped him upside the head, hard. 

“Nope.” She denied as Jiraiya hunched over in pain, both hands clutching at his head. “How about you?” Tsunade directed it at Minato this time who looked vaguely terrified to answer with good reason.

“I’m sorry?” He said sincerely and Kakashi could feel the way he tensed, clearly expecting to be struck. Tsunade narrowed her eyes at him for another 10 seconds before stepping back with a click of her tongue. Miraculously, Minato had somehow said the right thing. He always did have a knack for that. It probably also helped that Tsunade just so happened to love Minato. From what Jiraiya told him, Minato was quite popular around many of the older shinobi women since he was always so polite and they found him cute. 

“Good.” She affirmed with a nod as she moved to step on the pedal that lowered the examination bed. “Kakashi, get on the bed.” She directed and for a moment Kakashi didn’t move.

I miss Sakura. Kakashi’s thoughts so unhelpfully announced. Not that Sakura had better bedside manner or anything, she learned from Tsunade after all so she was just as blunt, but he wished it was her instead all the same. He must have taken too long because Minato decided to just do it for him and gently sat him on the edge of the bed. Tsunade gave Kakashi a look but didn’t say anything as she moved to lay a hand on his chest. “Alright, before I start, are you currently experiencing any pain or discomfort?” He paused as he thought about it. Was he? The ache in his body had just about left him.

“No.” 

“Fatigue or nausea?”

“No.”

“Dizzy or light headed?”

“No.” 

She nodded satisfied with his answers before moving her other hand to rest on his shoulder and very carefully began running diagnostic chakra through his body. Even though he had known that it would, the irrational part of him still felt disappointed when it didn’t feel like Sakura’s. Wishes are useless. Kakashi mentally recited. There is no point in longing for things you can’t have. At least not yet. He had to remember, his separation from his students was only temporary. If he didn’t he might actually have a breakdown and who had time for that?

Wait, why is she so quiet? Kakashi suddenly realized his eyes snapping back to Tsunade. Well that doesn’t seem good. Her eyes were blown wide and her lips were slightly parted in shock.

“What the f**k”

That seems worse.

Chapter Text

“What the f**k”

Kakashi blinked in surprise at the vulgar phrase. Not because of the cursing itself, but more who it came out of. And the fact she sounded so genuinely taken aback. What did she find? Could she have felt it wasn’t his past self? Did she know?

No, that’s ridiculous. She wouldn’t be able to tell that. Not even mentioning it would be an insane conclusion to come to.

“Ts-Tsunade-Sama!” Minato exclaimed, sounding scandalized that she would talk like that in front of him. Tsunade completely ignored him as she readjusted her hands across Kakashi’s chest and stomach.

“This- this is wrong. Minato what the h*ll have you had this kid doing?” She accused her tone giving off a familiar danger, quickly morphing from shock to anger. Kakashi was sure one wrong word would be enough to set her off. He’s heard it enough times by now to recognize it.

But why? Kakashi thought, admittedly starting to panic a bit. This seems like a bad reaction to just examining his chakra network. She doesn’t know anything right?  No, she couldn’t have figured anything out that fast. After all, Kakashi had been examined by other mednin and while they were no Tsunade surely they would’ve been able to sense something if it was this obvious. Besides, if she did know something was off she probably wouldn’t jump to the conclusion that Kakashi was a different person. That’s irrational.

“What?! I- I haven’t had him doing anything bad!” Minato frantically defended, developing a panic of his own. I feel like I should be the one freaking out right now. 

“What? What is it?” Kakashi demanded his breath coming in shorter bursts and Tsunade quickly redirected her attention to him as though she momentarily forgot he could still hear them. Unless it has nothing to do with that and I’ve just damaged something beyond repair. Kakashi’s thoughts suggested alternatively which was rather unhelpful of them. 

Tsunade instantly calmed slightly, expression going more neutral as she spoke to Kakashi, seeming to automatically drop back into 'professional mednin'. “Sorry, I shouldn’t have phrased it like that.” She apologized sincerely, though she still looked thoughtful and it did little to calm Kakashi’s racing heart. Oh kami, did I actually screw up my body by coming here? Am I dying? It had kinda felt like he was dying when he first woke up here. He can’t die. He hasn’t even done anything yet. Literally nothing has been fixed and he’s going to go off and die? Sh- 

“Ow!” Kakashi yelped when he felt a harsh pinch in his arm, rapidly bringing his thoughts to a halt. He sent a betrayed look to Tsunade as she moved her hand back to his stomach.

“You were spiraling.” She excused and Kakashi pouted up at her as he rubbed the sore spot on his arm, having to maneuver around Tsunade’s hands. “As I was trying to explain, I shouldn’t have phrased it like that because it’s technically not a bad thing….Probably” She elaborated and all three of them looked at her confused.

“What’s not?” Jiraiya asked, clearly very lost. Tsunade rolled her eyes as she finally removed her hands from his person. 

“The damage done to his system is healing normally, there’s nothing to worry about there other than some mild scarring that should clear up on its own.” At her words Kakashi did calm just a little. At least it didn’t sound like he was dying or like he had landed himself some early retirement. But then what? A little scarring wouldn’t have taken her so off guard. “The thing that doesn’t make sense is his chakra reserves. ” Minato’s brain seemed to stop fizzling out as he rejoined the discussion.

“Oh, his first doctor mentioned something about that.” Minato mused and Kakashi sent him a look at that. That feels like something I should have been told. Kakashi knew he had nearly wrecked his network and he could tell his reserves felt different than they originally were when he was this age but he didn’t know they knew that. “Something about them being bigger?”

“Not just bigger.” Tsunade corrected looking at Kakashi like he was some medical wonder. “They’ve nearly tripled from what they were when I examined him last year. That kind of development shouldn’t be possible, especially for his size. The very way that it flows through him has been changed, it’s completely different. If it wasn’t for the fact his chakra signature seems to feel the same I’d swear he was a different person.” Oh d*mn. On one hand that made sense, all his adult chakra had come crashing into his child body so of course it made his reserves a little bigger and probably changed his chakra pattern on the other hand that now means- “His chakra distribution is going to be complete sh*t.” Yea that’s what I figured. He had hoped to just try and use his astute memory to remember proper chakra control for this time but that was out the window now.

At least she isn’t suspicious of me. Kakashi would take victories where he could. Tsunade didn’t seem wary, just concerned and a little curious. It was also a relief that his underlying chakra signature was recognizable enough that they could tell it was him even if it was a different version of him. Tsunade would be the one to tell if it wasn’t so if it fooled her he was probably safe. This significantly lowered the chances of him being found out by his chakra at least. It didn’t have to be perfect, after all it’s like Minato-Sensei’s been saying, his system went through a traumatic change. He could blame any abnormality on that.

“So what should we do?” Minato pressed when Tsunade paused. She sighed deeply before she spoke again. Uh oh. That’s her ‘you’re not gonna like this’ sigh. She did that very same sigh several times in the hours before she forced the hat onto him. Kakashi would recognize it in his sleep. 

“From what I can tell it hasn’t caused serious lasting damage, but I recommend taking a few days off missions, at least.”

“What?!” Kakashi protested immediately ignoring the scolding "Kakashi" Minato instantly sent him. He was just about to get Minato to chill out and she goes and says that? Tsunade I trusted you. Tsunade just gave him a stern glare, unmoved.

“You’ll need time to readjust your chakra control. You can’t risk trying to tree walk during a mission and getting your leg stuck in the bark because you channeled too much into it.” She told him calmly and Kakashi really hated it when she used logic against him. Mostly because she made a really valid point. Likely the only reason he had been able to successfully perform that summoning jutsu a few days ago was because his chakra had been too low to risk accidentally using too much. “Besides, you should take it easy for a bit anyway. Your chakra paths are still a little strained, you definitely shouldn’t be doing anything that involves leaving the village.” Kakashi geared up to argue, the words ready on his tongue but they were stopped by Minato’s hand coming to his shoulder.

“Can he start training it back up yet or should we give it more time?” Minato clarified, giving Kakashi’s shoulder a small warning squeeze. More time? He had already wasted so much already. He’s hardly even built connections with anyone let alone change their path.

“He can begin today, I would even clear him for basic D-Ranks on the condition that he takes breaks.” Tsunade conceded and Kakashi just scowled. Not really at her, just in general. Anything was better than bedrest. Minato hummed in acknowledgment and Kakashi just sent a pleading look to Jiraiya, giving up on his teacher.

“Can we go now?” His voice came out as more of a whine than intended but he didn’t really care anymore. Jiraiya sent him a sympathetic smile before looking at Tsunade expectantly. She just sighed that awful sigh again.

“I want to do a blood test before you go. Just to be safe. I want to make sure his chakra is the only thing that seems to have been affected.” She revealed and Kakashi’s stomach flipped. Minato, the traitor, nodded in understanding as Tsunade moved to start gathering things from the counter. Kakashi couldn’t tear his eyes away as he meticulously watched her every movement as she put on her rubber gloves and moved her needed items to the tray on the rolling cart. He had to force down a flinch when she pulled out the needle. It’s just a needle. You get stabbed all the time. Kakashi tried to coach himself but it didn’t help his nerves much as Tsunade rolled the cart over to the bed and readied a cotton swab in her hand. He cursed his erratic emotions for the way his heart rate spiked. “Take off your arm guard.” She instructed, gesturing towards Kakashi’s right arm.

He looked down, nearly forgetting it was even there. His guards actually stopped at his elbows but the sleeves would be difficult to work around so it made sense why she wanted it off. Kakashi still did it as slow as possible though. He took a full 90 seconds removing the sleeve before carefully laying it across his lap. Tsunade rolled her eyes at his antics as she gently took hold of his arm and started to clean his inner elbow. Or at least she should have been. Kakashi looked at her confused when he didn’t feel the cold disinfectant against his arm and saw her looking very intently at something near his shoulder. 

“Minato…has Kakashi done any training or physical activity in the past 3 days?” She asked after a moment and Minato tilted his head, not following the question. 

“No, of course not.” Minato answered confidently and Tsunade nodded absently as she set the cotton swab back onto the tray and placed both her hands towards the top of his arm. What-? 

“I see. Then maybe Kakashi would like to share what this is from?” Tsunade inquired in mock curiosity as she lifted Kakashi’s short sleeve up, revealing the nasty bruise on his upper arm that Kakashi had entirely forgotten about. Sh*t. Instantly all eyes were staring daggers at him, except for Minato who elected to move to exam the purplish mark for himself. For some reason Tsunade allowed it, leaning back to give him full view. Kakashi saw the moment his expression changed from confused to upset as he narrowed his eyes as if the bruise had personally offended him. I forgot about that. If the villagers were going to be rough with him the least they could do was not leave evidence. Stupid Merchant.

“How did you get that?” Minato demanded and Kakashi forced himself to glance towards his arm as he shrugged. Maybe I can just say I don’t know. 

“That looks like it was caused by a hand.” Jiraiya put in his two cents also moving to his right side and Kakashi wanted to groan. Guess that’s out. He can’t claim it’s old and from before he was hurt because Tsunade can clearly tell it’s not an old bruise and Minato had seen that part of Kakashi’s arm since then and it hadn’t been there. He could also blame Obito who is always a likely culprit for fights but he would feel dirty doing so and Minato would find out he lied the moment he spoke to the older boy.

“Did someone grab you?” Minato pressed, the guess was too accurate for comfort so Kakashi quickly shook his head.

“No, I must have ran into something.” Kakashi excused lamely and all three of them gave him matching looks of disbelief. Well, no one believed that. Too bad, he really didn’t have a good reason to give. He wasn’t about to say the truth that’s for sure.

“Ran into what?” Tsunade challenged and Kakashi matched her gaze. This was something she did often, asking for specifics until a detail doesn’t match up. Jokes on her, they already didn’t add up. 

“Don’t know. I’ve been tired, coulda been anything really.” She glared right back before swiftly pressing her fingers into the tender area of his arm, making him hiss in pain.

“That’s bullsh*t, but fine. We’ll deal with that later.” She huffed moving to quickly heal the bruise she had just purposely aggravated. Minato frowned deeply, clearly not wanting to drop it quite that fast but he wasn’t about to argue with the kunoichi.

Tsunade finished within a few minutes before she re-wet the cotton ball and started dabbing it over the intended area, looking for a good vein as she did. Probably not my best move to piss her off right before she’s about to jab me with a sharp object. Kakashi knew Tsunade would never let her anger drive her to hurt him like that but the stress remained anyway. His eyes were locked onto her hands as she delicately picked the needle up from its place and brought it towards his arm. Instinctively he leaned back but her grip on his forearm kept him from going far. She let out an exasperated breath at his actions before releasing his arm briefly to shove Minato back towards the other side of the bed. “Look at your Sensei.” She commanded simply and it took Kakashi a second to realize she was talking to him.

“But-“ Kakashi tried to protest but she just huffed annoyed, using her hand to forcibly direct his head to the left.

“You’re psyching yourself out and if you’re too tense I won’t be able to draw any blood.” She clipped, retaking his arm. When Kakashi still tried to look back at her, Minato stopped him with a gentle hand on his chin.

“What’s your favorite color?” Minato asked abruptly before Kakashi could protest, not removing his hand from Kakashi’s face. Kakashi was thrown by the random question as he blinked, temporarily forgetting his goal.

“What?”

“Your favorite color. What is it?” Minato repeated and Kakashi wasn’t sure how he was supposed to answer that. What exactly was Minato doing right now?

“I don’t have-“ Kakashi broke off with a small gasp as he felt a sharp prick in his right arm. On reflex he tried to jerk his head towards it but Minato’s grip was still firm on his chin.

“There’s gotta be one you like more than the others.” Minato continued with his ridiculous choice of conversation and Kakashi huffed, becoming frustrated. I want to see what she’s doing. He didn’t want to indulge Minato’s weirdness.

“White, I guess. Now let go -“

“White’s nice. I like red.” Minato cut him off again, talking as though this was a completely casual conversation and Kakashi's blood wasn't actively leaving his body “Though technically white is a shade of light. So it doesn’t really count.” Kakashi was annoyed that time.

“It does too.” He argued immediately, unintentionally developing real investment in the conversation. He’s had this argument dozens of times over the years and he doesn’t care about a technicality, black and white are just as much colors as anything else. All colors are reflected by wavelengths of light, that’s how eyes work. It was color discrimination. “Pink’s just a shade of red but we still count it.”

“Yeah but pink’s different.”

“ How -?”

“Done.” Tsunade announced, interrupting their debate as she pressed a cotton ball into the crook of Kakashi’s arm. D*mnit, that shouldn’t have worked. He had gotten tricked by elementary level distraction tactics. He was more disappointed in himself than anything to be honest. Still it had kept him relatively calm so he supposed he couldn’t be too upset. Minato grinned victoriously as he finally released Kakashi’s face so he could watch Tsunade finish wrapping a bandage around his elbow. “Good job.” Tsunade praised, patting him once on the head and Kakashi just gave a ‘hmpft’ as he snatched his arm back the moment she let go. 

“Aw come on, was that so hard?” Jiraiya teased as Kakashi yanked his arm guard back on over the bandage. Kakashi sent him a fiery glare that was completely canceled out by Minato’s hand gently ruffling his hair. 

“Don’t mind him, you did great.” Minato commended and Kakashi fought the blush that tried to make a home on his face. He didn’t need them to lie to him. He knows he was being difficult, not to mention ridiculous. I want to leave. Kakashi thought despaired, at this point he didn’t even care where they went he just wanted to get out of this wretched place.

“Whatever.” He mumbled before he slid off the bed, ignoring Tsunade’s warning "wait a second!". His head briefly spun and black spots dotted his vision as he became light headed but they disappeared quickly. “Can we go train now?” Kakashi asked, looking up towards Minato and pointedly not looking at Tsunade’s disapproving stare. Minato sighed in his trademark ‘disappointed but not surprised’ fashion before giving a reluctant nod.

“Thank Tsunade-Sama and then we can go.” Minato ordered and Kakashi made a face at that. He didn’t particularly feel like thanking the woman for anything at the moment after she got Minato all worked up again. However he knew Minato was willing to sit here all day until he did, so with some reluctance he gave her a small bow.

“Thank you for your help, Tsunade-Sama.” Kakashi made sure to sound at least somewhat genuine so Minato wouldn’t force him to do it a second time. Honestly, he was grateful that it had been her over anyone else. He was just petty. Tsunade was not impressed by his thanks as she waved her hand with a roll of her eyes.

“Uh-huh. Just remember to take breaks.” She dismissed and Kakashi didn’t hesitate to rush out of the room, not caring that he left Minato and Jiraiya behind. He was only going to the lobby anyway.

Re-learning chakra control is gonna suck. 

Chapter Text

“Kakashi-Kun!” Rin greeted excitedly as she ran up to join Kakashi and Minato on the field. After they finished at the hospital, Minato had made him drink a full bottle of water and then thank Jiraiya and Kushina for their help before finally taking him to the training field. 

Since they had known about his appointment in advance, training had been scheduled for 1 in the afternoon today rather than 9 in the morning like it usually was. And yet, Obito is still no where to be seen. Even when they start late, Obito is somehow later. Karma is such a b*tch.

“I’m glad you can join us again.” Rin spoke again reminding Kakashi of her presence and that he should probably answer her.

“Me too.” He answered her honestly and she beamed at him. He really was glad he would have a chance to readjust without raising a bunch of red flags even if he had been annoyed at first. Now that he’s had a minute to think about it it’s probably for the better this way. If Minato knows now he won’t have to make up an excuse if a jutsu he shouldn’t have a problem with blows up in his face. Minato placed a hand on the top of his head as he gave Rin a pleasant smile.

“He’ll have to take it easy for a couple of days or so but after that we’ll start going on missions together again.” Minato confirmed and Rin nodded along easily, the grin never leaving her face. Kakashi’s good mood was much more short-lived and died within 10 minutes of waiting around for Obito. This is stupid. He thought as he kicked his foot into the dirt and crossed his arms over his chest.

“Can’t we start without him?” Kakashi asked, exasperation leaking into his tone. Minato sent him a sympathetic smile but still denied him.

“We train as a team, Kashi.” He chided and Kakashi used every fiber of his being not to roll his eyes. “Obito will be here soon.” The false reassurance didn’t help since Kakashi knew they were foundless lies. Even in the past Obito loved causing him problems. Except instead of declaring Great Wars he’s creating mild inconveniences. Basically the same thing.

Kakashi will at least concede they didn’t have to wait as long as usual as Obito showed up only 20 minutes later.

He also showed it covered in what had to be at least a pound of dirt. He’s filthy. It looked like he’d been in a cloud of dirt and dust.

“I’m sorry I’m late!” Obito shouted the moment he was close enough, giving Minato an apologetic bow. Minato however seemed to be more focused on his state of dress.

“Why are you covered in dirt?” Minato asked and Obito straightened back up with a sheepish smile, rubbing a hand on the back of his neck.

“Um, well I-“

“Can we start now, Sensei?” Kakashi cut off whatever outlandish excuse was about to come out of the Uchiha’s mouth and got a glare for his trouble. Minato sent him a chastising look for his rudeness but still agreed.

“Yes, we should start.” He sighed at Kakashi’s unrepentant expression and all of them stood at the ready.

At their group response Minato gave them all a bright smile before splitting them up. “Obito, Rin, have you both been studying those katon I told you to?” He checked and both 9-year-olds were quick to nod. “Good. Go and practice them over there.” He directed, pointing across the field towards the river. They both paused, glancing at each other and then quickly at Kakashi as if he couldn’t see them. Subtle. When they didn’t go to do as asked Minato continued. “Kakashi and I will be working on something else just over there, alright?” He clarified gesturing towards one of the taller trees behind them. Now reassured, they both grinned and sprinted off. Whatever it was Minato had them learning they were clearly excited about it.

With them completely absorbed by their own training, Minato led them to stand below the tree he had pointed at. Kakashi followed but looked at him confused when Minato just continued to stand there. “What are we doing, Sensei?” Kakashi prompted and Minato smiled at him kindly before lightly slapping the stump of the tree.

“Since your distribution is off you’re gonna need to rework your chakra control.” I already know that. His face must have clearly displayed his thoughts since Minato pressed on. “I figured we could start with this.” Kakashi was not impressed.

“Tree walking? Really?” Kakashi had known to tree walk almost as long as he’d known how to normal walk. It came as naturally as breathing to him at this point.

“Yes, really. It’s the most efficient way to build precise chakra control.” Minato affirmed, matching Kakashi’s tone. Kakashi just continued to stare at him doubtfully. “You don’t agree?” Minato questioned, tilting his head to the side.

“Sensei, it’s tree walking. ” Kakashi repeated, he would think it would be fairly obvious why he wasn’t very enthusiastic. He didn’t feel this was a good test of his current capabilities. Tree walking is easy, bad chakra or not he could still do it….probably. It only requires a bit of skilled precision control. It’s one of the simplest forms of chakra control a person can do. Minato took his comment with a nod before reaching into his pouch to pull out one of his custom kunai, twirling it around his finger.

“Let’s make a deal then, hm?” He proposed, not waiting for Kakashi’s agreement before he threw it about 30-35 ft up into the tree trunk. “You bring that back to me and we’ll work on something else.”

That’s it? Kakashi thought eyeing the man very skeptically. Usually Minato’s ‘deals’ were a lot more difficult on his part. ‘We can go on an A-Rank if you beat me in a spar.’ ‘I’ll teach you that jutsu if you don’t fight with Obito for the rest of the week.’ His deals almost always required Kakashi to do a near impossible task not…this. He narrowed his eyes suspiciously at the man.

“What’s the catch?” Kakashi demanded but Minato just smiled pleasantly.

“No catch, bring me back my kunai and we’ll switch training methods.”

Fine. Kakashi thought as he sized up the Cedar in front of him. Easy. Sure he has to change how he approaches it but he’s always naturally excelled in adapting. Though I’ve always understood the limitations of my own body all those other times. He pushed the thought away. Doubt wouldn’t be helpful right now. He’s certain he would be back up to standard with chakra control in no time. Time travel changes can’t be that hard. 

Kakashi brought his hands together into the ram sign and started channeling his chakra. Well that feels different. Kakashi noted, feeling the way the unusual surplus of chakra circulated through his underdeveloped network. It didn’t feel right. A child of his size shouldn’t be able to have this much chakra -unless they were a jinjuriki- which is what made the distribution so bad, it was unproportional. Still Kakashi moved on as he unclasped his hands and let them fall to his sides. He took a running start, he made contact with the trunk, he started ascending and-

He was falling.

“Sh*t!” Kakashi cursed as his foot broke into the bark hard and sent him falling back down to the ground. I barely made it 6 ft. He was so shocked he didn’t even have time to secure his landing. This is gonna hurt. 

Or at least it would have if Minato hadn’t caught him. 

“Language.” Minato scolded giving him a look as he placed Kakashi back onto his feet.

“I-“ Kakashi started but immediately broke off. I think I did better than that the first time I learned. He realized with a gross and ugly feeling settling into his stomach. “I fell?” He hadn’t meant for it to sound so much like a question. At his genuine confusion Minato’s expression softened as he placed a comforting hand on his shoulder.

“You did.” Minato agreed carefully and Kakashi felt his face grow red beneath his mask. “But it’s ok! Your body just went through a drastic change and it’s gonna take more than a single attempt to get used to it.” Minato appeased but Kakashi just shrugged his hand off his shoulder roughly and got back into position. “Kakashi-“

“I’m going again.” Kakashi declared, cutting off whatever lecture or pep talk Minato was about to get into. He ran forward again and barely made it any farther before he once again came crashing down towards the ground. D*mn. At least this time he was able to land on his feet by himself. I’m using too much. Which was odd since Kakashi was sure he was using the proper amount.

“Kakashi-“

Kakashi tried again, now channeling less chakra before sprinting up. This time he just slipped off rather than get pushed back. 8 ½ ft. Awful. Horrible job. He went to start again, adjusting his stance but a hand wrapped firmly around his right wrist, stopping his hand half way into the ram sign.

“ Kakashi.” The warning in the name was enough to stop Kakashi from attempting to shrug Minato off a second time. He settled for glaring at him. “You need to slow down.” Minato’s voice was soft but firm, Kakashi just shook his head.

“No, I can do it.” Kakashi argued and kept talking before Minato could protest again. “You said I only had to take a break every 1 and a half hours. I’ve only been training 20 minutes.” It had taken a lot of convincing to get Minato to compromise to that. Typically for training they would take a 15 minute break every 2 hours. And that was a genin’s regiment, not a Chunin. 

“I said only if you were doing light training.” Minato corrected pointedly and Kakashi sighed frustrated. He refrained from vocalizing said frustration and instead sent his teacher a pleading look.

“I am. It’s just tree walking, it can’t be any lighter. I can do it.” I can do it. This was just a very minor setback that was not at all difficult. Nope, not a bit. Minato still looked hesitant but conceded with a small nod.

“I know you can, but take it easy alright? It’s only your first day back.” He cautioned and Kakashi nodded only half listening before he took off again. 10 ft. 

His chakra just felt so strange, it wasn’t how it was originally but it also wasn’t like his adult self even if the actual reserve had grown. It was just weird on all accounts. 13 ft that time.

He was aware he was growing more and more frustrated each time he fell but he couldn’t bring himself to quit. This should be easy. He fell again. 15 ft. His progress was slow, too slow. I first learned when I was two. TWO. Well technically he had been two-years-old and ten months but still. And he also had had his dad to guide him. 17 ft. And didn’t have this ridiculous proportion problem.

His hands were starting to shake as he forced them together and Kakashi wasn’t sure if he was getting tired or if it was from pure frustration. Maybe both.

He ran up again, he could see Minato’s stupid kunai ahead of him he just- 23 ft. He growled under his breath as he flipped back onto the ground, stumbling over when he made contact. He really hated the way Minato was looking at him. 

“Kakashi maybe you should-“

“In a minute.” All he needed was to get this right. If he could get this then he could just apply the same formula of control to his other jutsu and start training normally. It’s basic statistics. As he had told his students so long ago, master this technique and you can learn any jutsu. If I could just GET THIS-

“D*mnit!” He cursed loudly as he fell back onto the grass the moment he hit the ground. He slammed his fist into the dirt as he panted.

“Kakashi-Kun!” Rin gasped scandalized and Kakashi only just noticed her and Obito had come over to join them. They both were holding canteen’s, clearly taking a water break. “You shouldn’t say that.” She chided seriously and Kakashi aggressively rolled his eyes. Getting told off for cursing by Minato was ridiculous enough without it coming from Rin.

“Whatever.” He huffed and stood to go again but Minato stopped him.

“I think that’s enough for now, Kakashi.” Minato said in a tone that made it clear it wasn’t a suggestion.

“But your kunai is-“

“Not going anywhere.” Minato punctuated this statement by sitting down onto the grass next to Obito and Rin. “Sit down and take a breather.” 

“Just one more time?” Kakashi tried instead and Minato frowned and shook his head.

“You can go again later.” He denied him and sighed when Kakashi still didn’t sit. Can he not see just how lamentable this is? He can’t stop until it’s fixed. “Look, I understand you’re frustrated but it’s o-“

“It’s not ok!” Kakashi snapped, finally on the edge of his very strained patience and immediately winced after. Aaand I just yelled at Sensei. Honestly, he barely raised his voice but he might as well have screamed. Obito and Rin were openly gawking at him and Kakashi quickly looked away in shame. “Sorry, Minato-Sensei.” He apologized sincerely but didn’t look towards his face. He wasn’t really in the mood to see the disappointment he knew was there. For an awkward couple of seconds no one said anything.

“Obito, Rin, why don’t you take a break over by the river?” Minato ‘suggested’ and Kakashi nearly cringed. They’re actively on a break. It was obvious Minato just wanted them gone so he could yell at Kakashi in private. Surprisingly enough, it was Obito that came to his defense.

“Sensei, he didn’t-“

“I know.” Minato cut the explanation short, voice perfectly calm and understanding. “Just give us a minute, alright?” His tone gave no indication that he was mad but still Kakashi found a childish part of him wishing they would stay. Of course they didn’t as they very tentatively left to go back towards the river. Kakashi just continued to do a stellar job at avoiding any and all eye contact. When they were a good distance away Minato addressed him again. “Sit down, Kakashi.” He ordered softly and Kakashi complied quickly. 

He was tense and frustrated. Not with his teacher but with himself and his own inability to do something so simple. I haven’t even caught my breath. He was still slightly panting which just made it all the more pathetic.

“Meditate with me.” What? Minato’s sudden command finally forced him to look up at the man. He was giving him a small warm smile which just confused him more. 

“What?”

“Sit up and close your eyes.” Minato instructed and while not really understanding, Kakashi did sit up and crisscross his legs before closing his eyes. He didn’t understand why he was making him do it at the moment but it wasn’t exactly unusual for them to meditate together. Minato used to make him do it all the time after training during their first year together. Though looking back on it he’s pretty sure that was just Minato’s way of forcing him to sit still for a while. “Lead me in the breathing exercise.” Minato always leads. Kakashi wasn’t given a chance to point this out. “I can’t hear you, Kakashi.” Minato urged and Kakashi sighed but started the exercise nonetheless.

He took a long, loud, deep breath in through his nose and then released it through his mouth a few seconds later like he was supposed to. Minato didn’t comment again so he must have been doing fine as lead. Sitting still like this allowed his thoughts to once again start to wander. Why is this so complicated? He knew exactly what he was supposed to do; he was just having trouble executing it. It was almost worse than just being clueless. At least if he was clueless he’d have an excuse.

“Keep breathing, Kakashi.” 

Minato interrupted his self-deprecating thoughts and Kakashi realized he had stopped doing the exercise properly. He quickly started again and tried to turn his brain off for the moment. If nothing else he should be able to do this right. Don’t think, just breathe and relax your chakra. Kakashi coached himself as he took deep breaths in. It was when he did this that he was really able to feel the way his chakra moved. That’s…off. Kakashi thought as he fully dived into the meditation.

The way it flowed was off. Chakra is supposed to expand and develop over time as a person grows and trains. But with Kakashi’s body it all grew at the same time, which was how he nearly ruptured his system.

But that’s not all it did. Tsunade had mentioned how the way his network operated had changed from before, that’s why regular techniques weren’t working. It worked almost unnaturally. Probably because my being here isn’t natural. However just because it was different didn’t make it impossible. He experimentally focused some chakra through his legs to feel how it responded. He didn’t actually need to force it as much as he was used to to mold it, that’s why he kept overshooting it. I can do it this time. He just needed to-

“Kakashi?”

Kakashi jumped, opening his eyes at the feeling of a hand on his shoulder. Minato had moved to kneel next to him. When Kakashi looked at him, he gave him a caring smile.

“Feel better?” He asked gently and Kakashi’s face warmed, obviously the meditation had just been a way to force him to calm down. And it worked. He looked away from Minato’s earnest expression, finding it too bright.

“…yes.”

At his confirmation he felt Minato squeeze his shoulder approvingly and he looked at him from the side of his eye. “I think that’s enough for today, yeah?” He started, releasing Kakashi to stand up. Stop? He couldn’t stop when he just figured out what he needed to do. “We’ll try again tomor-“

“Can I go once more?” Kakashi interrupted and Minato sent him a look and opened his mouth, likely to chide him. “Please? Just once and then we’ll leave.” 30% more likely with a ‘please’. Minato frowned at him as he thought it over. Eventually he sighed before grabbing Kakashi's shoulder again, giving him a stern look.

“ Once.” He conceded, over emphasizing the word to convey he meant it. Kakashi just nodded quickly, springing to his feet before Minato could change his mind. He brought his hands together and focused. Breath. His anger had clouded his ability to focus, he needed to be calm this time. He dropped his hands and ran forward, using just a bit less chakra than he thought he needed. Just as before, he successfully made contact with the tree and began running upwards. Stay calm. He could see the kunai in front of him, he was almost there.

He grabbed it.

“Hey, you did it!” Kakashi looked down from where he stood 30 ft up and saw Obito and Rin had once again rejoined Minato and were waving up at him. Seeing as he was too high up for them to notice anyway, he smiled and gave a tiny wave back, gripping Minato’s kunai in the other. He had done it, he climbed the stupid tree and he wasn’t even unstable as he stood securely attached to the trunk. He hadn’t realized he would have to recalibrate his methods that much . Finally satisfied, Kakashi gracefully jumped down to land in front of his teammates, presenting the kunai back to its owner victoriously. 

“Thank you.” Minato expressed, his face split in a proud grin as he accepted the blade from Kakashi. “I knew you could do it.” Kakashi blushed again but this time for an entirely different reason. He heard Obito snort from beside him and promptly attempted to kill him with his eyes. It failed. 

Fortunately for Obito, Minato decided to call it a day there before he could enact swift retaliation.

Chapter Text

“Great work everyone!” Minato praised after they had finally finished the training drills he had them running. Thank kami. Kakashi thought honestly exhausted. Training drills weren’t inherently bad per say but they definitely weren’t great. Especially Minato’s. Most people thought Minato was a sweet, patient, easy going teacher that pushed his students just enough to succeed.

Team 7 knew better than most people.

Because the truth of the matter is, regardless if no one has ever believed them, Minato could be a straight up sadist. He took just a little too much enjoyment watching them struggle to perform the overly complicated routine or strategy he’d just developed. Minato, while extremely kind, was still much like Kakashi himself. A prodigy with perfectionism issues. He wasn’t satisfied until they could do something almost instinctively. This is where Kakashi got much of his own training habits with his own future team. The knowledge of Minato's secret other side used to be one of the few things that Obito, Rin, and Kakashi could all bond about. They were the only three people who knew of its existence and no one else, even their so called friends, ever believed them.

On one hand, Kakashi was glad he pushed them so hard. It would benefit them later and was in general better for them in the end. On the other he forgot just how much it sucked.

“You all have really improved.” Minato continued and Kakashi glared at him from where he was sprawled out on the grass. The man didn’t look so much as winded. It was not fair. 

After Kakashi was able to successfully remaster tree walking, everything else had come relatively easy. Though admittedly getting used to his new level of chakra control had taken longer than he expected and he ended up spending the entire day on it. The next time they trained Kakashi had practiced all his basic jutsu again until he could do it subconsciously. Mostly jutsu such as the shadow clone jutsu or fireball jutsu. He would’ve worked on some of his lightning releases but he wasn’t sure which ones he knew at this point. He knows he wasn’t supposed to have invented the Chidori yet and he’s pretty sure he hadn’t learned how to use Water or any complicated Fire style yet either. So he played it safe and just performed the more general ones. It helped him to get used to it. He could sneak out later to work on his real jutsu.

Today they had been doing group training spars and, obviously, drills. They had done a couple 3 on 1 spars with Minato. It’d been so long since Kakashi had trained alongside them, he had worried it would be hard to get back into sync with their fighting patterns but it was actually quite the opposite. It had come naturally to him, almost like muscle memory and he’d be lying if he said he hadn’t had fun. They lost horribly every time of course but he had still enjoyed it even if he felt a bit like death warmed over right now. It wouldn’t take much longer until he was back up to par and they could begin C Rank missions tomorrow. The sooner the better. Kakashi thought as he finally pushed himself up from the grass. Obito and Rin didn’t bother to put in the same effort and continued to do wonderful impersonations of a corpse.

Kakashi opened his mouth to respond to his teacher, likely with a not so polite remark, but was stopped as the screech of a hawk sounded from above drawing the attention of all four shinobi as they looked up. Why does that always seem to come at the most inconsiderate times? Kakashi thought with no small amount of annoyance as the three students promptly looked back at Minato who had his brows furrowed at him already. Why is he just looking at me? Kakashi thought as he and his teammate’s waited for Minato to make his typical excuses and then ditch them for whatever secret summons Lord Third was calling him for. However, when he failed to do so after another 30 seconds or so Kakashi raised a brow as he addressed him.

“…Don’t you need to leave, Sensei?” Kakashi prompted, seemingly snapping Minato out of his musings as he nodded very slowly before finally giving his typical small appeasing smile.

“Yes, but training was about finished anyway.” He confirmed and while Obito seemed content to continue dying on the ground Rin slowly sat up, her face pinched in slight concern.

“Is everything alright?” She asked and Minato was quick to nod in assurance.

“Yes, yes, everything’s fine. Nothing for any of you to worry about anyway.” Translation: even if something was wrong I wouldn’t tell you. Kakashi thought with mild annoyance. Though that mild quickly changed when Minato then looked at him directly. “Kakashi, why don’t you head back to the house, ok? I should be back before dinner.” The words set off a seed of irritation. It’s not like I need to be watched all hours of the day. Kakashi thought, narrowing his eyes at his teachers.

“I don’t need you to rush back on my account.” Kakashi started attempting to keep most of his frustration out of his tone. Snapping at his teacher likely wouldn’t go over well. “Come back when you’re done, I can handle myself.” Minato’s easy smile seemed to dim from his words but it was gone so fast Kakashi wondered if it had merely been his imagination. He didn’t get a chance to question it further before Minato once again addressed the group.

“Regardless, you’re all dismissed for the day. Make sure to be on time for training tomorrow morning.” The last part was said with a particular look towards Obito which was also something Kakashi had quickly realized would take some getting use to. I miss when I was the late one. He did far less waiting around when it was him anyway. Obito at least looked slightly remorseful as he rubbed his neck with a pink cheeked smile.

“Hai, Sensei”

And with that. Minato teleported away leaving the three alone in the field.

“Well,” RIn started prompting both Kakashi and Obito to look her way as she clasped her hands together. “I don’t know about you two but I’m going to go see if Team 6 is finished training too.” Rin announced and instantly Obito was at her side with a grin, nodding all the while. Team 6. Asuma, Kurenai, and Raidou. Kurenai and Rin were actually quite close if memory served. It would make sense she would want to spend her free time with friends. Kakashi never understood how all his friends never got tired of being around each other. They saw each so much while they were on duty yet it never stopped them from wanting to spend all their off time together as well. 

“Can I come too? Asuma said he’d spare with me next time he was free.” Obito explained unnecessarily because Rin would have let him tag along no matter the reason. She was a firm believer in 'the more the merrier'. Sure enough, Rin nodded immediately before directing the full force of her smile onto Kakashi, the invitation silent but no less heard. 

“No thanks, I think I’m just going to go read up on some jutsu.” Kakashi excused, mostly telling the truth. He had accepted the fact that the mystery of what brought him here was likely to stay just that. A mystery. However, there are still plenty of other things he could devote his time to to better prepare for any future events. The library has been destroyed about a dozen times over since now and Kakashi was curious what kind of information may have been lost. He heard a voice in the back of his head that sounded suspiciously like Obito calling him a nerd. He ignored it.

“Of course you’d spend your free time studying.” Obito huffed as though the very thought disgusted him and Kakashi rolled his eyes.

“As hard as it may be for you to grasp, some of us actually enjoy reading.” Obito merely waved him off, already attempting to guide Rin towards town. She slowed to cast him a look. Oh for kamis sake. “I’m fine Rin. I’m getting some books and then going back to Minato’s.” He came off more snappish than he intended but he didn’t correct it. It had its intended effect as Rin nodded and allowed Obito to drag her away with a final wave towards Kakashi. Kakashi pushed her hurt expression from his mind as he left.

“Hey, Kakashi-Kun!”

Kakashi instinctively spun around at the loud shout of his name from where he had been walking down the relatively quiet street. He immediately wished he hadn’t when he saw who it was.

Genma. Unfortunately, they had already made eye contact and with Kakashi’s arms filled with books and scrolls he was effectively trapped.

“Whatcha doing with the books?” Genma asked as he jogged up to stand beside him, not bothering with preemptive small talk. Under normal circumstances, Kakashi would be happy to see his friend. But the thing was Kakashi knew Genma too well to be happy. Because Genma was nosy. 

“I’m going to read them.” Kakashi replied obviously and Genma scrunched his nose slightly in response, moving the Senbon between his lips around. Kakashi tried to end the interaction there and step around him but Genma was not so easily swayed.

“Look heavy. Want some help?” Genma offered and was already grabbing the top two books and one of the scrolls, completely ignoring Kakashi’s protests. Scratch that. He’s nosy and overbearing. Genma had always had some weird mother hen tendencies that seemed to almost always only be directed at him. Kakashi did not understand then and he still doesn't now.

“I can do it by myself” Kakashi grumbled fully expecting it when Genma just shrugged and refused to return his stolen goods. Instead Genma purposely peered around Kakashi like he was looking for someone. As if someone could possibly hide behind Kakashi with him being the size of a small cabinet.

“What’re you doing on this side of town anyway? Isn’t your place across the village?” Genma questioned and Kakashi felt an annoyed heat rise to his cheeks.

“I’m not staying there right now.” Kakashi replied vaguely hoping for once in his life Genma wouldn’t pry. Of course because the universe has always hated Kakashi that’s exactly what he did.

“No? Does this have to do with your hospital stay?” Did everyone in the 5 nations hear about that? Kakashi thought with no small amount of frustration as he huffed, shoving past the older boy.

“No, it has to do with Minato being stupid and overprotective.” Kakashi answered without thinking and winced right after. Wow Kakashi, way to sound mature. He didn’t amend his words even after Genma’s brows rose to his hairline. It’s been a frustrating day and he just wanted to go read at home and grill Minato about what he was doing when he got back. Not because he was concerned about it but just because it would be out of character not to. “Look, I don’t want to talk about it alright? Just give my stuff back.” Kakashi sighed, shifting his load to one arm to hold out his hand expectantly. Genma eyed him thoughtfully for a few uncomfortable seconds before shrugging and moving to walk past him. 

“I’ll walk with you, to Minato’s house I’m assuming?” He checked though didn’t really want the answer as he kept moving, forcing Kakashi to follow along or lose his materials. “Don’t worry, I’ll stop asking you questions. I didn’t mean to make you upset Kakashi-Kun.” Even Kakashi, socially inept he may be, could tell that was Genma’s version of an apology. While it was said to make him feel better it just made him feel guilty. Really Genma didn’t have anything to be sorry for. It’s not his fault Kakashi was easily upset.

“It’s fine” he eventually mumbled instead, matching steps with his friend and old classmate. “What were you doing anyway? It’s not like you to aimlessly walk around town by yourself.” Kakashi switched the conversation off of himself in an attempt to kill the remaining air of awkward and Genma gave him a carefree smile.

“I’m here buying a replacement book before Ebisu finds out Gai accidentally torched his other one.” He explained with a laugh and it was then Kakashi noticed the extra book Genma had been holding since he saw him. It looked to be some guide to proper etiquette. So essentially useless.

“So typical Gai things then?” Kakashi said and Genma laughed, taking it for the lighthearted comment it was. They both knew Kakashi usually wasn’t half as annoyed by Gai as he pretended to be. 

“Pretty much yeah”

After that they were able to walk with far less tension and an almost relaxed silence passed between them. Kakashi had actually found almost all of his frustration had left him by the time they’d reached Minato’s house.

“You sure you’re good?” Genma asked again as he finally relinquished the unwillingly borrowed items and Kakashi nodded as he accepted the load.

“Yes, Minato should be getting back soon anyway.” Kakashi tacked the last part on knowing full well that was really what Genma was concerned about. The institution of more people worrying about him being alone for more than five seconds caused some of his irritation to return but he did his best to push it down. “Thanks for the help I guess” Never let it be said he didn’t have manners. Genma was completely unperturbed by his nature and just smiled as he stepped off the doorstep with a small wave.

“I’ll see you later then. Stay well, Kakashi” With that the older boy finally went his own way and Kakashi carefully closed the door with his foot as he stepped into the house to roughly deposit his supplies onto the couch.  I’ll clean that before Minato gets back. One of the scrolls unraveled from the rough landing and rolled across the floor.

Maybe.

Chapter Text

Minato had finally agreed that they could start taking missions again. However because Minato never made a deal without strings attached, he said they had to do one more training day since they had already been planning it. The sooner the better. Kakashi thought, taking another sip from his canteen before replacing his mask.

Today they were working on Taijutsu and Minato had them sparring each other. It had been going well, though Kakashi had punched and kicked the air a few times because he expected his reach to go further. At least he hasn’t lost to Obito yet. He’s pretty sure his reputation would never recover. Or his pride for that matter. They were currently taking yet another break since Minato still insisted on it. They were all sitting in the grass in a sort of circle as they drank water, Rin and Obito chatting the whole time. Minato was talking to, but Kakashi wasn’t fully listening to the conversation. Maybe after this week would be a good time to bring up moving again… Kakashi mused as he carefully placed his canteen back into his backpack and laid it to the side.

After this week he’ll have been officially cleared for mission work for at least a couple days and more than likely started back up Team Minato’s normal routine of D ranks. Kakashi’s sure once that happens Minato will calm down and see he’s being overprotective. He’ll realize Kakashi is perfectly capable of taking care of himself and that things were better before. He doesn’t fully blame his teacher, Kakashi’s sure he must have scared him quite badly. But once Minato sees that he's fine now he should back off. Should. He may still end up arguing his way out. It’ll be fine. Kakashi was certain he could work it out.

“Kakashi, are you listening?” Minato interrupted his scheming and Kakashi looked up to see them all staring at him. 

“No, sorry” Kakashi admitted honestly and Minato gave him an easy smile.

“It’s alright. I was just saying we’re going to switch to the water next.” Minato explained and Kakashi blinked at him confused.

“The water?” Kakashi repeated, eyeing the large lake they had been training next to. It was a nice day out, maybe a little chilly but still the sun shone brightly across the water. A good day for water training.

“Since you’re doing so much better with your chakra control now, I thought it’d be a good idea to build up your water walking as well. Just to make sure it’s up to standard.” Minato expanded, gesturing towards the water. Obito and Rin looked satisfied with the idea as Obito went into some kind of tangent about how this was ‘easy’, always the little show off around Rin. That…might be a problem. Kakashi thought, pursing his lips together beneath his mask. Minato must have somehow been able to sense his apprehension because he leaned forward to put a hand on his shoulder. “Hey, it’s alright if you don’t think you’re up to it yet.” He assured in a softer voice so that Obito couldn’t hear. “Just say the word and we’ll do something else.”

“No, I can do it.” Kakashi assured, he was sure he could. The problem wasn’t whether he’d be able to water walk, he knows he could. He more or less had the chakra thing handled at this point, once again being able to tree walk without needing to pause and manually channel his chakra. The problem was the water itself. Can I swim like this? In theory, of course he knows how to swim. However he also knows that he hadn’t learned how to properly swim until he was eight-years-old since he had just jumped to water walking. But we aren’t swimming. If he does this correctly then he shouldn’t even get wet. Even if he did fall in, he knows enough that he should at least be able to get to shore. Probably. Minato didn’t seem convinced.

“Are you sure? Because you seem kinda-“

“I’m sure.” Kakashi reaffirmed before Minato could finish voicing his unnecessary concern. Obito and Rin looked like they were packing up their canteens so they were just about finished. “What’re we doing?” Kakashi prompted loud enough to redraw the other two’s attention to their teacher. By the First just treat me normally already. Kakashi thought annoyed that he kept having to repeat himself. Minato sent him one last funny look before standing up.

“Alright, let’s split off into groups.” Minato started as they all got to their feet as well. “Rin, you’ll be with me. Obito, you’re with Kakashi.” Kakashi bit the inside of his cheek while he eyed the Uchiha. Hopefully whatever they were about to do wasn’t about to turn into some stupid competition. Ha yeah right. Kakashi knew good and well Obito was incapable of not making everything a competition.“We’ll do basic Taijutsu spars, no ninjutsu or genjutsu allowed.” Minato conditioned and Kakashi nodded along with his teammates. A spar. It’s just a spar. He’s never lost a spar to Obito -discounting any post Kannabi battles- so he should be fine. There’s no way he’ll be able to knock him in. “If you get pushed in the water you lose and start again, everyone got it?” He checked and they all didn’t hesitate to confirm.

“Hai, Sensei.”

“Then, let’s get started.” He directed as they all made their way to the water line. Rin and Minato didn’t so much as pause as they walked onto the water's surface, moving to the other side of the lake so that they had sufficient space between them. Obito did the same walking out onto the water looking back confused when Kakashi didn’t immediately follow.

“Oi, what’re you doing Bakashi?” Obito demanded as though he were annoyed but it was underplayed by the way his face was pinched in concern. It’ll be fine. Kakashi assured himself as he moved to walk on the water. He was perfectly steady as he did so, the water barely rippling around his feet. I just won’t fall in. Once he had joined Obito he carefully moved into a defensive stance.

“You, ready?” Kakashi asked electing to completely ignore Obito’s initial question. Predictably, any worry Obito might have had fell away as he grinned and copied Kakashi’s position.

“Bring it!” Obito challenged and just like that their fight began. 

Obito of course charged at him first, throwing kicks and punches in quick succession. Kakashi merely stepped back, dodging the first few before he switched to blocking. They continued like that for a while, Kakashi throwing a hit here and there. He couldn’t stop himself from analyzing Obito’s truly horrific defense. Maybe that was the real reason he used Kamui so much. Kakashi mused as he kicked Obito in the sternum to create a distance before gracefully back springing away from him. He can’t dodge worth sh*t so he just let it go through him. Though the thought was amusing Kakashi did briefly wonder if it held any truth. Kakashi watched Obito finally regain his breath as got up from where he’d fallen to his knees but miraculously had stayed on the surface.

He’s going to charge again. Shocker. Kakashi put his arms up, ready to catch the fist Obito was gearing to throw at him as he ran towards him but Obito…didn’t follow through. 

He abruptly stopped running, nearly stumbling over in his haste to not hit Kakashi and stood still about a foot from him. Why’d he stop? Kakashi thought confused as Obito spun his arms to re-steady himself. Sure the attack wouldn’t have worked but that usually wouldn’t stop him. Kakashi was going to ask him what was wrong, because the other didn’t look hurt or anything, but Obito beat him to it.

“Hey, you gotta drop down.” Obito told him completely serious and Kakashi just stared at him like he was an idiot. Mostly because he was an idiot.

“What are you talking about?” Kakashi drawled, annoyance slipping into his tone. Obito really did bring out the worst in him. Obito didn’t seem to care at all as he just pointed down at Kakashi’s feet.

“Your feet sank. You gotta drop down.”  What.

Kakashi immediately looked down. Sh*t. Sure enough, his ankles had sunk below the surface. I must have misjudged my landing. It’s a struggle to get used to being so short. Kakashi cursed himself internally as he tried to think of a way to fix this without dropping into the lake. An impossible feat. He should know since he saw Sasuke do it nearly a hundred times when he had been teaching him water walking. The second he lifted one foot out of the water the other would fully sink making him fall. There was no avoiding it. Kakashi knew this, but more importantly, Obito knew this. “You need to start over.” Obito reiterated and Kakashi waved him off.

“I don’t, just give me a second.” Kakashi denied as he tried to work out a way out of this. Obito just huffed loudly, rolling his eyes aggressively.

“Yes, you do. You literally can’t move your feet, Bakashi.” Just because you’re right doesn’t make you not annoying. Kakashi thought towards the older boy hoping he could sense it somehow.

“I can fix it.”

“No, you can’t, you have to-“

“Would you shut up so I can think?” Kakashi snapped glaring at Obito briefly before looking back at his feet. This situation was making him a bit short tempered, but he could deal with that later. By some miracle Obito actually went quiet. He could already feel himself slipping, he would fall in whether he did it himself or not soon. Maybe I could just- 

Obito pushed him.

Kakashi took in a sharp gasp as he fell back into the water with a splash, his head instantly going under. Sh*t! Obito had actually pushed him. Kakashi rapidly began kicking his feet as he pushed himself up. The second his head breached he started swinging his arms in circles to tread the water. Or try and tread water. Unfortunately since he was still wearing his mask, which was now soaked, every breath he took made it feel like little drops of water were going down his throat. It was making him cough and the coughing was making it harder to swim.

“Hey, Bakashi stop splashing!” Obito complained as Kakashi’s flailing threw water everywhere. He didn’t realize the very real struggle Kakashi was currently experiencing. Moving his limbs like this felt awkward and unnatural, this body had no muscle memory for it and wasn’t used to it. His head briefly dipped back under the water and all the coughing caused him to inhale more water. It burns. He was having to kick a lot to stay afloat and it was making him tired very quickly. This is so much worse than relearning chakra control. 

“Oh, d*mn.” Kakashi heard from above him but couldn’t focus on it as he tried to cough his airway clear. He couldn’t even catch his breath enough to even attempt to start swimming near shore. His panic doubled when he felt something snake around his waist. Am I caught on something? He desperately kicked trying to dislodge whatever it was that was clearly trying to pull him down. “Bakashi, stop! I’m trying to help you!” A voice yelled right next to his ear and it took Kakashi’s brain a second to register it was Obito. Oh, he’s trying to pull me to the bank. Kakashi realized slightly slowing his frantic movements. Apparently the thing he thought was yanking him down was actually just Obito’s arm.

Obito must have dropped in when he figured out Kakashi wasn’t just being obnoxious. Obito began swimming back towards the shore and the moment Kakashi’s feet could feel the ground he stood up straight and shoved Obito off him. Hard. He didn’t even have time to be satisfied at the way Obito promptly flailed and went under. 

Kakashi was gasping as he stumbled out of the water and collapsed onto the sand still trying to stop his never ending coughing fit.

He pushed me. Obito had pushed him and he nearly drowned. He coughed some more as he yanked his mask down beneath his chin. He hated the feeling of a wet mask. Felt to much like getting water boarded. The comparison was enough to bring about some less than pleasant memories which just did not help him calm down.

“Hey, are you ok? I didn’t-“ Obito started and then made the fatal mistake of attempting to touch him. 

“Get off of me!” Kakashi yelled, pushing Obito into the sand since he could finally breathe again. Obito fell back with an ‘oof’ but he recovered a second later and actually had the audacity to glare at him. 

“I was trying to help!” Obito yelled back and it just made Kakashi angrier.

“Help? You pushed me!” Kakashi couldn’t believe what he was hearing. A hot anger began building in his chest as he glared. Obito looked like he was either about to jump him or start crying. Maybe both. He probably would have too had they not been interrupted.

“What happened?” Minato demanded as he and Rin ran to join where the two were sitting on the sand. Minato didn’t look happy to say the least.

“ Obito shoved me into the lake.” Kakashi sold the other out immediately and Obito didn’t let Minato get a word in before he started yelling over him.

“I thought he was just being stubborn! I didn’t know he couldn’t swim!” Obito defended, his voice cracking at the end as he forcefully held back unshed tears. Kakashi had forgotten just how easy it was to set him off. 

“I can swim.” Kakashi boldly corrected and Obito’s yelling came to a halt as he processed what Kakashi had just said.

“Are you serious -?!”

“Enough!” Minato ordered speaking over the both of them. The effect was instant as both Kakashi and Obito silently glared at each other but didn’t utter another word. Minato breathed out a long calming sigh, eyeing them both for injuries before he spoke again. “Obito, did you push Kakashi into the lake?” Minato asked calmly and Obito flinched back, looking away.

“…yes.” Obito admitted practically whispering, a few tears leaking out of the corner of his eyes. The soft tone didn’t last as he looked back at Minato a second later. “But his ankles had sunk into the water! He was already gonna fall!” Minato held up a single hand to silence him. Obito complied as Minato turned to look at Kakashi next.

“Kakashi, why didn’t you tell me you couldn’t swim?” Minato demanded, voice still carefully even though Kakashi could see the upset in his eyes.

“Because I can.” Kakashi corrected reflexively. He only amended his statement when Minato gave him a look. “…I know how you’re supposed to.” Minato heaved an exasperated sigh as he lightly shook his head.

“Kakashi, knowing how something is done and knowing how to do it are two different very things.” Minato chided and Kakashi huffed and looked away. “Ok, both of you need to apologize to each other.” What? 

“He pushed me! ” Kakashi protested, pointing at Obito who looked equally indignant.

“I didn’t know-!”

“Obito, regardless of if Kakashi would’ve fallen, you can’t just push someone into water. It’s not safe.” Minato scolded and Obito looked down properly chastised. Kakashi had been slightly surprised when Minato then turned it on him. “Kakashi, you should have been honest from the start and told me you weren’t sure you knew how to swim. I even asked you, twice. If you had this all could’ve been avoided. This is on you too.” On him? In what way was this his fault? Kakashi hadn’t said anything because he really had thought he knew how to swim. He should have known how. He would've been fine if Obito hadn't surprised him. “So, Apologize.” The order did not leave room for argument. When neither did so right away, Minato hardened his tone. “ Now.”

“I’m sorry, Kakashi.” Obito said softly, surprisingly being the first to break. More surprising was he actually sounded remorseful. Minato nodded approvingly before directing his full attention to Kakashi expectantly. He just scowled.

“Kakashi, Obito said he was sorry. Your turn.” Minato prompted pointedly but Kakashi didn’t speak. He saw no reason for an apology. This was clearly Obito’s fault. Minato roughly nudged Kakashi’s leg with his foot. A silent warning.

“Sorry” Kakashi grounded out through grit teeth and unlike Obito, his insincerity was very clear. Minato narrowed his eyes at him, not speaking to give Kakashi a chance to try again. A chance Kakashi did not take. He hadn’t wanted to do it the first time. The longer the silence stretched the more awkward the air became. Eventually Minato gave a slow nod, closing his eyes briefly to take a calming breath before speaking.

“…Alright. Training’s over for today.” Minato announced tersely as Rin helped Obito back up to his feet. There was sand clinging all over his soaked clothes, Kakashi beinf much of the same. A hand suddenly appeared in front of Kakashi’s face. “Come on, we’re going home.” Minato’s words were civil but his tone suggested he felt otherwise. It was cold and clipped. Kakashi’s heard it before, it only appears when Minato’s either angry or disappointed. Kakashi scoffed as he batted Minato’s hand away and stood up on his own. Adrenaline and anger were still burning hot in his veins, warding off his rational thoughts. All the stress he’d been under the past couple weeks finally boiling over to be solely focused into this confrontation.

Minato didn’t comment on the act and just started leading them out of the training field as Kakashi fixed his mask. The walk home was uncomfortable.

Chapter Text

Once the two of them had gotten back to Minato’s house, Minato had immediately instructed Kakashi to go take a bath to warm himself up from the cold water and wash off the sand. Kakashi complied without complaint, but only because he was freezing after walking through town dripping wet. After he finished he put on some loose gray pants and a blue long sleeve before Minato called him into the kitchen for dinner.

The atmosphere was…awkward as Minato carefully set a plate down in front of Kakashi before taking his own seat. It was curry, though Kakashi had trouble enjoying it.

He ate slower than normal because he kept sneaking glances at Minato-Sensei every other bite. His face had been completely neutral since they left the training field and it was creeping him out. He didn’t look mad but he clearly wasn’t happy. There was an uncomfortable feeling in his stomach as well and it was kinda ruining his appetite. But if he didn’t eat then Minato would probably use it to suggest he was sick or something else ridiculous. He forced himself to finish his food out of pure spite right as Minato did too. 

“It’s been a long day. You should go get some sleep.” Minato ‘suggested’ as he moved to put both their plates in the sink. Kakashi frowned as he glanced at the clock. It was almost 8 and yet here Minato was ushering him to bed.

“Fine.” Kakashi grumbled as he pushed himself away from the table and jumped down from his chair. Minato didn’t comment on his attitude and instead just wished him goodnight as he stalked back to his room. He shut the door behind him though he wasn’t so lost in his emotions to slam it. He was just so frustrated. Why did he have to apologize when it had been Obito’s fault? What part of that did Minato not understand? It wasn’t fair. It made him frustrated in a way he couldn't explain. Kakashi huffed through his nose as he quickly changed into the paw print pajamas Minato had fixed(because they were comfortable ok?)and climbed up onto his bed. He wasn’t in the wrong here. Nope.

It had been Obito’s fault. Kakashi thought as he laid on his side, putting his back to the door. I wouldn’t have fallen if he hadn’t pushed me, even if my feet sunk. He would’ve found a way to re-stabilize. He wasn’t an inexperienced child, he knew what he was doing. He wouldn’t have even had trouble swimming if hadn’t been pushed. He kept telling himself that was true but the twisted feeling in his stomach remained.

For another 2 hours Kakashi tossed and turned uncomfortable, unable to catch the sleep he was, at this point, desperately craving. He just couldn’t shut his brain off. I was right…right? He sat there for another 10 minutes before groaning annoyed and flinging his blankets off. I need a second opinion. Kakashi decided as he pulled his mask down and bit his thumb. He quickly formed the necessary signs before gently pressing his palm onto the bed.

His face was crowded with smoke for only a second before it cleared to reveal a very sleepy pug.

“Boss, what’s up?” Pakkun asked, stretching out his legs and back before shaking his head. 

“I need your advice.” Kakashi told him as Pakkun looked around the room curiously. 

“This your Sensei’s house?” Pakkun guessed and Kakashi sighed deeply. He hadn’t actually gotten a chance to fully dive into the whole temporary living situation he currently found himself in with his pack yet. He’s only summoned them once and Minato had found them before they got to talk much.

“It’s a work in progress, but that’s not the point.” Kakashi dismissed, pulling his legs up to his chest and wrapping his arms loosely around his knees. Pakkun tilted his head to the side curiously as he sat in front of him.

“What happened?” That’s the question isn’t it? Kakashi thought with another sigh. The more he actually thought about it the more he thinks he might have overreacted. He still thinks Minato needs to back off and stop treating him with kid gloves…but he may have had a point in this one instance.

“…I had a fight with Minato-Sensei.” Kakashi admitted hesitantly and Pakkun patiently waited for him to continue. “And I think I may have been wrong.” He lowered his voice to more of a mumble but he knows Pakkun heard him perfectly. Now that he was more calm he felt kind of embarrassed about the whole thing. From a practical view he should have made it clear he could be compromised to his teammates. And he had definitely been disrespectful to a superior if not downright defiant. They had been doing so well lately too and he went and blew up on them. Honestly he doesn't even know why he had been so mad. He really missed that prefrontal cortex.

“Oh? How so?” Pakkun prompted and Kakashi shoved his face into his knees to hide his blush.

“I kinda lost my temper on Obito…and then refused to apologize.” He told him truthfully and was taken aback when Pakkun snorted at him.

“And you’re surprised about that? Kid.” Pakkun scoffed and Kakashi lifted his head back up if only to send him a highly offended look.

“What’s that supposed to mean?” Kakashi challenged, definitely not pouting.

“Boss, hate to break it to ya but you have a pretty short fuse.” Pakkun stated bluntly and Kakashi immediately protested.

“I do not. I’m a very patient person.” Kakashi argued and Pakkun looked at him very doubtfully. Rude. He had trained Naruto and Sasuke and didn’t kill either of them. He had patience to be envied. 

“Kakashi, actually think about it for more than a second.” He ordered and Kakashi didn’t see how that would prove he’s short tempered. “You used to get into arguments all the time with your classmates and after that it was your teammates. You only started to mellow out once you hit your twenties.” That can’t be true right? Kakashi thought as he processed what Pakkun said. I mean I did fight with Obito a lot. And Gai. And Asuma… Ok he might be short tempered. That’s what happens when you force any emotion that isn’t anger down for nearly teo decades. But he really had mellowed so why is he now?

Maybe because I reverted back to having the emotional control of a child? That would do it. His entire emotional state had been completely skewed since coming here, it’s affected his thinking to an extent. It’s like his logical brain was at war with his scattered emotions 24/7. “If anything you should be surprised you lasted this long, all things considered.” Pakkun continued, mumbling the last part and Kakashi went silent as he thought it over.

“…D*mn.” Kakashi cursed. Yeah, I’m definitely in the wrong. He threw his head back with a dramatic groan. “I hate apologies.” He bemoaned and Pakkun just snorted at him again. Becuase he was a cruel summons who laughed at his pain.

“Then don’t do things that require apologies.” He said simply and Kakashi sent him a glare.

“You know, I think as my summons you’re supposed to be on my side.” Kakashi said dryly and Pakkun just continued on like he hadn’t spoken as he moved to curl up on Kakashi’s pillow like the lazy lump he is. “Wow. Next time I'm calling Shiba.” He threatened and Pakkun just glanced at him unimpressed.

“Don’t act like you didn’t know this would happen. You called me because I’m the only one who wouldn’t just tell you what you wanted to hear.” Pakkun accused accurately and Kakashi pouted again. He was right of course but did he have to be so smug? “Give it time, you’ll adjust and figure everything out soon enough.” That was about as close to comfort Pakkun typically gave. “Now stop stalling and go talk to him so I can sleep.” 

“I wasn’t stalling.” Kakashi mumbled half heartedly as he slid off the side of his bed. He was stalling. Because he really did hate apologizing. Little meaningless apologies like a ‘oh sorry for bumping into you’ or ‘sorry I’m late’ Were easy. It was when it came to serious heartfelt apologies that Kakashi struggled with. They were awkward and really uncomfortable and always left him feeling like he said the wrong thing. He didn’t have enough emotional or social awareness for that kind of sh*t. If he wasn’t threatening someone or explaining a battle strategy, he had serious trouble with it. This is why he always had Shikamaru write his speeches and Naruto do the pep talks.

It’ll be fine. Kakashi tried to assure himself as he quietly opened and closed his bedroom door. He could hear Minato moving around in the kitchen. He walked down the hall on silent feet as he very slowly peered around the corner. Minato was sitting at the dining table reading over some kind of scroll, a quill in his hand. Welp, he’s clearly busy, better come back later. Kakashi thought, ready to just turn and retreat back to his room.

“Kakashi, what are you doing up?” 

D*mn. Kakashi looked back over at his teacher and sure enough, he was looking directly toward him, the scroll now hanging loosely in his hand. The man looked tired and Kakashi couldn’t help but feel he was responsible. 

“Kakashi?” Minato prompted when Kakashi just stood there motionlessly. Can’t back out now. 

“Um,” Kakashi started eloquently, chewing on the inside of his cheek. “I wanted to talk to you. If that’s ok?” After all, he was clearly interrupting something. Minato paused for only a moment before fully setting his scroll and quill down and turning in his chair so he was facing Kakashi. That was all the invitation Kakashi needed as he tentatively walked over to him. Ok, you have his attention. Now you just have to apologize. Kakashi coached himself but for some reason his mouth stayed stubbornly shut.

“What is it, Kakashi?” Minato pressed, dipping into exasperation when Kakashi still just stood there. Kakashi forced himself to look at his face. Alright, stop being a baby and just say what you came to say.

“I wanted to apologize.” There. I said it. Kakashi thought as he searched Minato’s face for a reaction. There wasn’t much of one as Minato raised his eyebrows in surprise very briefly before he tilted his head to the side.

“What for?” Minato asked as if he was genuinely confused and Kakashi felt his eye twitch. Minato knew perfectly well what he was apologizing for, he just wanted him to say it. Because he’s actually a sadist and a huge- Stop. Kakashi forced himself to stop the insult in place. I came here to say sorry, not start another fight. So it was with a small sigh that Kakashi continued.

“For not telling you I wasn’t sure I could swim.” Kakashi paused as he found himself unable to continue looking him in the eye like a coward. “…and then for acting like a brat about it afterwards. I’m sorry.” He sped through the last bit as he resisted the urge to shuffle his feet or pick at his sleeve. He was an adult. He didn’t fidget. He did however bite the inside of his cheek hard enough to draw blood. He respected Minato more than anyone else in the world and always had. He didn’t want Minato to think he felt otherwise. Kakashi jumped when he felt a warm weight fall into his hair. He looked up and saw Minato smiling at him proudly.

“You are forgiven.” Minato told him gently and Kakashi didn’t realize just how tight his chest felt until it was gone. Minato dropped his smile to give him a more serious look as he continued. “You know why I was upset though, right?” He checked and Kakashi found that question to be kinda redundant. If he apologized, then he clearly knew what he’d done.

“Because I fought with Obito and ignored you?” That had been when Minato got upset so surely that was the reason. Minato conceded it with a half nod but didn’t let it end there.

“Well, yes, but that was only part of it.” Only part of it? Kakashi racked his brain for what else could’ve upset him. “I was more upset that you didn’t tell me you couldn’t swim because you could’ve gotten hurt. ” Minato explained, running his hand once through Kakashi’s hair before removing it. Oh. Right. That made sense, especially considering Minato had actually checked with him beforehand. He had more or less lied straight to his face. The realization made him cringe. His mask must have not been enough to cover it because Minato reassured him a second later. “But it’s alright now and I know you won’t do it a second time.” Though he wasn’t sure if it was a question or command, Kakashi still confirmed it anyway.

“Hai, Sensei.” Minato smiled at him again, gently patting him once on the head in approval as he stood up to begin moving his papers.

“Good. Now go to bed.” He ordered not unkindly as he carefully rolled up his scroll. “It’s past your bedtime.” Kakashi nodded and went to do as told but froze as his brain caught up with his ears. Wait a second-

“I don’t have a-“

“Goodnight , Kakashi.” Minato interrupted the protest pointedly and Kakashi glared at the back of his head. Had he not just apologized for fighting then he would press the issue. As it was he settled on sending him a very dirty look before walking off to his room. 

We can argue about it tomorrow.   

Chapter Text

“Come on Kakashi, it’s fun!” Rin encouraged from where she was gently treading in the river in front of him. She was smiling and looked to be perfectly happy wading in the water.

Fun? Kakashi thought as he sent the water a dirty look from where he was standing on the shore. He failed to see how aimlessly splashing around in water could be ‘fun’.

“Do I have to do this?” Kakashi deadpanned, sending his Sensei a pleading look from where he stood beside him. They were all wearing swimsuits but Obito and Rin were the only ones currently in the water. Kakashi had been suspicious when Minato had told him to wear swim trunks to training. His suspicions were confirmed when he dragged them all down to the river. Minato had decided it was necessary for him to review all of their swimming skills because of the whole ‘lake incident’. In this case ‘all’ really just meant Kakashi’s . Despite the fact Kakashi had assured him it had been a freak accident that wouldn’t happen again, Minato had still insisted it was needed.

Said man tilted his head in mock thought before he answered him. “Yes.” Minato answered flatly and laughed when Kakashi only pouted. “Come on, if it was really just a one time thing then this’ll only take a second.” Kakashi sent him a glare at the comment but Minato was undeterred as he moved to stand waist deep into the water. “Take that off and come in.” He ordered, gesturing to Kakashi’s tank top. Kakashi let out a long sigh but did as told, pulling his shirt over his head and his mask with it before very slowly walking into the water. As he did he noticed Obito stop swimming to give him a funny look. 

“What?” Kakashi snapped, glaring at him from where he was standing in the somewhat cold water up to his stomach, Obito's stare making him self consious. I swear to kami if this is about my face again- Obito just eyed him curiously before pointing to his discarded shirt.

“Do all your masks do that?” Obito asked and now it was Kakashi who looked at him confused.

“Do what?”

“Connect to your shirt like that.” Obito elaborated and Kakashi shrugged as he moved to stand in front of his teacher, successfully submerging everything below his shoulders. That’s what’s bothering him? It didn’t seem all that noteworthy to him.

“No, I have normal ones too that I carry around in case one gets ripped or something.” Kakashi explained, stumbling slightly when the current made the water lap towards him. Minato quickly shot a hand out to his forearm to steady him.

“I’m gonna pull you out further, ok?” Minato checked moving his hands to grab both of Kakashi’s wrists. Kakashi didn’t answer verbally and elected to just nod his head instead. Minato slowly started pulling him more towards the middle of the river. Kakashi didn’t panic when his feet could no longer feel the ground. He wasn’t as freaked out this time since he had been expecting it and didn’t feel like he couldn’t breathe due to a soaked mask and coughing fit. Instead he just calmly started kicking his legs to keep himself upright and gave a meaningful nod to Minato. Minato understood and carefully released his wrists so Kakashi could quickly start circling his arms.

Already he was doing better than before, though it still felt a bit strange and unnatural. Obito swam around to the side and Kakashi gave him a brief glance. “You should put your arms lower, you keep splashing yourself in the face.” He commented and Kakashi rolled his eyes. I know how to swim. He thought annoyed but did lower his arms to be more in the water. Not because Obito told him to, he was going to anyway.

“You’re gonna get tired if you keep kicking that fast.” Rin remarked effortlessly coming around his other side. He sent her a dirty look. Easy for you to say. He thought at her bitterly. Her legs were longer than his by a good bit, so of course she didn’t have to kick as much.

“It’s fine.” Kakashi grumbled instead as he tried to find a more maintainable rhythm. And it was fine, he was staying above the water even if he had to move a lot more than them. He flinched when he felt a hand brush his arm.

“Make your circles just a little smaller.” Minato instructed, demonstrating with his own arm as he released Kakashi’s. Kakashi did so and found that while he sunk a little lower,(lower than he would like) his head still stayed safely above the surface. I miss being tall. He had the awful he would continue to miss it for a while more too. From what he remembers, he didn't truly become 'tall' until he basically shot up one day when he was 17. Even if it felt strange, Kakashi managed to force his uncooperative limbs to do what he needed. “Good!” Minato complimented, giving him an encouraging smile and Kakashi just huffed to hide his blush.

They proceeded to swim around the river for a little over an hour, Minato not being satisfied until Kakashi could comfortably swim both above and below the water without trouble. Kakashi was a little annoyed since he thought it was a bit overkill but he does understand it’s kinda his own fault. Had he not had such a freak out in the water yesterday then they wouldn’t be here now. Rin and Obito didn’t seem to have any complaints, actually enjoying splashing around in the chilly water. He would understand if they had been running around in the sun beforehand or something, but just swimming for the sake of swimming? He didn’t see the appeal.

Once Minato had finally deemed their abilities up to par, they were allowed to get out of the water and dry off. Kakashi loosely toweled himself off before yanking his tank top back on and fixing his mask. He shook the droplets of water from his hair before going to dry the rest of himself off better. He was in the middle of his task when something dropped onto his head.

“ Sensei ” Kakashi complained dramatically as Minato quickly toweled off his hair for him, giving him a cheeky smile.

“Yes?” Minato questioned innocently as he stepped away now that his task was complete. Kakashi was not fooled. Still he decided to just glare for now since at least Obito and Rin had been too busy putting their over clothes back on to notice. Minato just laughed lightly before looking back towards the two genin. “What do you all say to some lunch? My treat of course.” Minato offered and Kakashi frowned as Obito and Rin were quick to give their approval.

“Ok!” Obito agreed happily, bouncing over to them, Rin right beside him.

“Where are we going?” Rin asked kindly and Kakashi also wanted to know. Depending on where this could all go south very quickly.

“I know a great place that makes the best soba. You’ll all like it, trust me.” Minato promised and Kakashi still felt a bit uneasy. Even with his apprehensions he allowed Minato to start leading them all towards town.

“Are we almost there, Sensei?” Obito asked as they all followed Minato down the street, passing various restaurants. The streets were a little crowded this time of day but it wasn’t too bad.

“It’s just that building with the green roof up ahead.” Minato directed, pointing down the road and something about the building made a tiny little alarm bell go off in Kakashi’s mind. Have I been there before? Kakashi thought but dismissed it a second later. No, I don’t think so. Have I heard something about it then? For the life of him he couldn’t place it.

“Yo, Minato”

All four of them stopped at Shikaku’s call to turn and see him and Asuma walking towards them. Just Shikaku and Asuma. Where are Raidou and Kurenai? It’s strange that Shikaku would only be with one student and not the other two. Strange and suspicious. Minato didn’t seem suspicious though and just gave them a friendly wave.

“Hi, Shikaku, Asuma-Kun” Minato greeted, giving a small dip of his head to each of them which they reciprocated. “What can I do for you?” Kakashi watched as Asuma attempted to move himself behind Shikaku, purposefully avoiding looking at him but was stopped by Shikaku’s hand resting on his shoulder. Why won’t Asuma look at me? Kakashi thought, a healthy panic rising in his chest. He knows Asuma well enough to recognize when something was off. Does this have something to do with me? 

“Actually we were hoping to speak with you in private. You got a minute?” He said we. Kakashi noted, trying to force eye contact with the Sarutobi. ‘We’ means that it had to have been something Asuma said which couldn’t be anything good. What would he- sh*t. Kakashi could only think of one thing Asuma would want to tell Minato and it was not gonna end well.

Oh, kami he tattled didn’t he? Maybe he’s jumping to conclusions. He looked at Asuma’s incredibly guilty posture. No, he definitely tattled. Minato seemed confused but still agreed quickly.

“Of course.” Minato then reached into his pocket to pull out a wad of cash before handing it to Rin. “Why don’t you three go ahead and get us a table, ok? I’ll be right there.” No, not ok. In fact it’s the opposite of ok. Asuma definitely snitched about the market. Kakashi knew he would but he still felt a deep dread. Honestly he’s surprised Asuma even lasted so long. He probably didn’t do it right away because he wanted to look into it more before telling Shikaku. His silence made much more sense now. Maybe it’s about something entirely different. His mind offered instead but Kakashi didn’t even believe himself.

“Ok! Come on guys.” Rin accepted the money much too easily shoving it in her pocket before taking one of Obito's and Kakashi's hands in both of hers and start pulling them towards the restaurant. Kakashi was forced to follow but went purposefully slower, straining his ears to try to hear what they were saying. He could hardly make out a single word over the bustle of the people around them. Before he knew it, Rin was opening the door to the restaurant and the three of them were inside, Minato and Asuma completely out of sight. There was an older brown haired woman running the front and she sent Rin and Obito a pleasant smile, not noticing Kakashi tucked behind them.

“Hi there, welcome in! How many are in your party?” She asked in a typical fake customer service voice. Rin returned it with a smile of her own as she let go of Kakashi’s hand to take a step forward.

“Four, please.” Rin requested perfectly polite and the hostess fully looked towards them to do a headcount. Kakashi saw the moment the woman saw him and instantly the smile fell into a sneer.

“I’m sorry, but we don’t let dogs inside.” She glared daggers down at him and Kakashi took a precautionary step backwards at her pure hostility. Well that’s not great. Technically she hadn’t said his name directly, maybe he could play this off and convince them to leave quietly. He nearly jumped when Obito brushed past him and immediately got up in her face yelling.

“The h*ll you just call him?!”

Sh*t. 

Chapter Text

“The h*ll you just call him?!” Obito practically screeched stomping to be at the front not even a foot from the desk. Rin didn’t look much happier, a deep frown making a home on her face. To her credit, the woman didn’t seem all that intimidated by the 4 ft nothing angry Genin.

“We’re more than happy to serve you two, but the traitor needs to go outside.” Her voice was cold and her gaze was steel as she glared straight at Kakashi. She wasn’t the only one as Obito’s yelling had drawn attention from the rest of the restaurant, their stares burning into Kakashi’s back. It was a horribly familiar feeling and he really didn’t appreciate it.

“How dare you!” Rin’s shout really did make Kakashi jump. He hadn’t expected it from her. Rin never raises her voice. “Kakashi is a loyal Leaf Shinobi, you have no right to talk to him like that!” She continued all her normal calm politeness completely replaced by a fierce anger that Kakashi had never seen on her. This is escalating very quickly. Kakashi thought as he reached forward to put a hand on each of their arms and try to start guiding them towards the door.

“I’m sorry about this. We’re leaving.” Kakashi apologized, bowing his head slightly in the woman’s direction in an attempt to be placating but Obito ripped his hand out of Kakashi’s grasp near immediately.

“Don’t say sorry to her!” He yelled the words at Kakashi but was still glaring at the woman. “She’s the one who should apologize!” Rin didn’t tear her hand away and instead actually moved her other hand to gently hold his arm as she nodded in agreement.

“If he doesn’t leave, I’ll have to have you escorted out.” The woman threatened and Kakashi felt himself panic when he saw some of the shinobi patrons eye him in a very not friendly way. This needs to stop. If Kakashi didn’t stop this now then they were barreling towards a fight.

Kakashi pulled hard on the arm still intertwined with Rin’s, leaving Obito behind for now and hoping he would just follow once he realized they were gone. Rin however didn’t seem all that willing to go as she tugged back giving Kakashi a look filled with righteous fury.

“Rin, it’s fine. Let’s just go.” He desperately attempted to placate her, once again dragging them towards the exit. Almost there. Just a few more steps and they would be out the door. Unfortunately, Kakashi had been walking backwards and hadn’t seen the figure behind him until he rammed his back straight into their legs.

“It is most certainly not fine.”

Kakashi felt a shiver go down his spine at the threatening tone and very slowly looked up to see the upset face of his teacher. Minato did not return his gaze, instead glaring straight at the hostess. “Just what exactly has my student done to be treated like this?” Minato demanded, killing intent leaking from his being as one of his hands came to land protectively on Kakashi’s shoulder. At this she finally seemed to stumble when she came face to face with the Jonin.

“Ah, Minato-San, welcome.” She seemed to greet on reflex, voice slightly strained and Minato narrowed his eyes, unimpressed. 

“Sensei, that lady called Kakashi a dog!” Obito accused loudly, pointing a finger up at her. Rin didn’t point but she did rapidly nod along as she finally broke away from Kakashi since Minato clearly had keeping him close covered.

“And a traitor!” She tacked on and Minato seemed to get even angrier as he stared the older woman down. 

“What reason could you possibly have for such accusations?” Minato phrased it like a question but his tone suggested he didn’t really want an answer because as far as he was concerned there wasn’t a good answer. Kakashi had to admit, for a civilian she wasn’t as spineless as he expected since she gave Minato one anyway.

“That clan is nothing more than a curse. It’s not welcome here.” This comment seemed to send them all into a whole new fit of outrage.

“What kind of adult talks that way to a little kid!” Rin shouted, stomping her foot and Kakashi wanted to point out he wasn’t a little kid but didn’t get a chance to as Minato spoke next.

“The Hatake has produced nothing but loyal Leaf Shinobi, don’t speak of things you know nothing of.” He spoke coldly as Obito just resolved to start screaming again.

“You take that back you motherf-!“ Kakashi just wanted this to stop, he leapt forward and latched himself onto Obito’s arm so he was forced to look at him and cut off his likely vulgar insult.

“ Please , I want to leave.” Kakashi directed the request at Minato but stayed attached to Obito on the off chance he tried to start throwing hands. It had, unfortunately, happened before. Minato looked at him briefly and Kakashi watched as different emotions went across his face as he thought it over. Eventually, he nodded, sending one last venomous glare behind him as he opened the door for the three of them.

“Yes, let’s go. We’ll find somewhere less clanist.” He all but hissed and Kakashi practically ran out, pulling Obito along with him as they all gathered outside. Kakashi didn’t let go of Obito until the doors had shut behind them and they had walked away from the front of the building.

“You didn’t have to do that.” Kakashi chided the older boy and Obito scoffed.

“Well you weren’t gonna do it.” Obito pointed out, jabbing a finger into Kakashi’s chest pointedly and Kakashi frowned. Of course he wasn’t going to start screaming in the restaurant like a crazy person. That wouldn’t accomplish anything as Obito so helpfully just demonstrated.

“Because it’s not that big a deal.” He argued but didn’t make it far before Minato spoke over the both of them.

“It is actually.” Minato corrected firmly, moving so he was directly in front of Kakashi. He didn’t look happy. “How often does stuff like that happen, Kakashi?” He asked seriously and Kakashi bit the inside of his cheek.

“…not often.” He lied, looking down at the ground rather than his Sensei’s face. He didn’t have to see it to know Minato didn’t buy it.

“Really? Because I just had a very interesting conversation with Asuma about something that happened in the market last week.” Sh*t. With the chaos in the restaurant, Kakashi had almost forgotten about Asuma. He risked a glance up and saw Rin and Obito looking at him in concerned confusion while Minato looked forcibly calm. “Was that bruise on your arm from that guy grabbing you?” Kakashi didn’t respond but it was clear from his tone that Minato knew the answer anyway. “How long has this been going on?” Minato asked instead when it became clear he wouldn’t receive an honest answer. Kakashi huffed frustrated, running a hand through his hair as he thought about how to phrase his next words. He could play it off and say that he thought Minato knew since he knew how the village felt about the Hatake but he knew that wasn’t what Minato meant.

“Sensei, really it’s not-“

“How long?” Minato shut the attempted dismissal down before it even really started and Kakashi hunched his shoulders defensively. This is exactly what he didn’t want to happen. Kakashi knew the news would only make everyone needlessly upset. “Answer me, Kakashi.” Minato ordered, voice not unkind but firm. Kakashi hated how small it made him feel even after all these years.

“…Since dad died.” Kakashi mumbled quietly but due to how close they were all currently standing to each other it hardly mattered. They all had expressions of shock and horror respectively and Kakashi desperately wished he could take the words back.

“Why-“ Minato started but broke off to take a quick calming breath when his voice shook. “Why didn’t you tell me?” He asked softly, sounding genuinely heartbroken. Kakashi snapped his head up to look him in the eye, confused by the reaction. Out of all the things he expected, sadness wasn’t one of them. Anger sure, maybe even disappointment, but not sadness. Minato’s eyes looked wet which just made it so much worse. 

“Because there’s nothing you could do.” Kakashi explained, doing his best to sound comforting. He had never been great at comfort. When it looked like Minato would contradict him, Kakashi quickly continued. “When people look at me, all they see is the son of a man they hate and blame for their sorrows. There’s nothing you or anyone else can do to change that.” They wanted someone to blame and Kakashi was an easy target. Clearly Kakashi had said the wrong thing because not only did Minato still look upset but now Rin and Obito did too.

“That’s- that’s bullsh*t!” Obito eventually exclaimed and Kakashi just gave a loose shrug.

“Maybe. But that’s just how it is.” Kakashi has learned that sometimes people will see the worst in you no matter what you do. It wasn’t until Kakashi was nearly eighteen that people finally stopped calling him ‘Friend Killer Kakashi’ and instead referred to him as ‘Kakashi the copy ninja’ or ‘Kakashi of the Sharingan’. 

“It shouldn’t be.” And Minato sounded sad again. Minato then put a gentle hand on Kakashi’s shoulder and kept it there until Kakashi met his eyes again. “I’m so sorry I didn’t notice.” What? Kakashi thought completely confused. Why would Minato be sorry? Kakashi had been the one purposefully hiding it.

“I didn’t want you to notice. It’s not your fault.” Kakashi tried to assure, putting his own hand on top of Minato’s. He just shook his head.

“I should’ve noticed anyway. You don’t deserve this and you definitely don’t deserve to deal with it alone.” He denied and Kakashi felt himself blush in the face of his sincerity.

“Minato-Sensei’s right, we’re teammates. We should rely on each other.” Rin chimed in giving him a bright smile despite the fact she had been ready to throw down in the middle of a restaurant not 10 minutes ago like a hoodlum. Kakashi disagreed.

“This is my problem. I don’t want to burden you all with it.” It’s not a team issue, so why would he involve his team?

“Man, Bakashi, for someone so smart you sure are dumb.” Obito huffed, punching him roughly in the arm. Kakashi went to retaliate but stopped when he actually caught sight of Obito’s face. And his eyes are watering. Seriously, how was this kid the same person he fought in the Fourth Great Ninja War? This conversation was beginning to make him uncomfortable so he decided it was time for a smooth topic change.

“Do you still want to get lunch?” Kakashi asked quietly and Minato breathed a small laugh but thankfully nodded.

“Right, I promised you all a meal. Any objections to some Ichiraku?” Minato proposed, pasting a smile onto his face that didn’t quite reach his eyes. It made Kakashi’s stomach turn in guilt. He’s upset because of me. Still they all quickly agreed to ramen and Kakashi was more than happy to take the out. The air was still a bit awkward but they all began walking nonetheless.

This is definitely going to complicate things. He fully intends to blame all of this exclusively on Asuma. Asuma who will be dealing with later.

Chapter Text

“ Excuse me ? I’m sorry, Imma need you to repeat that.” Kakashi heard a very angry voice demand from the other room, immediately sitting up from his bed. Kushina?

Kakashi quickly leapt off the bed and walked out of the room to see what had set off the red headed jinjuriki so early in the day. Why is Kushina here? Kakashi thought as he paused just behind the corner to hear her and Minato talking in hushed voices. He ducked back slightly to try and hear what was being said as Minato whispered something to Kushina.

“Apparently it’s been going on a while and I just didn’t know.” Minato mumbled softly and Kakashi quickly realized what they were talking about. It seemed Minato hadn’t dropped the whole ‘the village hates him’ thing. Kakashi hadn’t expected him to anytime soon but he had seemed fine at Ichiraku so he held out hope. “I just can’t help but feel responsible.” Kakashi wanted to ram his head into a wall. Why is it everything he does just seems to make things worse? Kakashi wasn’t able to go down a true spiral before Kushina answered.

“Hey, I agree that those assholes need to pay for what they did and I am gonna insure it.” She started and Kakashi absently worried just what she was planning to do to a bunch of civilians. “But that kid is a sneaky little genius, a brat, but a genius.” She said bluntly and Kakashi was taken aback by the statement. Somehow that felt like an insult. “If he doesn’t want you to know something then he will do whatever he can to keep you from knowing it. And six-year-old or not, he’s pretty d*mn good at it.” She finished and Kakashi heard Minato sigh.

“I know, but I don’t want him to-“ Minato abruptly cut himself off and Kakashi froze. I’ve been outed. Kakashi took a few silent steps back, before walking forward normally. Play it off. He allowed his steps to make light noise against the carpet as he fully stepped around the corner to where he could see the couple hunched down by the sink. Minato turned to look at him the moment he was in view, throwing a smile onto his face.

“Morning, Kashi. Did we wake you?” He greeted pleasantly and Kakashi was relieved to find that they didn’t seem to have noticed him eavesdropping. Or at the very least were willing to let it go.

“Good morning, I was getting up anyway.” Kakashi greeted back and answered in the same breath. “What’re you doing?” Kakashi redirected and to their credit they weren’t flustered by the question as Minato lightly waved him off. 

“I was just about to start breakfast. You excited to get back to missions today?” Minato questioned moving around Kushina to start pulling things down to cook. Kakashi just gave a lazy shrug as he went to take a seat at the table.

“Not really. I mean you’re just gonna have us do D Ranks, right?” Kakashi guessed knowingly and Minato sent him a semi-chiding look over his shoulder.

“A mission is a mission, Kakashi.” He recited one of his favorite sayings that Kakashi used to hate. Pulling weeds from someone’s yard isn’t a ‘mission’, it’s a chore and he stood by that. Still Kakashi just shrugged in acceptance as Kushina came to sit across from him.

“Ne, Kakashi-Chan,” Kushina started, folding her arms on the table as she leaned forward. She was smiling but it seemed…tight. “Ya know, Minato and I were just talking and I had a question for you.” Kakashi eyed her suspiciously as he matched her stance except he had to get on his knees first to fold his arms on the table. 

“What is it?” He asked and Kushina grinned wider but this time it looked less tight and more maniacal. He voted to have that specific smile outlawed immediately please.

“I was wondering who exactly needs me to kick their ass.” Kakashi blinked at her, surprised by her lack of tact. He hadn’t expected her to be so blunt about it. Minato hadn’t either if the choked off whine he made was any indication.

“ Kushina-“ 

“I don’t know what you mean.” Kakashi cut off Minato’s complaint, tilting his head to the side in mock confusion. Something he knew she detested. “You want to fight someone?” Kushina wasn’t impressed, narrowing her eyes before she abruptly leaned back in her chair.

“Alright, fine. Play dumb, I’ll figure it out eventually.” She stated it like it was a plain fact and admittedly Kakashi felt a little bit concerned. Mostly for whoever was on the receiving end of whatever Kushina was currently planning. And she was planning something. Kakashi decided it was within his best interests to change the subject now. Probable deniability and what not.

“Minato-Sensei, I wanted to make a suggestion for our next training session.” Kakashi started and from the look Minato sent him it was clear the statement had surprised him.

“A suggestion? Is there a jutsu you’re wanting to learn?” Minato guessed, a reasonable assumption as that was almost always what Kakashi would request. Not this time. 

“More like a new formation.” He corrected and Minato hummed, clearly half listening as he started to fry some fish on the stove. It made a sizzling sound as he carefully moved it about the oil. “I think you should have Rin start training more offensively with me and Obito.” Kakashi knew his request was a tad unusual but he hadn’t expected Minato to retract his hand with a hiss the second the statement left his lips. Evidently it would seem he burned his hand in his hast to fully face Kakashi. 

“Ah-! Uh, Kakashi,” Minato stumbled over his words as he quickly turned the stove off to avoid making a bigger mess and Kushina eyed him equal parts concerned and amused. “Rin is training to be a mednin, they’re not really meant to be in the center of combat.” Minato explained carefully as though he was worried Kakashi genuinely didn’t understand. Really it wasn’t Minato’s fault he thought this way, it’s how they were trained.

“Tsunade-Sama is the best mednin in the five nations, she doesn’t avoid battle.” Kakashi pointed out and he heard Kushina snort into her drink. Minato sent her a chiding look over his shoulder before refocusing on his student.

“Kakashi, she’s not really the standard.” And what a shame that is. Kakashi thought, but then again the world might not be able to survive a bunch of Tsunade’s running around. Kakashi could barely survive two if he counted Sakura.

“So you’re saying when you find an enemy team your first instinct isn’t to eliminate the medic?” Minato’s silence answered for him. “If Rin is always relying on me, Obito, or you to protect her she’s gonna be taken out the moment she’s left alone.” Kakashi said bluntly, not bothering to try and sugarcoat it. This was one of the biggest things that led to the disaster that was the Kannabi mission. Rin was captured way too easily because she wasn’t properly trained to take on stronger opponents. She only knew a step up from basic defenses to be blunt. “I’m not saying she needs to be an expert in close combat, but at her current level any basic Chunin wouldn’t have too much trouble with her. She’d be an annoyance at worst.” 

“Wow.” Kushina spoke first, eyeing Kakashi carefully. “You’re very aware of war strategies considering you’ve only been on the front lines once so far.” Kakashi shrugged, keeping his expression neutral. He had been expecting that response.

“I’ve read a lot of novels on the winning battles of the 2nd and 1st Great Ninja wars as well as a surplus of texts on the art of strategy.” Kakashi explained and the statement was completely truthful. Kakashi used to go to the library, grab a handful of scrolls and spend the rest of the day memorizing them simply because he craved knowledge.

“Do you realize how disturbing those kinda morbid statements are to hear coming from a toddler?” Kushina asked instead and Kakashi glared at her. Six is hardly a toddler.

“I’m not a child.” Thankfully Minato chose now to rejoin the conversation, his eyebrows pinched in thought.

“That’s…actually not a bad idea. I’ll have to consider it.” Minato acknowledged and Kakashi found any frustration he had felt seconds before disappearing. It wasn’t a lot yet, but it was a step in the right direction. Before Kakashi could speak again, Minato had moved to stand beside him and gently ran his hand through Kakashi’s hair in affection. “Honestly, it’s great you’re thinking so much about your teammates safety. I’m so proud of you.” Minato abruptly stated and Kakashi’s brain temporarily stopped functioning.

Now why did he have to go and say that? Kakashi’s face positively burned as he snatched his glass from the table and attempted to hide his face with it.

“It’s not a big deal.” He mumbled, very obviously uncomfortable with the praise. He hadn’t even actually taken a drink yet. From Minato’s amused expression it was safe to say that he was very aware of this. He thankfully didn’t comment, choosing instead to huff a light laugh as he quickly moved to plate the fish he had cooked and put it in front of Kakashi.

“Sure. Hurry up and eat, we have to leave soon.” 

“About time you got here.” Kakashi huffed as Obito finally showed up so they could start their mission. Or missions more accurately. First they were going to go paint some old woman’s fence, then they were supposed to clean out the river, and lastly they were to tend to Kendo-San’s garden. Obviously all very important ninja work that definitely couldn’t be done by someone else. 

“Sorry, Tomo-Obaasan needed help with her laundry.” Obito excused and Minato of course waved him off easily.

“It’s fine, we should focus on the mission now.” Minato dismissed gesturing towards the currently unpainted fence they were standing next to.

“Right. ‘Mission’.” Kakashi mumbled air quotes audible and received a chiding look for his trouble. He chose to keep further comments to himself as he and his teammates each grabbed paintbrushes to begin.

With only some amount of attitude, they started painting the fence in relative silence. The neighborhood they were in didn’t get a huge amount of foot traffic but it wasn’t exactly quiet either. That being said, there were still people that passed through here. It did not go unnoticed the way Rin and Obito would send scathing looks over their shoulders at anyone that so much as looked at Kakashi sideways. They weren’t even being subtle about it. Kakashi had hoped Minato would’ve told them off about the third time they’d done it, if only because they really shouldn’t be so openly hostile to civilians, but he did no such thing. Figures. 

“Hey, Kakashi-Kun!”

Despite the fact that the call had only been for him, all four of them turned towards the sound to see Kurenai and her team. She was waving at him enthusiastically, jogging a few paces in front of her teammates and Shikaku. Her teammates that were currently struggling very hard to control what looked to be some kind of shepherd mix. Asuma and Raidou were both gripping the leash like their lives depended on it as the dog continued to jerk them left and right. They must’ve taken a dog walking job. Kakashi thought as Kurenai stopped in front of him.

“Oh, hi Kurenai!” Rin greeted immediately and Kurenai spared her a wave and a smile before refocusing on Kakashi.

“Kakashi, Shikaku-Sensei’s refusing to help. Can you please help us calm him down?” She whined, pointing back towards the dog that was actively trying to pull her teammates into the dirt and doing a pretty good job too. Sure enough, Shikaku didn’t seem all that inclined to help, his hands shoved in his pockets and his posture relaxed, the very picture of unbothered. You can really see the family resemblance.

“I’m kinda in the middle of something here.” Kakashi denied, using his wet paintbrush to gesture to the fence behind him. Asuma yelped as he tripped onto the ground but somehow kept hold of the leash. Kakashi couldn’t help but feel a little satisfied at the sight. That’s what you get for being a snitch. Kurenai psychically winced before she clasped her hands together and bowed her head.

“Please? It'll be my turn to help walk it soon.” She begged, revealing her true motives for wanting his help. 

“Why would Bakashi be able to help?” Obito interrupted and both Kakashi and Minato turned to stare at him in disbelief. Well Kakashi’s was equal parts offended and disbelieving.

“Because I’m a certified ninkin handler?” Kakashi offered like the other was stupid(he was). Obito didn’t seem to believe him until he saw Minato give a confirming nod from behind him.

“Huh, I guess you’re just always so emo, I wouldn’t have thought you were a dog person, I mean cats or something, sure.” Obito mumbled and Kakashi’s pretty sure that is the most offensive thing he’s ever heard in his entire life.

Oh, I see. He wants me to hurt him. Kakashi reasonably concluded as he seriously considered jumping his teammate. Minato must have sensed this thought because he gently pried Kakashi’s paintbrush from his hand and nudged him forward.

“Kakashi, why don’t you go help Kurenai for a second? I’ll take your place here.” Minato suggested, already moving to take Kakashi’s side of the fence. An obvious attempt to de-escalate the situation. Kurenai didn’t seem to mind in the least as she quickly grabbed hold of Kakashi’s arm and began dragging him towards the scene Asuma and Raidou were causing.

“Great! Asuma, get off the ground!” Kurenai yelled and Asuma sent her a glare from where he was struggling with the leash, the ‘what does it look like I’m doing?’ Unsaid but still heard. Raidou had apparently given up and was just watching at this point.

“Oh, hey Kakashi” Raidou greeted lazily and Asuma finally managed to scramble up to his feet, panting.

“Thanks for the help guys.” Asuma hissed and Raidou gave a shameless shrug but Kurenai just proudly presented Kakashi like a prize.

“I am helping.” Kurenai declared confidently as the dog continued to bark, growl, and jerk around. “Kakashi, do your thing.” She punctuated her statement by slightly shoving him in front of her while maintaining a safe distance from the dog. Kakashi sighed but did move to stretch his hand toward the snarling dog.

“Hey, wait Kakashi don’t-!” Asuma warned, voice raised in panic, likely worried that Kakashi was about to get bit but Kakashi just swiftly bopped the end of the dogs nose down, not hard enough to hurt of course, just enough to startle. It worked, the dog huffing a disgruntled breath and shaking his head a bit.

“What’s his name?” Kakashi asked, now very slowly moving his hand towards the dogs head, allowing him to see exactly what he was doing. He wasn’t jumping around or snapping anymore but his stance was still very defensive. Kakashi was careful not to push his clear boundaries.

“Bento.” Shikaku gave, watching Kakashi lay his hand on the side of Bento’s head curiously. Kakashi’s hand quickly found the spot behind his ear, scratching it gently. The affect was immediate as Bento flopped down onto his side to allow Kakashi access to his stomach in open invitation. Kakashi happily obliged, crouching to rub his hand down his belly. 

“Good boy” Kakashi praised, using one of his hands to reach into his pouch for a dog treat. “Bento, sit” Kakashi commanded, tightly clasping the treat in his fist as he held it up. Bento promptly obeyed, sitting up with his tail thumping gently against the ground. “Good.” Kakashi gave Bento the treat which he inhaled in a single bite before leaping forward to lick Kakashi’s face, making him fall back onto the dirt. He glanced up at his friends as he fought off the slobbery attack to see Asuma and Raidou staring at him slack jawed. “…what?”

“ How did you do that?” Asuma demanded, baffled as he no longer had to struggle to keep hold of the leash. Kakashi just gave a shrug as he pushed himself off the ground, brushing dust from his clothes.

“It’s not hard. Dogs are easy.” People are the hard ones. From the expression the other team was sending him, they disagreed.

“Hm, not bad.” Shikaku mused, eyeing the way Kakashi continued to gently stroke the dog's head. “You handle him well.” Kakashi felt his face warm at the compliment. Compliments from Shikaku were rare but if he did give you one you always knew he meant it. 

“Whatever, I need to get back to my own mission.” Kakashi mumbled out, quickly turning on his heel to go back towards his own team. They let him but Kurenai still called out one last thing.

“Thank you, Kakashi-Kun!”

Kakashi pretended not to hear her scream as he retook his paintbrush from Minato and began working on the fence. Team 6 went about their way without further fuss and Team 7 worked in companionable silence…for about five minutes.

“So if you’re a ninkin handler, does that mean you have your own ninkin?” Rin asked after a moment and Kakashi glanced at her from the side of his eye.

“Yes, though they’re technically summons.”

“‘They’? How many do you have?” Obito questioned incredulously and Kakashi heard Minato-Sensei audibly sigh, knowing exactly what was gonna happen next. It did nothing to dissuade Kakashi from doing it anyway.

“Oh, not that many” Kakashi started, a smirk tugging at his lips. “Just eight.” And for a moment, Obito didn’t react.

That moment was over rather quickly.

“EIGHT?!”

Chapter Text

Kakashi had a plan.

Was the plan good? Who knows, but he was gonna go with it now.

Kakashi had officially gone on 5 missions(glorified chores)and perfectly made it through several traditional training days without a single problem. He had even gotten Minato himself to admit that it seemed Kakashi was back to normal and could perform all their typical field work again. He was officially off medical watch.

Which means there’s no better time than right now. Kakashi thought determined as he pretended to read the book in front of him. ‘The Shinobi Art of War’, a book he’s read before but that would help with the cover he’s created for why he knows so many battle tactics. He wasn’t reading a single word and was just flipping the page every few seconds. He was currently sitting criss cross comfortably on the carpet while Minato lounged on the side of the couch.

Minato was also reading, but leaning over the armrest in a way that seemed uncomfortable to Kakashi but didn't seem to bother him. Well no time like the present…or past I guess? Kakashi thought it over before shaking his head clear. He was getting side tracked. It was already past 6 which meant Minato would start dinner soon and Kakashi was typically ushered to bed shortly after so he needed to do this fast.

“Minato-Sensei,” Kakashi started, lowering his open book to rest against his legs. Minato didn’t look away from his book, merely humming to show he was listening. “Can I talk to you about something?” The effect was immediate as Minato instantly looked up, giving Kakashi his full attention.

“Of course, anything.” Minato answered much too seriously. Kakashi decided to just use it to his advantage rather than comment.

“Well um,” wow, real eloquent start Hatake. “You said that you agree I’m recovered now right?” He clarified and it seemed as good a start as any. Minato looked confused by the question but nodded slowly anyway, sitting up slightly.

“Yes, but I-“

“I know you only wanted me to move in with you because I was hurt.” Kakashi quickly continued speaking right over whatever Minato was about to say not looking at his teachers face in an attempt to ease his nerves. “Which I understand since you’re technically my emergency guardian.” He was aware he was tipping into rambling but that was because he knew if he paused Minato would interrupt with some kind of protest. He was just nice like that, he would say anything to make someone else feel better even if it wasn’t true. Even though Kakashi didn’t pause, Minato tried to interrupt anyway.

“Now, hang on-“

“But I’m not really in an emergency anymore so I-“

“ Kakashi” Kakashi stopped talking at Minato’s raised tone. Not enough to be a shout but enough to be heard over Kakashi. Kakashi finally looked in Minato’s eyes as said man sighed running a frantic hand through his hair. “Just- slow down a second ok?” He breathed stressed and while Kakashi very much wanted to continue his point he waited for his Sensei to gather his thoughts. “What are you talking about? What do you mean emergency?” He asked, clearly very confused, his book long forgotten. 

I'm beating around the bush here. I need to get to the point. Kakashi thought as he fully closed his own book to set it to the side. “Don’t you think it would be better if I went back to my house now?” He tore the metaphorical bandage off and Minato looked taken aback.

“Go back-?” Minato started looking lost so Kakashi kept going.

“My living with you was because you didn’t want me alone while I was injured.” Kakashi was sure that was the reason, it had been the only significant thing that could’ve caused the change. “I’m not injured anymore so it doesn’t make sense for me to continue living here.” He paused to give a vague gesture at Minato’s entire being. “Besides, you’re young and in a relationship. I’m sure you would rather have your own space.” Minato got red in the face but he still reached a hand out to grab Kakashi’s shoulder.

“Kakashi, I think there may have been a communication issue.” Minato explained gently, still blushing as he continued. “I’m not your emergency guardian.”

What? Kakashi found himself thrown by Minato’s calm statement. Not my emergency guardian? Had Minato absolved himself of him? Kakashi can’t think of anything he could have done to cause that. He knows that from a political standpoint this would be a good thing for Minato but the problem is he doesn’t know why he did it. Maybe he- “I’ve had full guardianship for nearly over a month.” 

…..

“What the fu-“

“Kakashi!” Minato cut the curse off, voice a combination of firm and horrified. Kakashi didn’t really care, he had far bigger concerns.

“What do you mean ‘full guardianship’?” Surely Kakashi has misunderstood something because there is just no way that was true. “I’m protected under the clan council. To change that you would need direct-“

“Direct permission from the Hokage?” Minato finished and Kakashi really didn’t like his tone. “I had that taken care of before you ever even left the hospital.” Holy sh*t. Minato legally changed his guardian status. It is on record that he chose to legally involve himself with the Hatake. Kakashi’s pretty sure his brain has stopped functioning.

“Look, Kakashi, I'm sorry I didn’t tell you sooner.” Minato apologized, completely missing the root of the issue. “I didn’t know you thought I only wanted you here because you were hurt.”

“This is so messed up” Kakashi huffed, barely louder than a whisper as he shot to his feet to properly pace the room. “Do you have any idea what you’ve done?” He demanded seriously, stopping his pacing to glare at his teacher. “This could ruin everything.” Minato seemed to take this as Kakashi saying he was ruining everything, which yeah he does typically do that, but that hadn’t been what he meant in this case.

“Kakashi, nothing is ruined. This isn’t-“ Minato started but Kakashi didn’t want to listen.

“You need to become Hokage.” Kakashi reaffirmed and Minato seemed to be genuinely confused by his actions. Must I spell it out for him? “You know how the village feels about me. You saw it yourself. You‘ve just created a direct relation to me. Being associated with the Hatake name could wreck your chances. Especially if it gets out you did so willingly. You need to fix it. ” There was no reason to be tactful, Minato had seen for himself how they viewed him. Maybe that was the problem, Minato didn’t realize before just how tarnished his reputation was. My fault for not considering it. Now that he knows he can just-

“It doesn’t need fixing, Kakashi.” By the sages he’s stubborn. Kakashi glared, trying to see how he could make Minato understand but he just looked back evenly. “I can still become Hokage and have a connection to you. You’re being ridiculous.” He’s being ridiculous? The audacity. He was the only one exercising a shred of reason here.

“Maybe, but why risk it? Sensei, you’re putting your reputation on the line completely unnecessarily.” Kakashi tried a different approach, trying to appeal to Minato’s point while also showing him how flawed it was. Minato’s gaze only hardened as he straightened fully to stare down at him.

“Kakashi, it’s already been done.” He spoke firmly and Kakashi felt his ire rise. “I meant what I said before, you should never have been allowed to live in that house alone and I don’t intend to send you back anytime soon.” Kakashi glared daggers at the man and Minato was unintimidated but did attempt a look of comfort. “You give yourself too much credit. I assure you whatever it is you’re so scared of happening is not going to affect my career.”

“You don’t know that!” Kakashi shouted, throwing his arms out in blatant frustration. He just doesn’t understand. Forget Hokage, this drastic decision could have countless ramifications. Who's to say what kind of change this kind of thing would have on Kakashi’s own career as well? If he doesn’t become Jonin on time he has no way to control the Kannabi bridge incident. Or what if he somehow gets promoted earlier? Not even considering Kakashi know from experience his reputation always gets worse before it gets better. But unfortunately Kakashi couldn’t explain the true depths of all his worries. Instead he was stuck stressfully yanking at his hair. “You can’t know that! ” He was aware he was raising his voice but he still felt he wasn’t being heard.

“Kakashi, listen-“ Minato started and looked like he was going to make a move to stand and grab him. Suddenly all Kakashi wanted was to be alone. He couldn’t think straight right now and he just wanted to put as much distance between himself and the situation as possible.

So with that in mind Kakashi brought his hands together faster than Minato could stop him and promptly Shushined out of the house.

Chapter Text

Maybe I should have grabbed a coat first. 

This was just one of the many second thoughts to cross Kakashi’s mind as he hunched further into himself for warmth. Shortly after he left Minato’s house it had started to rain and because his luck is just that good the ‘rain’ had quickly become a downpour. 

Or at least some shoes. Kakashi mentally added as he put his hands over his bare toes to try and create warmth. His hands felt like ice so it didn’t do much. He had wanted to get away so he could think and calm down but couldn’t exactly go to the places he normally would go to do so. Technically the memorial stone has been made but it would feel weird to see it without the names he had gotten so used seeing. He could also go to the Hokage mountains but that felt weird without Minato’s own image being there as well. Rin’s grave just straight up did not exist -not that he was complaining mind you- so that left him with very limited options.

After very brief deliberation he had ended up at the cemetery, sitting in the wet muddy grass in front of his fathers grave, allowing the elements to wash over him. It was cleaner than it was in his time. It hasn’t yet had the time to be damaged by age or vandalism. The engraving is still as clean and clear as the day it was made.

Here lies Hatake Sakumo

Beloved friend and father

Words he must have read a thousand times. A permanent reminder of what he lost, that he truly is the sole Hatake left. He lazily traced the kanji, ignoring the way his hand shook. It’s just from the cold. Kakashi self assured but it was hard to believe even to himself.

Another shiver racked his thin frame and he realized he probably needed to do something about that soon before he caught pneumonia. That is if he hasn’t already seeing as he’s been out here over an hour. Maybe I could do a summons? Kakashi brushed the thought aside almost as fast as it came. He would be warmer with their company certainly but then they would be stuck in the rain. Kakashi wasn’t so selfish; he wouldn’t force them to suffer along with him even if he was a little lonely.

…but maybe just one of them wouldn’t mind? They were generally more upset if he didn’t call on them when he was feeling such things so maybe it was actually worse not to summon one of them.

Before he could talk himself back out of it, Kakashi quickly formed the needed signs as he bit down on his thumb. He made sure to face away from the grave before slamming his hand down. He doesn’t think any of his ninkin would appreciate being summoned directly on top of Sakumo’s final resting place. It felt a bit in bad taste. The smoke was fast to clear in the rain leaving a slightly disgruntled and soaked puppy in its place.

“Ahk- Boss what are you doing out here?!” Shiba yelped, not hesitating to leap into Kakashi’s outstretched arms for warmth and shelter. Kakashi was more than happy to provide it as he curled himself protectively around Shiba’s small blessedly warm body, shielding him from the majority of the rain. He’s so small like this. Kakashi noted as he allowed Shiba’s gentle presence to ease some of the tension in his body. “Hey, what’s wrong? You don’t look so good.” Shiba spoke much softer than before as he carefully maneuvered himself to be face to face with his master, nudging his chin with his snout. I’m sure I don’t. 

Kakashi’s hair had long since completely soaked to his scalp and drops of water fell from every part of him as he gently stroked Shiba’s ear. Shiba was the youngest of the pack which meant he was the least likely to question or counter Kakashi’s actions or decisions. If he had called Pakkun all he would’ve gotten was a stink eye and a lecture about sitting out in the cold and wet for so long.

“I-“ Kakashi started to answer but broke off as he was reminded what exactly led to this situation. “I think I made everything worse.” He eventually admitted quietly and instantly Shiba was up in his face, licking his cheek in concern. He hadn’t meant to blow up at Minato like he had, even though he was still worried about what would happen. It felt as though everything was a bit of a mess that he was at the center of. Like always.

“I doubt that. You’re the smartest human there is, I’m sure it’s not that bad.” Shiba tried to reassure but Kakashi just huffed a bitter laugh. 

“Right” Kakashi mumbled, deciding conversation wasn’t really something he wanted and instead wrapped his arms around Shiba. “Would you stay here for a minute? I know it’s raining, but-“ Kakashi didn’t even get to finish his request before Shiba happily nuzzled as close to Kakashi as possible.

“I’ll stay as long as you’re out here, Boss. S’not that cold if we stay close.” Shiba was totally full of it. He was already beginning to shiver a bit, but Kakashi could hardly just send him away now against his wishes. That would only stress him out as well as the rest of his pack when they inevitably were told. He’d just have to deal with the consequences and guilt later.

They sat like that, taking in each other's warmth and company for another 20 minutes before Kakashi heard someone coming up behind them.

Sh*t. Kakashi instantly tensed, scooping Shiba up to be in his arms (something he could do very easily due to Shiba’s current size)in case he needed to make a quick retreat. I’m not ready to deal with Minato yet. He hadn’t expected to be caught so soon.

“Rival? Is that you?” An overly familiar voice hesitantly called out and Kakashi found himself relaxing just slightly. This wasn’t someone to worry about.

Sure enough when Kakashi turned with Shiba still in his arms he saw Gai standing just a few feet away, an umbrella held in his hand.

“Hey, Gai. What’s up?” Kakashi attempted casual but he must have missed it because Gai’s face only seemed to become increasingly concerned.

“I was here visiting my mother when I saw you. My friend, why are you out here? It’s cold and very late.” Gai questioned and explained as he closed the distance between them to hold the umbrella over Kakashi as well. The reprieve from the rainfall did very little for Kakashi’s drenched clothes but at least it helped Shiba which was appreciated. “And why are you in pajamas?” Oh right. Kakashi looked down at his state of dress and winced. He had forgotten he had taken a bath and already changed for sleep when he had talked with Minato. More like fought. 

“I needed some air so I went for a walk.” Kakashi offered in explanation, going back to scratching Shiba’s ear much to the canines delight. Gai wasn’t nearly as satisfied.

“I see…” Gai paused briefly before gently crouching down, umbrella still held between them as he came down to Kakashi’s level. “Do you usually do that without shoes?”

“…yes.”

“Uh-huh, well maybe you should consider going back home now?” Gai suggested gently, clearly not buying any of Kakashi’s lies, rightfully so. Home? No, he’d surely be caught by Minato or Kushina if he went back to the estate. And going back to Minato’s house was just out of the question for obvious reasons.

“I’m good here, thanks” Kakashi denied and Shiba gave a small grumble of protest from his arms. Kakashi hushed him with a gentle hand on his head. Gai opened his mouth likely to protest as well but wasn’t given a chance as a different, yet still familiar, obnoxiously loud voice interrupted.

“Gai, what are you doing over there?” Well, this isn’t ideal. Kakashi thought as Dai jogged over to stand beside his son. Kakashi didn’t remember Dai and Minato being friends but he still wasn’t confident the man wouldn’t try to haul his ass back to his Sensei. Before Kakashi could finish deciding if he should retreat, Dai’s eyes had landed on his tiny shaking body. “Oh, Kakashi-Chan are you alright? Why are you out this late?” Dai asked as he too crouched down to meet him.

Dai was probably the only person Kakashi allowed to ever address him as ‘Chan’ past his academy days other than the Hokage. Dai had been one of the few to try and maintain a friendship with Sakumo after his disastrous mission and for that he had earned Kakashi’s deepest respect. As such he treated him as his elder even after he outranked him.

“I’m fine”

“He said he was going for a walk.” Gai told his father with absolutely no prompting. Kakashi doesn’t know why he expected any different.

“A walk? In this weather?” Dai repeated incredulously and Kakashi felt the inexplicable urge to defend himself.

“It wasn’t raining when I left.” The excuse felt weak even to his own ears. Still he stood up without setting Shiba down and did his best to appear capable. “I was just leaving.” Kakashi attempted to walk past, already debating where he could spend the rest of the night undetected, but Dai caught him gently by the shoulder before he could leave the safety of the umbrella.

“Not barefoot you’re not.” Dai tsked, taking the umbrella from Gai’s hand before straightening back up, shielding them all. “Why don’t you come have dinner with us tonight? I’m sure Gai has some spare clothes you can borrow as well.” Dai offered kindly and Kakashi quickly tried to turn him down.

“No, no, that’s alright. I wouldn’t want to intrude.” Kakashi attempted to decline politely but Dai was having none of it.

“Nonsense! You and Gai are rivals, that practically makes you a part of the family!” Dai confidently declared, successfully making Kakashi blush hard beneath his mask. The family resemblance was coming in fierce.

“Yes! And your tiny dog can come too, though I didn’t know you had any pets…” Gai trailed off at the end curiously but Kakashi still sent him a slight glare. Shiba to his credit didn’t growl but he did grumble.

“He’s a summons, not a pet.” Kakashi corrected automatically before refocusing. “I’m fine, really. You can go.”

“Kakashi-Chan, you are going to get sick if you walk home like this.” Dai admonished firmly but not unkind. Kakashi frowned and Dai’s expression softened just a bit. “Please, at least come with us to wait out the storm.” And well, that wasn’t so unreasonable was it? And Kakashi was really starting to get cold…

“…Fine. But just until the rain stops!” Kakashi conceded and Dai sent him a bright grin that was mirrored by his son.

“Great! Why don’t you let Gai carry your ninkin and I’ll carry you back to the house?” That sounded like just about the most unappealing suggestion ever but still Kakashi just sighed and did as told, carefully passing Shiba off to Gai, being sure to arrange his hands in a proper hold before letting go. Once he did, Dai wasted no time promptly scooping Kakashi off the ground one handed, settling him to be propped on his hip while he kept hold of the umbrella with his other hand. Dai was slightly wet as well but overall felt quite warm, which he supposed made sense. Gai had also always ran hot. “Do you want to say goodbye?” Dai asked quietly and Kakashi was confused until he remembered where exactly they were.

He glanced at the headstone that still glistened in the rain by their feet and paused. The question wasn’t too hard to answer. “No, I’m done.” I already said goodbye a long time ago. Dai didn’t press him for anything more, merely humming before finally starting to walk them out of the cemetery.

Chapter Text

It didn’t take long to reach the Maito residence, for which Kakashi was grateful. By the time they reached the entrance, Kakashi was so cold he was almost numb, the feeling in his fingers and toes long since having left. Thankfully he was still shivering though so it couldn’t be too bad. He hoped Shiba wasn’t faring nearly as bad. A quick glance down at where his faithful ninkin was cuddling into Gai’s arms showed he had almost completely stopped shivering so Gai must be providing adequate warmth. Good.

“Gai, go run a warm bath for Kakashi-Chan please.” Dai requested the moment he’d shut the door behind them. Kakashi would protest that that wasn’t necessary as he had actually taken a bath before he left and didn’t plan to stay that long, but he was freezing and covered in mud so he kept quiet. An extra bath wouldn’t kill him and the idea of warm water was too appealing to pass up. Gai happily nodded, gently setting a sleepy Shiba onto the genkan so he could take his sandals off and run to do as told.

Kakashi thought Dai would’ve done the same but instead he just toed off his shoes and stepped into the house without setting Kakashi down. Kakashi kicked his legs out slightly in silent protest.

“I can walk” Kakashi mumbled when his message went ignored and Dai just hummed pleasantly.

“You’re all muddy, I’ll set you down by the bathroom once Gai-Chan’s finished setting it up for you.” Kakashi huffed but didn’t vocalize any other complaints. It was a pretty valid reason. All in all, this is really the best outcome that could have come from being discovered. Dai was one of the only adults that wouldn’t automatically force him back to Minato but still would try to help. Plus he didn’t want to be responsible for dirtying their floor. That would just be plain rude.

Gai returned a few minutes later, a towel in hand that he promptly used to scoop Shiba back off the floor and bundle him up. Shiba must have liked it because he allowed it without fuss and even snuggled into the warmth. What a fierce sight you are. Kakashi thought with palpable sarcasm. Truly Kakashi's hounds are a force to be feared.

“Bath’s ready!” Gai happily reported and Dai gave him a grin, patting the older boy on the head as he walked past. Once they’d reached the bathroom, Dai carefully set Kakashi down on the tile, a puddle fast growing beneath his feet.

“You’re lucky we have a washing machine,” Dai started eyeing Kakashi’s truly tattered pajamas. “I can have your clothes washed while we have dinner.” Dai offered kindly and Kakashi knew it would be easier to just nod than to argue at least for now. Dai responded with a bright grin as he moved to leave. “Please let me know if you need anything.” With that, Dai left, gently closing the door behind him. Kakashi wasted no time getting in the bath and cleaning up. Admittedly the warm water felt wonderful on his cold aching body. Still, he didn’t dawdle as he quickly finished up, drying himself off before grabbing the spare pajamas Gai had left him.

Thankfully, they were patternless, being a plain dark green button up and drawstring pants. He pulled the clothes on and was mildly disappointed when the sleeves covered his hands and the pant legs pooled over his feet. He knew Gai was a good deal taller than him but he had hoped they wouldn’t be quite so big. His mask had mostly dried while he had been in the bath so he was quick to pull that on as well, adjusting it properly over his nose. Tying the pants strings as tight as they would go, he carefully deposited his towel in the laundry bin as he left the bathroom.

Already he could smell spices from what was definitely curry. It was just about the only thing Kakashi remembers the elder shinobi making, probably because it was Gai’s favorite. When he made it into the dining room, Gai was setting the plates while Dai finished moving the large pot of curry to sit in the middle of the table. Gai sent him a grin the second he saw him, setting down the last plate before rushing to where Kakashi stood.

“I’m glad the clothes I left fit you!” Gai clearly misunderstood the definition of the word ‘fit’. “They don’t fit me anymore so don’t worry about returning them.” Kakashi tried not to feel irritated that these were clothes that were too small for Gai and were still so oversized. Kakashi kept all that to himself though as he let Gai pull him to sit on a floor cushion next to him. “Oh and I set up some blankets in the living room for your dog. He’s sleeping in there.” Gai informed as more of an afterthought and Kakashi nodded absently. Shiba’s probably tired. Kakashi thought with a swell of guilt for having summoned the pup in the cold and rain.

Dai smiled at them as he sat across from them. The plates already had a healthy helping of rice, only missing the curry. 

The moment Kakashi sat down on his knees, Dai reached over to carefully dish them both up some of the meaty sauce before doing his own. “Thank you for the meal” Kakashi’s soft spoken words were drowned out by Gai’s loud echo. Still, the two Maito proceeded to begin their meal.

Kakashi went to do the same, pulling his mask below his chin when he noticed Gai had turned so his back was towards him, holding his plate in his lap as he ate. “Gai? What’re you doing?” Kakashi questioned, bemused. Gai didn’t even turn when he answered him, steadfastly refusing to look in his direction.

“I didn’t want you to worry about your mask while you ate. This way I won’t accidentally see.” He explained easily and Kakashi found himself staring at the back of his friend's head in awe. He’s adjusting for me even in his own home. Honestly, it didn’t even occur to Kakashi that Gai hadn’t seen his face. Gai was one of the first of his friends he’d shown so it just seemed like something he’s always known. Though now that he thought about it, he had been around seven-years-old when he first started letting others see him with his mask off. Well, others that weren’t Minato. 

“Gai, I don’t mind” Kakashi assured, speaking without much thought. He can’t say he was entirely surprised when he saw Gai completely freeze. Even from behind his shock was palpable.

“You…don’t mind?” Gai repeated hesitantly as if he thought he had simply misheard and was giving Kakashi the chance to correct himself. He couldn’t help but give a small smile as he lightly poked the older boy in the back.

“I don’t mind." He repeated patiently and apparently that was all the invitation Gai needed as he then spun around fast enough to make his head spin. Kakashi clocked the moment Gai registered his face, his mouth falling open slightly as he shamelessly stared. Kakashi did his best not to feel self conscious, silently reminding himself that Gai would never judge him for looking like his father. I did give him permission. Kakashi reminded himself even if he was slightly regretting it. He’s not saying anything. Gai always had something to say. The staring silence was really starting to freak him out. “Gai-”

“Woah, do you have fangs?!” Gai cut him off, voice filled with awe and the next thing Kakashi knew, Gai had his fingers in his mouth. Kakashi instantly choked out a protest and tried to pull back. Thankfully Gai quickly remembered himself and sat back with an apologetic smile. “Sorry. I know you don’t like to be touched.” Gai had the decency to look embarrassed and Kakashi found he wasn’t actually upset. Gai made it hard to truly stay angry.

“It’s fine” He dismissed softly before promptly turning back to his food so he could actually eat. He pointedly ignored the bright grin Dai sent his way as he did. 

Somewhere along the course of the meal, Kakashi had been guilted into staying the night which he supposed was the expected outcome. No one knew how to be forecfully hospitable quite like a Maito. Shortly after dinner, Dai had pulled out two futons and set them out on the living room floor declaring it bedtime. Kakashi had been slightly confused by this, more so when Gai immediately made himself comfortable on one.

“Aren’t you going to sleep in your own bed?” Kakashi asked as he peeled back the blankets of his own bed and got in. His bed had been placed to where he could see Shiba sleeping only a few feet away. Kakashi wouldn’t be surprised if he woke up to the dog in his blankets. Gai shook his head with a toothy grin as he answered.

“I’d feel bad sleeping in a bed with you stuck in a futon. And I figured you wouldn’t want to share so…” Gai trailed off with a gesture towards their hastily put together sleeping arrangements and Kakashi supposed that made sense. He wouldn’t have wanted to share Gai’s bed and he knows better than to think he would allow Kakashi to sleep alone on the floor when he was technically his guest. It wasn’t in Gai’s nature.

Dai came back into the room right as Kakashi finished settling down. The man immediately kneeled down next to Gai’s mat, Gai still sitting up apparently having waited for him.

“You two all set? Don’t need anything else?” Dai checked and Kakashi didn’t need to answer as Gai was much faster.

“All good!” He practically chirped and Dai laughed before grabbing the edge of Gai’s blankets and lifting them up. Gai instantly responded by lying down fully as his father pulled the covers up to his chin. Is he…tucking him in? Kakashi thought bewildered by the childishness of the action. Gai was nine, surely that bothered him? If it did he didn’t say anything about it, just giving his dad a smile. “Goodnight, Papa”

“Goodnight, Gai” Dai returned, lovingly ruffling Gai’s hair and kissing his forehead as he stood and fixed his gaze back on Kakashi. “And goodnight to you, Kakashi-Chan. Please come and get me if you need anything.”

“Goodnight, Dai-San.” Kakashi echoed, pointedly not agreeing to anything outright. “Thank you for letting me stay.” Kakashi may have been coerced into this but he still had manners. Even if he often chose not to utilize them. The man stayed just as bright as he left the room, flipping the lights off as he did. 

For a minute Kakashi sat in the quiet, thoughts still racing over the day's events until he couldn’t stand it anymore. He just felt so frustrated over his situation as well as the way he had handled it. Minato was treating him like a child, he had sort of reacted as one by storming off, and now he was lying on the floor of the Maito house with zero plan on how he’s going to resolve any of it.

“…hey, Gai?” Kakashi whispered after a second and Gai immediately shifted until he was turned on his side, facing him.

“Mm-hm?” 

“Does the way your dad treats you ever bother you?” He blurted out without filtering and winced when Gai blinked at him in total confusion.

“What do you mean? My Papa treats me very well!” Gai assured, offense leaking into his tone that Kakashi would dare suggest otherwise.

“No, I know” Kakashi needed to explain before Gai got any louder. The last thing he wanted was Dai coming back in here now. “I just mean, doesn't it bother you when he baby’s you like that?” Kakashi had been watching the way the father son duo had interacted throughout the night. Dai was constantly showering Gai with physical affection, ruffling his hair or patting his shoulder at any given opportunity. This in and of itself wasn’t much to take note of, Gai himself acted very similarly after all but it wasn’t just that. The elder shinobi had also refused to let Gai do much of anything all night.

Dai had made dinner and dished their plates for them, only allowing Gai to set the table. He used words like ‘bedtime’ out loud right to Gai’s face like he was a small child. Gai had even made a comment about not being allowed to use the stove when his dad wasn’t home for crying out loud, yet the older boy protested none of it. Surely he had to be affected by it? 

Gai however didn’t look any less confused as he propped himself up on his arms to look at Kakashi better. 

“I don’t know what you mean, Kakashi. He’s not babying me?” Gai phrased like a question and Kakashi sighed as he moved to match Gai’s position. It would seem he’d have to be more specific, which he really should’ve known better from the start.

“He still treats you like a little kid.” Kakashi spoke more directly, pressing on when Gai’s face scrunched unhappily. “He wouldn’t even let you make your own tea.” The Genin had tried to get up in the middle of their meal to make some only to have been immediately stopped by Dai standing and insisting on doing it for him. As if he couldn’t handle doing it himself. “Doesn’t it bother you?” Gai was a shinobi for Kami’s sake. He deserved to be treated as such.

“My Papa made me tea because he wanted to make me tea. He didn’t do it because he thought I couldn’t.” Gai carefully corrected after a short pause, looking less lost by the moment. It seemed he was finally picking up on Kakashi’s point.

“Well yeah, but it didn’t bug you at all?”

“Why would it?” Why? Kakashi thought, now his turn to be confused.

“…Because you can do it yourself? You don’t need his help, you’re a shinobi.” Kakashi thought the reason was fairly obvious. He remembers how annoyed his own father made him back when he was first starting out at the academy and Sakumo still made him nap after school. Granted he had been four but still. All the more reason Gai at nine should be more upset.

“Just because I don’t need his help doesn’t mean I don’t appreciate it.” Gai’s face flashed in understanding before smoothing back out in thought. Something that likely wouldn’t be good for Kakashi’s argument. “Tell me something, Kakashi-Kun: If Minato-Sensei was hurt or sick, would you take care of him?” Kakashi blanked at the change in subject, hesitating for all of a moment before recovering.

“Of course I would.” Even if he had literally just left him on bad terms, he still would do anything to help him.

“Why?” Huh? 

“Why?” Kakashi repeated, confused as Gai just continued to stare at him neutral. 

“He’s an adult and a Jonin.” Gai pointed out, shrugging loosely. “Surely he can take care of himself. You don’t need to do anything.”

“Well, no, but I-“ Kakashi broke off, unsure of how to explain exactly why it was different. Gai seemed to understand anyway as he sent him a smile.

“But you do it because you care about him.” He accurately guessed and Kakashi had a bad feeling about where this was going. “I feel that way about my dad and he feels the same.” He knew it wouldn’t be good for him. Gai let his words sink in before he ever so slightly inched closer. “I can do all of those things without any help but because he loves me he likes to help anyway. I don’t see it as him treating me like a kid but more of him treating me like his kid. ” For nine Gai was surprisingly well spoken, though he supposed you would become as much sheerly from how much he spoke. Practice makes perfect and all that.

They sat in silence for about a minute before Gai hesitantly spoke again. 

“Hey, Kakashi-Kun?”

“Yeah?”

“Why were you really outside by yourself?” Leave it to Gai to call him on his bullsh*t. Really Kakashi shouldn’t be surprised.

“I yelled at Minato-Sensei and wanted some space.” Kakashi answered honestly, resting his chin on folded arms to avoid looking at Gai’s face. 

“What were you fighting about?” Kakashi sighed at the question even with having anticipated it. He considered whether opening up to Gai would actually help anything but he’s actually given pretty solid arguments so far so it was worth a shot.

“He made himself my legal guardian.” He admitted and without looking he knew Gai’s head had snapped in his direction.

“Really? That’s wonderful!” Kakashi winced as Gai spoke just a touch too loud for someone who’s supposed to be asleep. I hope he didn’t just wake Dai. Gai's enthusiasm dimmed at his lack of response. “But you don’t agree.” It wasn’t a question nor an accusation. Just a simple observation. “Do you not like living with Minato-Sensei?”

“No, it’s not that” Kakashi denied quickly as Minato himself wasn’t really the problem. Honestly, having the chance to spend more time with his teacher has been wonderful. He just couldn’t afford to indulge it. “It’s just- I don’t need someone to look after me. I’ve lived on my own for awhile now and I was just fine.” 

“Is it really that bad though?” Gai asked and Kakashi spared him a glance to see him tilting his head curiously. “I mean is it so bad to let someone take care of you?” Let them?

“What?” What kind of question was that? He was a shinobi regardless of how old they think he is, that is an adult as far as he’s concerned. It’s selfish as well as childish to just let Minato go around doing things for him when both their time could be focused on better things. Not even factoring in all the other sh*t Kakashi’s supposed to be doing. He’s not bad enough to relax and play house with Minato and Kushina when so many lives depend on him getting his act together. Besides he knows for a fact they’ll have no problem building their own family in due time. They don’t need him, they’ll have Naruto soon enough.

“I can tell Minato-Sensei cares very much for you.” Gai started and Kakashi resisted rolling his eyes. Even his socially inept ass could tell that much. “Would it be so wrong to allow someone who cares that much about you to show it every once in a while?”

“Gai, I can’t-“

“Why?” Gai cut him off rather rudely, not even waiting for an answer before he kept going. “Everyone needs help sometimes. My Papa always says people weren’t designed to go through life alone.” Kakashi remembers Sakumo used to say something similar. 

“People were made to walk together, Kakashi.” 

His father had always been worried about Kakashi’s reclusive nature and had done his best to try and encourage him to socialize. A lot of good that did. 

“I have responsibilities.” Kakashi argued instead, being purposely vague for obvious reasons. “Things I need to do on my own.”

“Why?” The question should’ve been expected but Kakashi still sighed.

“Because I just do, Gai” Kakashi huffed the not answer, doing his best to not let all his frustration unjustly out at his friend. For a minute Gai was quiet, hesitating for only a moment before continuing.

“Is it really so impossible to do them while staying with Minato-Sensei?” 

“He would want to help.” Kakashi explained, which only made Gai’s face scrunch up more. 

“So let him.” Gai predictably argued and Kakashi sighed. “If whatever it is is that important, there’s no way Minato-Sensei would try to stop you. Why are you so against it?”

“Because if something happens to him while helping me it would be my fault. ” Kakashi snapped and almost instantly regretted it at Gai’s wide shocked eyes. Way to go, Hatake. Really hitting all the bases tonight. Kakashi mentally berated as he sent Gai an apologetic wince. “Look, I don’t expect you to understand. I just can’t afford to let anyone else get involved.” He needed to do this right or it could ruin everything. He was not going to fail them all again. Minato was going to grow old with Kushina and Naruto was going to be raised by his parents like he deserved. “I can handle this- I can handle myself, just fine on my own.” Kakashi reiterated and for one glorious minute, Kakashi thought that would be the end of it. Once again, he really should have known better.

“Ya know Kakashi,” Gai began carefully and Kakashi spared him a sidelong look. “It doesn’t make you a bad person or a bad shinobi to let yourself be looked after by people who want to look after you. That’s just what people do when they care about each other.” Gai announced firmly, as though it were an undisputed fact and Kakashi found himself without a comeback. “Minato also wouldn’t want you doing something dangerous all alone. And if something were to happen because of something he chose to do, it wouldn’t be your fault.” He tacked on after a second and Kakashi sighed with his whole soul before burying his face into his arms.

“Since when are you smart?” He mumbled, it coming out muffled as his face was still firmly shoved down. It must have still been coherent though because he heard Gai laugh jovially a second later.

“Maybe it isn’t me. Maybe you just aren’t as smart as you think you are.” Gai teased good naturedly and Kakashi lifted his head just enough to send him a glare and a light shove. Gai just took it with another laugh before flopping down on his side and settling back into bed.

Maybe he has a point. Kakashi thought as he too flipped back onto his back. Maybe he could afford to slow down, just a little. Would anyone really be hurt if he let himself stay with Minato? It might affect certain order of events but so long as he eventually makes Jonin it should be fine, even if it’s early he should still be able to protect Obito. And if he makes Jonin later that’s even better because then someone else would have had to take the Kannabi bridge mission and he would just have to find a way to ensure their success. He wouldn’t even have to risk members of his own team. And Obito's safety really would solve about 75% of most problems. Would it actually be a bad thing if he just…didn’t fix it? Could he really do that?

“Goodnight, Kakashi” Gai said softly, turning so his back faced Kakashi. Kakashi huffed a breath, considering what Gai had said.

Let him take care of me? It…didn’t sound like the worst thing in the world. Maybe. 

“Goodnight, Gai”

Chapter Text

When Kakashi woke up it was to Shiba nudging his head and Gai’s hand in his face. 

“Kids, come eat!” Kakashi heard Dai call as he carefully tossed Gai’s hand off. He felt slightly bad when it incidentally smacked Gai in the face, waking the older boy up with a start but not really. After all, he hit him first. He slowly detangeled himself from his blankets and stood up, offering a hand to help Gai when he continued to look around in a confused half-asleep daze. 

“You need anything else, Boss?” Shiba asked, reminding Kakashi of his presence as he pulled Gai to his feet. Right. Should probably send him back. Undoubtedly the others were worried about the both of them by now. He should send Shiba back to put their minds at ease. Well slightly at ease anyway. He wasn’t delusional enough to think Shiba’s word would be enough to get them off his back.

“No, I-”

“He can talk?!” Gai’s exclamation completely drowned out any response Kakashi had tried to convey. Kakashi winced at the volume as he quickly got in between them before Shiba could get offended and do something he’d regret. Or more accurately I’d regret. 

“I told you he’s a summons. Summons tend to talk.” Not always true. Kakashi has met summons that don’t speak, but it was fairly uncommon. Still it seemed to do the trick as Gai nodded, ogling Shiba a bit less.

“I guess I’m just surprised since he’s so young.” Gai excused and Kakashi supposed that was fair. Originally Shiba hadn’t been very well spoken at this age. Should probably send him back now though. Kakashi thought as he saw the stink eye Shiba was still sending the taller boy. Best to cut this interaction short or risk someone getting bit.

“Shiba, I’m going to release the summons, alright?” Kakashi checked, kneeling down so he could properly run his hand through the ninkin’s fur in silent thanks for the previous night. “Please tell the others that everything's alright and that I’m ok.” Kakashi waited until the little dog gave him a nod before raising two fingers and dismissing him in a puff of smoke. Once it cleared he straightened back up and quickly made his way back to the dining table they had had dinner at the night before. 

Dai was of course already there and dishing up what looked to be some tamagoyaki that admittedly smelled pretty good. The older man smiled kindly at them as he and Gai took their seats at the table. Now a little more awake, Kakashi was now much more aware of the slight pressure he felt around his head. D*mnit, I better not be getting sick. Perhaps it wasn’t just Gai’s voice that made his head hurt earlier. Kakashi couldn’t exactly pretend to be surprised after he sat in the rain in his pajamas for hours. He was still gonna complain though.

“I got a call from Minato-San this morning,” Dai started, taking his own seat once the food had been served. Kakashi stiffened and did his best to subtly glance at the clock on the wall. I slept in. He noted with a small pang of panic. It was already 11 in the morning, Minato might be here any second. “He sounded very worried about you.” Dai continued either unaware or unconcerned about Kakashi’s anxiety. Anxiety that was quickly being replaced with guilt. He probably didn’t get much sleep. Kakashi knew his teacher well enough to know the man more than likely spent all night worrying about him, even if he knew Kakashi could handle himself. “I told him we would meet with him this afternoon, alright?” It was nice of Dai to make it sound like Kakashi actually had a choice.

It wasn’t true but the effort was appreciated.

After that they quickly finished breakfast and Gai almost immediately ran off once he was done. What is he doing? Kakashi wondered confused as Dai began picking up the table. Kakashi didn’t have to wonder long as Gai came running back in somehow already dressed and holding a pair of boots. He promptly flopped back onto his seat cushion and thrust the pair of boots into Kakashi’s hands.

“Here. These are my winter boots from a couple years ago.” Gai explained as Kakashi examined the surprisingly well kept old shoes. “I figured they’d be the closest to your size.” Kakashi nodded as he stood up to walk over to the genkan. He was already resigned to another walk through the village in pajamas. Except this time he was wearing Gai’s. Which was arguably worse because at least the pants and arm legs didn’t hide his limbs when he had been wearing his own. Still, he flopped down onto the mat and tugged the slightly roomy boots onto his feet, shoving the pant legs into them before tying them as tight as he could. They were a little loose, but they stayed on his feet when he walked so it was good enough.

Besides, anything was preferable to being carted around. Again. He had been carried enough the past few days and while he supposed that it wasn’t all bad, he still would rather walk on his own. Gai was quick to join him, pulling on his own sandals wearing his classically atrocious green jumpsuit. Dai followed a second later holding a small brown tote bag that he carefully passed to Kakashi. He accepted with only mild confusion. 

“They’re the clothes you came in.” Dai explained easily, quickly putting on his sandals and opening up the door for the three of them. “I just pulled them out of the drier so they should be good to go.” Dai assured and sure enough, Kakashi opened the bag to see his now clean and dry pajamas. 

“Thank you, Dai-San” Kakashi dutifully spoke as he lazily moved to hold the bag in one hand as he followed Gai outside. Dai just waved him off with a bright grin as he locked the door behind them. With that, the three of them began walking through the village, the bright sun sending a slight throb through Kakashi’s cotton filled head. 

Now make no mistake, Kakashi was used to getting odd looks, he had been for practically his whole life. First because he was a toddler wearing a mask, then because of his father, then he started building his own reputation and he more or less never wasn’t being stared at by at least some people. And once he became Hokage? Yeah he could forget about quiet walks through the town. So he was used to the feeling of eyes being glued to his back, but he still found his face becoming red if only because he knew why they were staring. He looked every bit his physical age as he walked about in the oversized pajamas with messy hair he hadn’t thought to brush. He was just grateful that anyone who would have mocked him for it was likely training…like he’s supposed to be doing right now and would have been had he not run off. 

Ugh. Truly he had a gift for making difficult situations worse. He only hoped that maybe Obito and Rin don’t know what happened yet. Mostly Obito. 

Much too soon Kakashi was able to see his teacher and his girlfriend up ahead, the former anxiously pacing back and forth as Kushina watched from where she sat on a bench. Minato was wearing his Jonin blues and vest, as if he was dressed for a mission. That alone sent a whole new wave of nerves through Kakashi’s body. Is he supposed to be on an assignment? Was he called? Kakashi thought worriedly as Dai continued his steady stride to them. They were still a good ten feet apart when Minato caught sight of them and more or less spawned directly in front of him. A habit of his teacher Kakashi had always hated.

“Kakashi!” Minato cried, relief palpable in his tone as he dropped into a kneel and pulled Kakashi into a hug. Kakashi went rigid at first in surprise before forcefully making himself relax as Minato slightly pulled away. Not too far though, keeping his hands on Kakashi’s shoulders as he looked him over for damage. “Are you alright? You’re not hurt?” Minato checked and Kakashi was careful not to nod and risk wincing at the dull pain in his head as he answered.

“I’m fine. I just stayed the night with Dai-San.” Kakashi assured, purposefully not mentioning the hours spent sitting alone on the mud of a grave. There was no need for Minato to know what Kakashi had been doing prior to meeting Gai. 

“Just spent the night, huh?” Kushina parroted as she joined them, having walked like a normal person to close the distance. “And you couldn’t have called and told us that? Or better yet, said it before you left in the first place?” She snipped, clearly frustrated by Kakashi’s casual attitude. He had that effect on people. Though Kakashi knew her short temper was more likely a result of poor sleep. He could see her red bloodshot eyes from here. As the more than likely responsible party for her lack of rest he supposed he couldn't hold it against her.

“I wanted space.” Kakashi decided to answer honestly and Kushina’s face twisted up, unsatisfied with that answer. His attention was stolen by a slight squeeze of his shoulders and he quickly refocused back on the pained face of his teacher.

“I know you did.” Minato spoke softly, voice much more understanding than Kakashi had expected. Not that he had expected him to start yelling or anything, Minato had the patience of a saint after all, but he had anticipated at least a bit more irritation. “And I’m sorry I didn’t have a more thorough conversation about this with you much sooner. All this getting sprung on you like that was overwhelming and that’s on me.” Minato apologized and Kakashi once more felt a surge of uncomfortable guilt. Of course Minato would take responsibility for Kakashi storming off like a coward rather than actually talking it out. “I should have made my intentions clear the second I brought you home.” Home. And with that word came the resurfacing of the mess that started this in the first place.

Talking with Gai really had gotten him to see this situation in a whole new light. Maybe Minato was only doing this because he genuinely cared, not because he felt Kakashi couldn’t do it on his own. And if that was the case, was it really that bad? He had spent the majority of the night thinking about it and was still no where closer to finding a solution to the maybe-problem. 

If Minato really did just want to be able to give Kakashi somewhere he would be secure and taken care of should he need, did Kakashi even truly have the right to accept? Minato wasn’t his father or even related to him in the slightest. What gives Kakashi the right to play house and allow him to care for him as such? Minato has absolutely no obligation to do anything beyond his duties as his Sensei. Not that that ever stopped him before… Kakashi mused, remembering the parental worry Minato had expressed in the past. Especially after Obito had died and getting worse still after Rin. 

Could it be that Minato had always wanted to do such things but had just…held back? But then why? 

Maybe because you were so standoffish and defensive that even the slightest amount of affection made you lash out and isolate? Kakashi’s brain unhelpfully suggested and Kakashi did his best to ignore it and focus on the present conversation he was still technically in. 

“I’m sorry I left without hearing you out.” Kakashi counter apologized first and foremost figuring that was probably the most pressing. He had been feeling overwhelmed and panicked and thus reacted in the best way he knew: run away and avoid it. It was kinda his go to move.  “I overreacted and it was immature.” Kakashi watched Minato’s face soften at his words even as the grip on his shoulders tightened briefly.

“It’s alright. I know how difficult these kinds of things are for you. I’m just glad you’re ok.” Minato assured, finally standing back up to address the two green clad shinobi that were still awkwardly hovering. “Thank you so much for looking after him. I apologize for any trouble.” Minato expressed and Kakashi was kinda offended Minato assumed he had been trouble. Had this been the actual past he probably would have been but still. Dai however just laughed, waving him off with a grin.

“Nonsense! Kakashi-Chan is like family and is always welcome in my home.” Dai dismissed and Kakashi couldn’t help the surge of warmth that went through him. Truly, Kakashi didn’t deserve their compassion. 

“Yes, he should definitely come again!” Gai was quick to add on and Kakashi spared him a small smile. Minato accepted their answers easily enough, smiling back as he gently pulled Kakashi towards his side.

“Well, thank you anyways. If there’s ever anything I can help you two with please don’t hesitate to call.” Minato’s offer was just as easily waved off as his apology as Dai turned.

“Thank you Minato-San, but I think we’ll be going now.” Dai dismissed as Gai happily fell into step with his father as they began to walk away, but not before sending Kakashi one last look. “I hope to see you again soon, Kakashi-Chan.” Kakashi didn’t answer verbally but he did bow his head towards him in acknowledgment. With that the Maito’s promptly sped away, leaving Kakashi alone with his teacher and his girlfriend.

For one awkward minute, no one spoke. Kakashi felt a hand fall into his hair and looked up to see Minato smiling down at him, the expression only slightly strained.

“Are you sure you’re alright?” Minato checked and Kakashi didn’t hesitate to nod. Other than a mild headache and some brain fog he felt fine. Minato accepted it easily enough, giving him one last look over. “Why don’t we go back to the house and talk, ok?” I suppose there’s really no avoiding that. Kakashi thought as he started following Minato down the path. Maybe talking it out with Minato would make him feel better about this whole mess.

Chapter Text

Once they got back to the house, Minato was quick to send him to wait in the living room while he went and made them some tea. Kushina had thankfully gone home after a quick but aggressive conversation was had exclusively through looks that they acted like Kakashi couldn’t see but which he assume she had somehow been dismissed. 

Kakashi made himself comfortable on the couch, pulling his feet up to sit crisscrossed on the cushion so his feet wouldn’t just hang over the edge like a child’s. He didn’t have to wait long before Minato came back into the room holding a small tray with a teapot, two teacups, and some cream and sugar. He carefully set it down on the coffee table before picking one of the cups up. 

“Want anything in it?” Minato checked, offering the cup to Kakashi when he shook his head. In truth, Kakashi actually takes his tea with quite a lot of sugar and always has. Many people find this surprising as he has a very public distaste for most sweets in general, but before he had discovered caffeine, absurd amounts of sugared tea was how Kakashi stayed awake when he needed and now tea tasted odd without it. Minato had not approved before and Kakashi doubts he would now so best to keep it to himself for now. He took a sip of his tea and forcefully didn't wince at just how bitter it tasted.

His thoughts were interrupted by Minato gently sitting down beside him, taking a single sip of his own tea before setting it back down on the table. Great. So this is going to be a long conversation then. Kakashi thought as he followed suit and returned his cup to its saucer.

“So,” Minato started and already Kakashi felt a headache coming on. “I think we should probably talk about last night.” You think? Kakashi incredulously thought but didn’t say and instead just nodded. His previous conversation with Gai had only highlighted just how many things they needed to discuss. “I think I should start by clearing up a few things. Then it’ll be your turn to talk or ask questions, sound good?”

“Yes, Sensei” Minato seemed satisfied enough by Kakashi’s easy agreement and wasted no more time.

“I never brought you into my home with the intention of having you move out only a few weeks later.” Minato began and Kakashi wasn’t really surprised. He figured that’d be where they started. “I brought you here because it wasn’t right to continue to leave you without proper support. It should have never been the case in the first place.” Minato explained, repeating what he had said before in the hospital. Kakashi was already preparing to once again defend his skills when Minato kept talking. “You should have a place to call home that isn’t empty. You shouldn’t have to be alone just because you can handle it.”

Excuse me?

“Wait…so you don’t think I’m incapable?” Kakashi interrupted already discarding their agreement to wait his turn. MInato didn’t seem annoyed but he did send him a slightly confused frown.

“Of course not. I think everyone knows by now you’re fully equipped to take care of yourself if need be.” Minato stated like it was just a commonly known fact. If he knows I can then why-? “But just because you can doesn’t make it right that someone of your age has been forced to adapt to such a situation.” His voice was gentle as he explained, no condescension or dubiety to be heard. Again with this? Kakashi doesn’t think he’s ever had a position at an age people deemed ‘old enough’. Even when he became Hokage there were some who thought he was too young. (Which really was just absurd seeing as how Minato had been a good couple years younger when he was inaugurated but since when did the council comprehend reason?)

“But why does it even bother you so much?” Kakashi couldn’t help but ask. Originally, while Minato had made his fair share of comments regarding Kakashi’s living arrangements, the most he’d ever actually done about it was when he more or less forced him to move into an apartment closer to Minato’s house so he wouldn’t be constantly reminded of the worst day of his entire life. Which looking back was completely understandable. “I’m your student, your only responsibility is to teach me what I need to know to be an effective shinobi without being killed in the process. You don’t seem to be this concerned over Rin or Obito.” Kakashi pointed out. If this was just what Minato believed as a Sensei, why weren’t his other students receiving the same treatment? Obito could definitely benefit from some extra help. Minato merely raised an incredulous brow at him

“Rin has two parents and three siblings. Obito lives with his grandmother and is watched over by the head family of the biggest clan in the village.” Minato listed, voice flat and expression neutral. “I know they’ll have support the second they need it even if I’m not there to provide it. With you…” Minato trailed off for a second as his mask cracked and a silver of worry bled through as he stared at Kakashi’s face. “With you, I have to judge everything purely on what I see on the surface. For all I know you could be struggling and I would never know because you would never ask for help.” Kakashi’s first instinct was to deny the claim. But in truth Minato wasn’t actually wrong.

Kakashi’s always been a very self reliant person. It is both a strength and a flaw. For the most part, he took care of himself perfectly fine -at least by his standards- but even he can admit there have been times where things would have been much easier if someone else had been around or had he just asked someone for help sooner. Especially during his younger years. More than once he’d pushed himself a bit too hard and ended up collapsing from the strain. Generally it was one of his friends that ended up dragging him to either a bed or the hospital. But before them it really had mostly been exclusively Minato on the receiving end of his burnouts. Kakashi will never forget when he was ten-years-old and had landed himself in the hospital when he refused to stop training the Sharingan. Minato had been furious and it was one of the only times Minato had ever raised his voice at him.

“I know first hand how capable you are, I know that in all honesty you probably would end up alright in the end even without me. You’re too smart not to.” Minato admitted, voice soft and pained. Like the thought of him on his own again caused him physical hurt. “But you deserve to have security and support in your life Kakashi. And I want to do whatever I can to give that to you.” Minato sounded so genuine it was almost sickening. “I don’t want to do this because of doubt of your ability or an obligation, I want you to stay with me because I care about you and your wellbeing and if I can make things even a little bit easier- a little bit safer for you, then I’m at least going to try.” ‘I care about you’ The words echoed around Kakashi’s mind on a loop as they sank in. 

Huh, I guess Gai really was right. Miracles can happen after all.

Minato wanted him to stay because he cared. Cared about him as not just a shinobi or even a student, but as Kakashi. Really it shouldn’t phase him this much. He always knew Minato cared about him to an extent -he’d have to be blind not to with the way he fussed after him- but Kakashi had never thought it was more than that of a Sensei and student. Sure he would often check in to see how he was doing, bringing him food or making sure he was resting enough, but he did that with Obito and Rin too…At least Kakashi had always assumed he did. 

But to genuinely want Kakashi to stay with him, live with him 24/7 simply because he cared? It was an entirely different level. To not care remotely of what the repercussions could be or the fact that Kakashi himself was an exhausting person to be around. That despite the fact Kakashi has done nothing but be difficult, Minato still wanted him to stay.

“I don’t-“ Kakashi started but broke off when he realized he didn’t actually know what to say. What can he say to that? Thankfully he didn’t have too as Minato placed a gentle hand onto to his shoulder, forcing Kakashi to look him in the eye. He gave him a warm smile that made Kakashi’s stomach twist.

“All I ask is that you give me a chance to prove it to you.” Minato asked and Kakashi blinked at him completely at a loss for words. Staring into the too affectionate face of the first person to truly care for him after his father died he had forgotten just how much he missed him. Forgotten what being with him was like. “If you truly wish to go back to being on your own after a few months…I won’t stop you. I’m only asking for a chance.” Minato was particularly begging and it made Kakashi feel like the scum of the earth. He wanted nothing more than to make Minato stop looking at him like that but…did he really have the right? He didn’t deserve to be able to go about living a happy little life with Minato and Kushina when not even Naruto had been given such privilege.

But…he will this time, won’t he? Kakashi thought, pausing mid refusal. He would ensure that Naruto grew up with his parents, that he would finally get the childhood he deserved. So would it truly be so bad for him to indulge Minato until then? At least until Naruto was born?

He bit down hard on his lower lip as he looked into his late Sensei’s eyes once more. Could he really just…stay? Was that an option? It was certainly starting to seem like it was.

“You- Are you sure?” Kakashi checked, waiting for Minato to change his mind and realize Kakashi was far more trouble than he was worth. Minato just gave him a smile that seemed a bit sad as he squeezed Kakashi’s shoulder once before releasing him. 

“Positive. I want you here, Kakashi.” Minato exaggerated, conviction in his tone. And well…maybe it wouldn’t hurt anyone if he stuck around a while. He could stay and still protect everything- everyone he needed to. I can stay until I’m promoted. Really there’s no reason Kakashi can’t stay at least until Kushina and Minato get married. Then they’ll need to focus on having their own family, one with Naruto.

But until then…

“I- Okay.” Kakashi agreed lamely and didn’t have time to do much more than mentally cringe before Minato grinned and moved, pausing in the middle of the action to glance at him.

“May I?” Minato asked, body language open and inviting and while Kakashi wasn’t exactly sure what Minato was asking permission for, he nodded his consent anyway. Instantly Minato pulled Kakashi towards him, his arms coming around him in a warm embrace as he pressed Kakashi against his chest. 

For a moment Kakashi just sat stiff in surprise, but then ever so carefully, he wrapped his arms around his teacher. Though ‘around’ is a bit generous. Kakashi’s arms barely reached the man’s back. 

Kakashi had never been overly physically affectionate, except maybe in the early years before his father’s death, but even he had to admit, sitting there surrounded by warmth and safety it…felt nice.

“Thank you” Minato spoke softly, moving to rest his chin on the top of Kakashi’s head. Had it been anyone else he might have been annoyed. But seeing as it wasn’t anyone else, Kakashi didn’t even try to pull away. 

Yeah… Kakashi thought as he allowed himself to sink into the gesture. Maybe this won’t be so bad. Spending a few years with the only other man he saw as a father definitely wasn’t the worst fate he could think of. I can live with this.

“Hey, Kakashi?” Minato suddenly questioned after another peaceful minute, his voice vibrating through his chest and tickling his cheek. Kakashi didn’t bother giving more than a questioning hum. “You feel a little warm…Are you sick?”

I spoke too soon.